Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Allocating Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands Fishery Resources; American Fisheries Act Sideboards, 30052-30139 [E7-9828]
Download as PDF
30052
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 679
[Docket No. 070430096–7096–01; I.D.
041307D]
RIN 0648–AU68
Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic
Zone Off Alaska; Allocating Bering
Sea/Aleutian Islands Fishery
Resources; American Fisheries Act
Sideboards
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for
comments.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: NMFS issues a proposed rule
to implement Amendment 80 to the
Fishery Management Plan for
Groundfish of the Bering Sea and
Aleutian Islands Management Area
(FMP). Amendment 80 (hereinafter the
‘‘Program’’) primarily would allocate
several Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands
(BSAI) non-pollock trawl groundfish
fisheries among fishing sectors, and
facilitate the formation of harvesting
cooperatives in the non-American
Fisheries Act (AFA) trawl catcher/
processor sector. The Program would
establish a limited access privilege
program (LAPP) for the non-AFA trawl
catcher/processor sector. This proposed
action is necessary to increase resource
conservation and improve economic
efficiency for harvesters who participate
in the BSAI groundfish fisheries. This
action is intended to promote the goals
and objectives of the Magnuson-Stevens
Fishery Conservation and Management
Act (MSA), the FMP, and other
applicable law.
DATES: Comments must be received no
later than June 29, 2007.
ADDRESSES: Send comments to Sue
Salveson, Assistant Regional
Administrator, Sustainable Fisheries
Division, Alaska Region, NMFS, Attn:
Ellen Sebastian. Comments may be
submitted by:
• Mail: P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK
99802.
• Hand Delivery to the Federal
Building: 709 West 9th Street, Room
420A, Juneau, AK.
• Fax: 907–586–7557.
• E-mail: 0648–AU68PR80@noaa.gov.
Include in the subject line of the e-mail
the following document identifier:
‘‘Amendment 80 RIN 0648–AU68.’’ Email comments, with or without
attachments, are limited to 5 megabytes.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
• Webform at the Federal
eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the
instructions at that site for submitting
comments.
Written comments regarding the
burden-hour estimates or other aspects
of the collection-of-information
requirements contained in this proposed
rule may be submitted to NMFS (see
ADDRESSES) and by e-mail to
David_Rostker@omb.eop.gov or by fax to
202–395–7285.
Copies of Amendment 80 and the
Environmental Assessment/Regulatory
Impact Review/Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis (EA/RIR/IRFA) for
this action may be obtained from the
NMFS Alaska Region at the address
above or from the Alaska Region Web
site at https://www.fakr.noaa.gov/
sustainablefisheries.htm.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Glenn Merrill, 907–586–7228 or
glenn.merrill@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The North
Pacific Fishery Management Council
(Council) has submitted Amendment 80
for review by the Secretary of Commerce
(Secretary), and a notice of availability
of the FMP amendment was published
in the Federal Register on April 30,
2007 (72 FR 21198) with comments on
the FMP amendment invited through
June 29, 2007.
Table of Contents
I. Development of the Program
A. History of Bycatch and Discard
Reduction Efforts in the BSAI
B. The Non-Pollock Trawl Groundfish
Fisheries
C. Limited Access Privilege Programs
(LAPPs)
D. LAPPs, Groundfish Retention Standard
(GRS), and Reduced Prohibited Species
Catch (PSC)
E. Overview of the Program
II. Legislation Affecting the Program
A. The Capacity Reduction Program (CRP)
B. The Coast Guard Act
C. The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management
Reauthorization Act of 2006 (MSRA)
III. Nonspecified Reserve and the Community
Development Quota (CDQ) Program
A. Nonspecified Reserve
B. CDQ Reserves
C. Prohibited Species Quota (PSQ)
Allocations
D. Monitoring and Enforcement (M&E)
E. Other Revisions
IV. Allocations of Initial Total Allowable
Catch (ITAC) and PSC
A. Apportionment of ITAC Between the
Sectors
B. PSC Apportionment to the CDQ Program
and Between the Sectors
C. Rationale for Allocations
D. Integrating Amendment 85 and the
Program
V. BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
A. Allocations to the BSAI Trawl Limited
Access Sector
B. Calculation of AFA Groundfish
Sideboard Limits in the BSAI
C. AFA Sideboard Limits for Halibut and
Crab PSC in the BSAI
D. AFA Yellowfin Sole Sideboard Limit in
the BSAI
E. Reallocating Pacific Cod Among the
Trawl Sectors
F. Calculation of the Crab PSC Limit in the
Red King Crab Savings Subarea (RKCSS)
G. Effects on Non-AFA Trawl Catcher
Vessels
H. Processing and Receiving Catch
VI. Amendment 80 Quota Share (QS)
A. Eligibility to Receive Amendment 80 QS
B. Method for Allocating Amendment 80
QS—General Provisions
C. Application for Amendment 80 QS
D. Reviewing and Appealing a QS
Application
E. Assigning Amendment 80 QS Permit to
an Amendment 80 Vessel Owner
F. Assigning an Amendment 80 QS Permit
to an Amendment 80 License Limitation
Program (LLP) License for Lost or
Ineligible Vessels
G. Transferring QS
H. Issuance of QS After the Fishing Year
Begins
I. Method for Allocating QS—Specific
Provisions
VII. Amendment 80 Cooperatives
A. Requirements for Forming an
Amendment 80 Cooperative
B. Application for Cooperative Quota (CQ)
C. Economic Data Report (EDR)
Submission and CQ
D. Issuing Amendment 80 Species CQ
E. Issuing PSC CQ
F. Restrictions While Fishing for
Amendment 80 Cooperatives
G. Joint and Several Liability
H. Rollover of ITAC, Incidental Catch
Allowance (ICA), and PSC from the BSAI
Trawl Limited Access Sector
I. CQ Transfers
J. Fishing Non-Allocated Groundfish
Species
VIII. Amendment 80 Limited Access Fishery
A. Membership in the Amendment 80
Limited Access Fishery
B. Application for the Amendment 80
Limited Access Fishery
C. Management of the Amendment 80
Limited Access Fishery
D. ITAC and PSC Assigned to the
Amendment 80 Limited Access Fishery
E. Fishing Non-Allocated Groundfish
Species
IX. Use Caps
A. LAPPs and Use Caps
B. Person Use Caps
C. Vessel Use Cap
D. Transfer Limitations
X. Gulf of Alaska (GOA) Sideboard Limits
A. Need for GOA Sideboard Limits
B. GOA Sideboard Management
C. GOA Groundfish Sideboard Limits
D. GOA Halibut PSC Sideboard Limits
E. GOA Flatfish Fisheries Prohibition
F. Provisions for the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE
XI. Example of Allocations Under the
Program
A. Example of Annual TAC and PSC
Allocations
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
B. Example of Amendment 80 QS
Allocations
C. Example of Allocations to an
Amendment 80 Cooperative and the
Amendment 80 Limited Access Fishery
D. Example of AFA Sideboard Limits
XII. Monitoring and Enforcement (M&E)
A. Observers
B. Flow Scales
C. Observer Sampling Station
D. Special Catch Handling Requirements
for Non-AFA Trawl Catcher/Processors
E. M&E Requirements for Amendment 80
Vessels in the GOA
F. M&E Requirements for the F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE in the GOA
G. Consistency with Central GOA Rockfish
Program M&E Requirements
H. Summary Table
XIII. Economic Data Report
A. Background
B. Information Collected
C. Who Must Provide an EDR
D. Submission Deadlines for EDRs
E. Verification of Data
XIV. Classification
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
I. Development of the Program
A. History of Bycatch and Discard
Reduction Efforts in the BSAI
The Council has long recognized the
need to reduce bycatch, minimize
waste, and improve utilization of fish
resources to the extent practicable in
order to provide the maximum benefit
to present and future generations of
fishermen, associated fishing industry
sectors, communities, and the Nation as
a whole. The Council has
recommended, and NMFS has approved
numerous measures to reduce discards
and bycatch of groundfish species over
the past several years.
The Council recommended and
NMFS implemented management
measures to establish retention and
utilization standards for pollock and
Pacific cod under Amendment 49 to the
FMP (62 FR 63880; January 3, 1998).
More recently, in June 2003, the Council
recommended Amendment 79 to the
FMP to improve retention of groundfish
species by implementing a GRS. The
GRS applies to catcher/processor vessels
using trawl gear that are greater than or
equal to 125 ft. (38.1 m) and not
specifically defined as catcher/
processors listed as eligible to
participate in the directed pollock
fishery under section 208(e) of the AFA.
These catcher/processors are commonly
referred to as non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors.
The Council’s analysis of groundfish
retention rates in the BSAI groundfish
fishery revealed that vessels in the nonAFA trawl catcher/processor sector had
the lowest retained catch rates of any
groundfish trawl fishery in the BSAI.
This analysis also noted that non-AFA
trawl catcher/processors equal to or
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
greater than 125 ft (38.1 m) in length
overall (LOA) contributed the majority
of the harvest and discarded catch by
the non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
fleet. Given the smaller, but still
considerable, proportion of overall
bycatch and discard of groundfish by
non-AFA trawl catcher/processors less
than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA to the overall
bycatch and discard of groundfish by all
non-AFA trawl catcher/processors, and
recognizing that compliance costs
associated with observers and scale
monitoring requirements would be
relatively higher for vessels less than
125 ft (38.1 m) LOA, non-AFA trawl
catcher/processor vessels that are less
than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA were excluded
from the GRS. The GRS requires each
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
greater than or equal to125 ft (38.1 m)
LOA to retain specific groundfish
species at a specified minimum rate.
The minimum retention rate is lower for
the first year the GRS is effective in
2008 and is gradually increased to a
maximum retention rate for 2011 and in
all years thereafter. This graduated
approach to increasing the minimum
GRS rate was designed to facilitate
industry compliance with the GRS by
providing vessel operators several years
to modify and adapt fishing operations.
Amendment 79 was approved by the
Secretary on August 31, 2005, and
NMFS published regulations to
implement the GRS on April 6, 2006 (71
FR 17362). Those regulations will be
effective on January 20, 2008.
Amendment 79 authorizes groundfish
retention standards as a tool for further
increasing the retention and utilization
of groundfish and responding to bycatch
reduction goals described in National
Standard 9 of the MSA. The GRS
balanced the requirements for
conservation and management of the
groundfish fisheries under the MSA
with the requirements to minimize
bycatch under National Standard 9 and
minimize economic burdens under
National Standard 7 (minimize costs
and avoid unnecessary duplication) of
the MSA.
The Council took final action to
recommend Amendment 80 on June 9,
2006. Amendment 80 and the
implementing Program would continue
initiatives by the Council and NMFS to
reduce bycatch and discard of fish
species in the BSAI non-pollock trawl
groundfish fisheries. The Program
would (1) Extend the application of the
GRS to non-AFA trawl catcher/
processor vessels of all sizes by
including catcher/processor vessels
under 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA; and (2)
reduce the amount of halibut and crab
bycatch known as prohibited species
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30053
catch (PSC) that may be taken while
non-AFA trawl catcher/processors are
groundfish fishing in the BSAI. These
measures would consider efficiency in
utilization of fishery resources,
minimize costs, and further minimize
bycatch to the extent practicable,
thereby meeting the objectives of
National Standards 5, 7, and 9 of the
MSA.
The Program would facilitate this
improved retention and utilization of
groundfish resources through specific
economic incentives provided by a
LAPP. It is anticipated that LAPPs
would encourage improved retention
and utilization of fishery resources by
allocating specific amounts of certain
non-pollock groundfish species, halibut
PSC, and crab PSC to non-AFA trawl
catcher processors; and permit the
formation of cooperatives that would
receive exclusive harvest privileges for
a portion of these fishery resources. The
ways in which the use of exclusive
harvest privileges would improve the
retention and utilization of fishery
resources by non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors are described in Parts B and
C of Section I below.
B. The Non-Pollock Trawl Groundfish
Fisheries
One of the primary reasons for the
relatively high discard rates of
groundfish by non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors is the nature of the fisheries
in which those vessels participate. The
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor sector
primarily participates in non-pollock
groundfish fisheries. The non-pollock
groundfish fisheries are primarily
comprised of groups of species that
share similar habitat (e.g., flatfish
fisheries such as rock sole, flathead sole,
and yellowfin sole). Because these
species occur together, they are
typically harvested together. When a
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
retrieves its net, very often multiple
species of fish are present. If a vessel
operator is targeting only one species of
fish, and other species are retrieved
along with the desired catch, the vessel
operator may have an incentive to
discard the less valuable species and
retain only the higher value species. The
multi-species nature of these fisheries
makes it difficult for vessel operators to
target only one species, and an
economic incentive is created to discard
fish.
NMFS establishes a total allowable
catch (TAC) for each of the non-pollock
groundfish fisheries based on the
species’s annual biomass with the goal
of providing a conservatively managed
sustainable yield. Harvesters compete
for the TAC, resulting in a ‘‘race for
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30054
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
fish,’’ wherein vessels attempt to
maximize their harvest in as little time
as possible, in order to claim a larger
share of the available TAC. This race for
fish only increases the economic
incentive to discard less valuable
species in a multi-species harvest, and
accelerates the harvest rate for the more
valuable species.
Because vessel operators are
competing with each other for shares of
a common TAC, a vessel operator has
little economic incentive to undertake
actions to reduce unwanted incidental
catch, such as searching for fishing
grounds with lower bycatch rates, or
using gear modifications that may
reduce bycatch but have lower harvest
rates, if those actions would limit the
ability of that vessel to effectively
compete with other vessels.
Additionally, a vessel operator has little
incentive to process and store less
valuable species if by doing so, he loses
an opportunity to use that processing or
storage capacity for more valuable catch.
Therefore, an individual vessel operator
has strong incentives to harvest fish as
quickly as possible, and discard less
valuable species before the TAC limit is
reached because all vessel operators are
competing for a limited TAC.
Additionally, non-pollock groundfish
fisheries are constrained by catch limits
for non-target species, such as halibut,
red king crab, Chinocetes bairdi crab,
and C. opilio crab. Halibut and crab are
harvested in other fisheries and cannot
be retained by vessels using trawl gear.
NMFS establishes PSC limits for halibut
in the entire BSAI, and red king crab, C.
opilio crab, and C. bairdi crab in specific
areas of the BSAI to limit the adverse
impact of harvesting operations on the
long-term productivity of those species.
NMFS monitors these PSC limits, and
may close or otherwise restrict trawl
harvests if PSC limits are projected to be
reached. Fishery closures due to
reaching PSC limits can limit harvest of
the groundfish TAC and reduce overall
revenue to vessel operators and crew.
As vessel operators seek to maximize
harvest of TAC, they may accelerate
fishing operations to maximize harvest
before a crab or halibut PSC limit is
reached. A ‘‘race for PSC’’ further
exacerbates competition and the
incentives to harvest rapidly, resulting
in greater potential waste and higher
discard rates of less valuable groundfish
species.
The multi-species nature of nonpollock groundfish fisheries further
limits the ability of a fisherman to
specifically target valuable groundfish
species as they race with their
competitors. Vessel operators may
discard considerable portions of their
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
catch to maximize harvests of more
valuable species even though the
discarded species may have
considerable market value.
C. LAPPs
The primary method to offset the
economic incentives that lead to a race
for fish and relatively high discard rates
is to reduce the impact of those
incentives through a LAPP. LAPPs have
been used extensively in the North
Pacific as a means to encourage
economic efficiency and less wasteful
harvest methods, and to resolve
allocation disputes among harvesters by
providing a group of harvesters with
exclusive harvest privileges that can be
traded. North Pacific LAPPs include (1)
The halibut and sablefish individual
fishing quota (IFQ) Program (November
9, 1993, 58 FR 59375); (2) the AFA
(December 30, 2002; 67 FR 69692); (3)
the BSAI Crab Rationalization Program
(March 2, 2005; 70 FR 10174); and (4)
the Central GOA Rockfish Program
(November 20, 2006; 71 FR 67210). An
extensive discussion of LAPPs can be
found in the EA/RIR/IRFA prepared for
this action and in the National Research
Council’s publication Sharing the Fish
which was consulted and considered
during the development of the Program.
A LAPP allows vessel operators to
make operational choices to reduce
discard of fish because the strong
incentive to maximize catch in the
minimum amount of time has been
reduced. If a vessel operator receives an
exclusive portion of the TAC for nonpollock groundfish species and the
associated halibut and crab PSC, he
knows that he need not compete with
other harvesters. That vessel operator
can then choose to fish in a slower, less
wasteful fashion, use modified gear with
a lower harvest rate but which reduces
bycatch, coordinate with other vessel
operators to avoid areas of high bycatch,
process fish in ways that yield increased
value but which are possible only by
slowing the processing rate, or
otherwise operate in ways that limit
bycatch. The examples cited in this
paragraph have been used by vessel
operators in other LAPPs in the North
Pacific, and NMFS anticipates non-AFA
trawl catcher/processors would use
similar techniques to reduce bycatch.
LAPPs can improve the profitability
of fishing operators holding the
exclusive harvest privilege. In most
cases, LAPPs provide harvesters greater
flexibility in tailoring their fishing
operations to specific fisheries which
can reduce operational costs.
Additionally, vessel operators may
reduce costs by avoiding costly
improvements in vessel size or fishing
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
power designed to outcompete other
harvesters. Slower fishing rates can
improve product handling and quality
and increase the exvessel price of
product. Vessel operators can also
choose to consolidate less profitable
fishing operations onto one vessel.
Other potential advantages to the
holders of exclusive harvest privileges
have been analyzed during the
development of past LAPPs.
LAPPs can increase the costs of
entering the fishery substantially
because the permits acquire value and
must be purchased prior to entry.
Consolidation can limit employment
opportunities as well. Compliance costs
can also increase to ensure that NMFS
can monitor the harvesting and
processing of fish. Administration of
LAPPs typically require greater effort
and cost than non-LAPP fisheries due to
the greater precision in catch accounting
required to track the harvest of fish and
proper debiting of accounts. Participants
in LAPPs may also use their excess
fishing capacity to expand operations
into other fisheries that are not managed
by LAPPs and increase the race for fish
in those fisheries unless they are
constrained. These effects and others
have been addressed in the design of
previous LAPPs by limiting the amount
of consolidation in the fishery. Entry
costs for any LAPP are likely to be
higher than in other non-LAPP fisheries,
and those costs limit the ability of those
operators without the financial
wherewithal to participate in these
fisheries. A loan program for entry level
participants has been established in the
Halibut and Sablefish IFQ Program to
assist entry into that LAPP, but fishery
participants in other LAPPs must rely
on other sources of financing.
Based on extensive experience with
past LAPPs, and after weighing
potential advantages and disadvantages,
the Council recommended the Program
to create economic incentives that
provide additional opportunities to
reduce bycatch while increasing the
potential for greater economic returns to
those holding the harvest privileges.
The Program would provide an
incentive for non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors to harvest certain species of
non-pollock groundfish in a less
wasteful manner by granting an
exclusive harvest privilege to a limited
number of harvesters. The Program
would encourage participants to harvest
more efficiently and less wastefully by
allowing them to choose to (1) Form
harvesting cooperatives with other
harvesters that would receive an
exclusive annual harvest privilege of
specific groundfish species; or (2) fish in
a limited access fishery comprised of
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
E. Overview of the Program
fishery participants that choose not to
join a cooperative. The principal
benefits from the Program would be
realized by harvesters that choose to
join a cooperative.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
D. LAPPs, GRS, and Reduced PSC
The Council also recognized that
some of the compliance costs associated
with the GRS, particularly for non-AFA
trawl catcher/processors less than 125 ft
(38.1 m) LOA could be reduced under
LAPP management. The Council
recognized that if harvesters could
apply the GRS to a cooperative in the
aggregate, by aggregating retention rates
by all vessels in a cooperative, owners
of non-AFA trawl catcher/processors
less than 125 ft (38.1 m) could choose
to join a cooperative, assign their
harvest privilege to the cooperative, and
allow other larger vessels to harvest the
cooperative’s exclusive allocation of fish
without incurring the compliance costs
associated with monitoring the GRS.
Non-AFA trawl catcher/vessels less than
125 ft (38.1 m) LOA would still receive
economic benefits from their harvests
but would not need to refit their vessels
to meet the additional M&E
requirements and pay the additional
costs to fish in the BSAI. Those vessels
could continue to participate in other
fisheries in the GOA. Furthermore, the
catch associated with smaller catcher/
processor vessels would be subject to
the GRS, thereby further improving
retention of groundfish and reducing
discards of fish.
Additionally, for those non-AFA trawl
catcher/processor vessels that do fish
under a cooperative’s exclusive harvest
privilege, the costs associated with
retaining less valuable fish required
under the GRS may be offset by
increased profitability from those
vessels because they are no longer
operating in a race for fish. The Council
considered these factors in
recommending that the GRS be
extended to all non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors under the Program.
The Council also recognized that
LAPP management under a cooperative
allocation can encourage lower bycatch
as described in Part D of Section I
above. Because vessel operators in
cooperatives are better able to target
catch and can engage in voluntary
agreements to avoid areas with higher
PSC, the Council recommended an
overall reduction in the amount of
halibut and crab PSC that may be used
by the non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
sector. The Program would incorporate
this recommendation, furthering the
Council’s goals to reduce bycatch and
discard of fishery species.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
The rationale behind specific aspects
of the Program are provided in greater
detail later in this preamble. The
Council adopted the Program to meet
the broad goals of (1) Improving
retention and utilization of fishery
resources by the non-AFA trawl catcher/
processor fleet by extending the GRS to
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
vessels of all lengths in that sector; (2)
allocating fishery resources among BSAI
trawl harvesters in consideration of
historic and present harvest patterns
and future harvest needs; (3) authorizing
the allocation of groundfish species to
harvesting cooperatives and establishing
a LAPP for the non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors to encourage fishing
practices with lower discard rates, and
improve the opportunity for increasing
the value of harvested species while
lowering potential costs; and (4)
limiting the ability of non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors to expand their
harvesting capacity into other fisheries
not managed under a LAPP.
As with all other LAPPs in the North
Pacific, the extensive changes to
existing management of BSAI nonpollock trawl fisheries proposed by the
Program would affect a wide range of
fishing practices and regulations. The
Program would affect management of
the non-AFA trawl catcher/processors,
other BSAI trawl fishery participants,
and other harvesters in the North
Pacific. As such, the Program proposes
a complex suite of measures to ensure
the goals of the Program are met and
minimize potential adverse impacts on
affected fishery participants.
The following section provides an
overview of the suite of measures the
Program proposes to implement. Each
Program element will be addressed in
detail in subsequent sections of this
preamble.
1. Community Development Quota
(CDQ) Program Changes
The Program would incorporate
statutory mandates in the MSA as
amended by Section 416 of the Coast
Guard and Maritime Transportation Act
of 2006 (Pub. L. 109–241; July 11, 2006),
and the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management
Reauthorization Act (Pub. L. 109–479,
January 12, 2007). The proposed rule
would modify the percentage of TAC for
directed fisheries that are allocated to
the CDQ Program, and the percentage of
halibut, crab, and non-Chinook salmon
PSC allocated to the CDQ Program as
prohibited species quota (PSQ). The
proposed rule includes other provisions
necessary to bring Amendment 80 and
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30055
the CDQ Program into compliance with
applicable law as described in Section
II of this preamble.
2. Amendment 80 Sector and
Amendment 80 Vessels
Eligible Program participants would
be defined by applicable legislation and
the Program. Applicable legislation is
described in greater detail in Section II
of this preamble. The Program would
incorporate statutory mandates in
section 219 of the Consolidated
Appropriations Act of 2005 (Pub. L.
108–447; December 8, 2004) which
defines who is eligible to harvest fish in
the non-AFA catcher/processor sector
for a defined list of non-pollock
groundfish species. The Program would
define the ‘‘Amendment 80 sector’’ as
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
harvesters eligible to fish under this
statutory mandate. The defined list of
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
vessels that may be used to fish in the
Amendment 80 sector are ‘‘Amendment
80 vessels.’’
3. Amendment 80 Species
The Program would allocate a specific
portion of six non-pollock groundfish
species among trawl fishery sectors.
These six species would be the
‘‘Amendment 80 species,’’ and include
Aleutian Islands (AI) Pacific ocean
perch (POP), BSAI Atka mackerel, BSAI
flathead sole, BSAI Pacific cod, BSAI
rock sole, and BSAI yellowfin sole.
These Amendment 80 species would be
allocated between the Amendment 80
sector and all other BSAI trawl fishery
participants not in the Amendment 80
sector. These other trawl fishery
participants include AFA catcher/
processors, AFA catcher vessels, and
non-AFA catcher vessels. Collectively,
this group of trawl fishery participants
comprises the ‘‘BSAI trawl limited
access sector.’’
These six species are economically
valuable and have historically been
targeted by non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors, but fisheries associated with
these species have high rates of discard
or waste relative to other groundfish
fisheries. Other species, such as Alaska
plaice, are occasionally harvested in the
BSAI trawl fisheries, but these other
species are a minor component of the
overall biomass and value of nonpollock groundfish harvested, less
subject to an intense race for fish, and
would not be allocated under the
Program.
4. Allocations of TAC and PSC in the
BSAI Trawl Fisheries
Each year, the Program would allocate
an amount of Amendment 80 species
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30056
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
available for harvest, called the initial
total allowable catch (ITAC), and crab
and halibut PSC to two defined groups
of trawl fishery participants: (1) The
Amendment 80 sector; and (2) the BSAI
trawl limited access sector. Allocations
made to one sector would not be subject
to harvest by participants in the other
fishery sector except under a specific
condition. Fish that are allocated to the
BSAI trawl limited access sector and
projected to be unharvested could be
reallocated to Amendment 80
cooperatives.
The ITAC represents an amount of the
TAC for each Amendment 80 species
that is available for harvest, after
accounting for allocations to the CDQ
Program and the incidental catch
allowance (ICA). The ICA is set aside for
the incidental harvest of an Amendment
80 species while targeting other
groundfish species in non-trawl
fisheries (e.g., yellowfin sole incidental
harvests in the hook-and-line Pacific
cod fishery) and in the BSAI trawl
limited access sector fisheries (e.g., rock
sole incidentally harvested by AFA
trawl catcher vessels in the Pacific cod
fishery).
The Program would allocate crab and
halibut PSC to the Amendment 80 and
BSAI trawl limited access sectors to
accommodate PSC use by these sectors
based on past PSC use with specific
consideration given to possible future
requirements. The Program would
further address the Council’s goals of
reducing bycatch and discard of
groundfish species by reducing the total
amount of crab and halibut PSC
assigned to the Amendment 80 sector.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
5. BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector
The Program would provide a specific
allocation of Amendment 80 species
and crab and halibut PSC to this sector.
The Program would modify the
calculation of AFA sideboard limits for
Amendment 80 species and crab and
halibut PSC limits necessary to allow
the efficient operation of AFA vessels.
The Program would adjust the
maximum limit for red king crab
bycatch in the Red King Crab Savings
Subarea (RKCSS).
6. Amendment 80 Quota Share
The Program would assign
Amendment 80 quota share (QS) for
Amendment 80 species to the owners of
Amendment 80 vessels. The
Amendment 80 QS could be used to
yield an exclusive harvest privilege for
a portion of the Amendment 80 sector
ITAC. The Program would establish
criteria for harvesters in the
Amendment 80 sector to apply for and
receive QS, criteria for initially
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
allocating QS, and criteria for the
transfer of QS.
The Program would assign
Amendment 80 QS based on historic
catch patterns of an Amendment 80
vessel during 1998 through 2004. The
Program would assign QS based on the
relative proportion of an Amendment 80
species harvested by an Amendment 80
vessel compared to all other
Amendment 80 vessels.
The Program would assign
Amendment 80 QS only to persons who
submit a timely and complete
application for Amendment 80 QS. In
most cases, the Program would assign
the Amendment 80 QS to the
Amendment 80 vessel owner. In specific
cases where an Amendment 80 vessel
has been lost or is otherwise
permanently ineligible to fish in U.S.
waters, the Program would assign the
Amendment 80 QS to the holder of the
license limitation program (LLP) license
originally assigned to that Amendment
80 vessel. Once Amendment 80 QS is
assigned based on the historic catch
patterns of an Amendment 80 vessel, it
could not be divided or transferred
separately from that Amendment 80
vessel. If the Amendment 80 QS is
assigned to the LLP license originally
issued for that Amendment 80 vessel, it
could not be transferred separately from
that LLP license.
7. Amendment 80 Cooperatives
Persons that receive Amendment 80
QS would be able to join a cooperative
to receive an exclusive harvest privilege
for a portion of the ITAC. Amendment
80 QS holders would be able to form a
cooperative with other Amendment 80
QS holders on an annual basis, provided
they meet specific criteria. Each
Amendment 80 cooperative would
receive an annual cooperative quota
(CQ), an amount of Amendment 80
species ITAC that would be for the
exclusive use by that cooperative for
harvest in a given year. The Program
would establish requirements for
forming an Amendment 80 cooperative
with other Amendment 80 QS holders,
the allocation of annual CQ to a
cooperative, and transfers of CQ among
cooperatives. A cooperative would
receive an amount of CQ equivalent to
the proportion of QS held by all of the
members of the cooperative relative to
the total QS held by all Amendment 80
QS holders.
Each Amendment 80 cooperative
would receive an annual CQ with an
exclusive limit on the amount of crab
and halibut PSC the cooperative can use
while harvesting in the BSAI. This
halibut and crab PSC CQ would be
assigned to a cooperative proportional
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to the amount of Amendment 80 QS
held by the members, and would not be
based on the amount of crab or halibut
PSC historically used by the cooperative
members. This provision would not
reward harvesters with high PSC rates
with large amounts of PSC. Instead, PSC
would be issued in proportion to the
amount of Amendment 80 species that
are assigned for harvest to a cooperative.
The Program would provide
opportunities for Amendment 80 sector
participants to trade harvest privileges
among cooperatives to further encourage
economically efficient fishing
operations. An Amendment 80
cooperative would not be able to
transfer CQ to the Amendment 80
limited access fishery, or to the BSAI
trawl limited access sector.
A cooperative structure may allow
Amendment 80 vessel operators to
manage PSC rates more efficiently. By
reducing PSC through more efficient
cooperative operations, such as through
gear modifications, Amendment 80
vessel operators may also increase the
harvest of valuable targeted groundfish
species and improve revenues that
would otherwise be foregone if a fishery
were closed due to reaching PSC limits.
The Program would allow
Amendment 80 cooperatives to receive
a rollover of an additional amount of
CQ, if a portion of the Amendment 80
species or crab or halibut PSC allocated
to the BSAI trawl limited access sector
is projected to go unharvested. This
rollover to the Amendment 80
cooperatives would be at the discretion
of NMFS based on projected harvest
rates in the BSAI trawl limited access
sector and other criteria. Each
Amendment 80 cooperative would
receive an additional amount of CQ that
is based on the proportion of the
Amendment 80 QS held by that
Amendment 80 cooperative as
compared with all other Amendment 80
cooperatives.
Fishery participants in a cooperative
could consolidate fishing operations on
a specific Amendment 80 vessel or
subset of Amendment 80 vessels,
thereby reducing M&E and other
operational costs, and harvest fish in a
manner more likely to be economically
efficient and less wasteful.
8. Amendment 80 Limited Access
Fishery
Amendment 80 QS holders that
choose not to join an Amendment 80
cooperative would be able to participate
in the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery. The Program would assign the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
the amount of the Amendment 80
sector’s allocation of Amendment 80
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
species ITAC and halibut and crab PSC
that remains after allocation to all of the
Amendment 80 cooperatives.
Participants fishing in the Amendment
80 limited access fishery would
continue to compete with each other;
would not realize the same potential
benefits from consolidation and
coordination; and would not receive an
exclusive harvest privilege that accrues
to members of an Amendment 80
cooperative.
9. Use Caps
The Council considered the effect of
consolidation with the allocation of an
excessive share of harvest privileges to
Amendment 80 cooperatives. In
response, the Program would implement
use caps to limit the amount of
Amendment 80 QS a person could hold,
the amount of CQ they could use, and
the amount of ITAC an Amendment 80
vessel could harvest. These use caps
would moderate some of the potentially
adverse effects of excessive
consolidation of fishing operations on
fishery participants, such as lost
employment opportunities for fishing
crew while recognizing the desire to
provide economic efficiencies to
Amendment 80 QS holders.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
10. Gulf of Alaska (GOA) Sideboard
Limits
Catch limits, commonly known as
sideboards, would limit the ability of
participants eligible for this Program to
expand their harvest efforts in the GOA.
The Program is designed to provide
certain economic advantages to
participants. Program participants could
use this economic advantage to increase
their participation in other fisheries,
primarily in the GOA fisheries,
adversely affecting the participants in
those fisheries. GOA groundfish and
halibut PSC sideboards would limit the
catch by Amendment 80 vessels to
historic levels in the GOA. The Program
would limit the total amount of catch in
other groundfish fisheries that could be
taken by Amendment 80 vessels,
including harvests made in the State of
Alaska (State) waters which are open
during Federal fishing seasons to allow
the harvest of fish assigned to the
Federal TAC—the ‘‘parallel’’ groundfish
fisheries.
Sideboards would limit harvest of
Pacific cod, pollock, and rockfish
fisheries in the GOA, the eligibility of
Amendment 80 vessels to participate in
GOA flatfish fisheries, and the amount
of halibut PSC that Amendment 80
vessels could catch when harvesting
groundfish in the GOA. Sideboards
would apply to all Amendment 80
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
vessels and all LLP licenses that can be
used on an Amendment 80 vessel.
11. Monitoring and Enforcement (M&E)
M&E provisions are necessary for
accurate catch accounting and
compliance with the Program to ensure
that Amendment 80 QS holders
maintain catches within annual CQ and
ITAC allocations in the BSAI and do not
exceed sideboard limits in the GOA.
The M&E measures proposed for the
Program are similar to those currently
required for compliance with
Amendment 79, and mirror those in
place for catcher/processor vessels
participating in the Central GOA
Rockfish Program (see regulations in
§ 679.84 for additional detail).
12. GRS Requirements
Under the Program, all non-AFA trawl
catcher/processor vessels, which
includes all Amendment 80 vessels,
regardless of size, would be required to
meet GRS requirements in the BSAI. For
Amendment 80 vessels harvesting in the
BSAI under the authority of an
Amendment 80 cooperative, GRS
requirements would apply collectively
to all vessels harvesting under the
authority of the cooperative rather than
on a vessel-specific basis. An
Amendment 80 cooperative would be
required to meet the GRS on an
aggregate basis for all vessels in the
Amendment 80 cooperative. The
Program would modify some of the GRS
provisions scheduled for
implementation on January 20, 2008
(April 6, 2006; 71 FR 17362).
Specifically, the Program would modify
the GRS by extending the GRS to all
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor vessel
sizes and calculate the GRS for
Amendment 80 vessels assigned to an
Amendment 80 cooperative on an
aggregate basis.
13. Economic Data Report (EDR)
The Program would implement an
economic data collection program to
assess the impacts of Amendment 80 on
various components of the fishery,
including skippers and crew. The
Program would establish a process for
collecting and reviewing economic data
generated under Amendment 80 by
requiring the annual submission of an
EDR from each Amendment 80 QS
holder.
II. Legislation Affecting the Program
Eligibility to participate in the
Program and ITAC allocation under the
Program are affected by several pieces of
recent legislation:
• Section 219 of the Consolidated
Appropriations Act of 2005 (Pub. L.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30057
108–447; December 8, 2004), referred to
in this proposed rule as the Capacity
Reduction Program (CRP), which
defined the Amendment 80 sector and
implemented a capacity reduction
program for several catcher/processor
sectors;
• Section 416 of the Coast Guard and
Maritime Transportation Act of 2006
(Pub. L. 109–241; July 11, 2006),
referred to in this proposed rule as the
Coast Guard Act, which amended
provisions of the CDQ Program in the
MSA; and
• The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management
Reauthorization Act (Pub. L. 109–479,
January 12, 2007), referred to in this
proposed rule as the MSRA, which
modified provisions related to the CDQ
Program and instituted other measures
applicable to LAPPs.
The following sections detail the
effects of the CRP, Coast Guard Act, and
MSRA on the development of the
Program and this proposed rule. These
pieces of legislation directly dictate
specific elements of the Program.
A. The Capacity Reduction Program
(CRP)
Among other things, the CRP
legislates who may participate in the
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor sector
in the BSAI for ‘‘non-pollock groundfish
fisheries;’’ and defines the non-pollock
groundfish fisheries in the BSAI as
‘‘target species of Atka mackerel,
flathead sole, Pacific cod, Pacific ocean
perch, rock sole, turbot, or yellowfin
sole harvested in the BSAI.’’ Because all
of the Amendment 80 species are
included in the CRP’s definition of nonpollock groundfish fishery, the CRP’s
eligibility requirements for the non-AFA
trawl catcher/processor sector apply to
the Program’s eligibility criteria for the
Amendment 80 sector. Therefore, the
Program would incorporate the CRP’s
definition of a non-AFA trawl catcher/
processor.
1. Eligibility To Participate in the NonAFA Trawl Catcher/Processor Sector
(Amendment 80 Sector)
The CRP defines the non-AFA trawl
catcher/processor sector as the owner of
each trawl catcher/processor that
• Is not an AFA trawl catcher/
processor listed in paragraphs (1)
through (20) of section 208(e) of the
AFA;
• Was issued a valid LLP license
endorsed for Bering Sea or Aleutian
Islands trawl catcher/processor fishing
activity; and
• The Secretary determines has
harvested with trawl gear and processed
not less than a total of 150 mt of non-
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30058
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
pollock groundfish during the period
January 1, 1997, through December 31,
2002.
Based on a review of harvest data
from 1997 through 2002, NMFS has
identified 28 vessels that appear to meet
the requirements of the CRP listed
above. Those 28 vessels are identified in
the following Table 1.
TABLE 1.—LIST OF AMENDMENT 80
VESSELS
Name of Amendment 80 vessel
USCG
documentation
number
ALASKA JURIS ..........................
ALASKA RANGER .....................
ALASKA SPIRIT .........................
ALASKA VICTORY ....................
ALASKA VOYAGER ...................
ALASKA WARRIOR ...................
ALLIANCE ..................................
AMERICAN NO I ........................
ARCTIC ROSE ...........................
ARICA .........................................
BERING ENTERPRISE ..............
CAPE HORN ..............................
CONSTELLATION ......................
DEFENDER ................................
ENTERPRISE .............................
GOLDEN FLEECE .....................
HARVESTER ENTERPRISE .....
LEGACY .....................................
OCEAN ALASKA ........................
OCEAN PEACE .........................
PROSPERITY ............................
REBECCA IRENE ......................
SEAFISHER ...............................
SEAFREEZE ALASKA ...............
TREMONT ..................................
U.S. INTREPID ...........................
UNIMAK ......................................
VAERDAL ...................................
569276
550138
554913
569752
536484
590350
622750
610654
931446
550139
610869
653806
640364
665983
657383
609951
584902
664882
623210
677399
615485
697637
575587
517242
529154
604439
637693
611225
The Program would define
‘‘Amendment 80 vessel’’ as the vessels
listed in this table, or because there may
be additional eligible vessels that NMFS
is unaware of at this time, any vessel
that meets the CRP’s eligibility criteria
for the non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
sector. NMFS welcomes comment from
members on the accuracy of this list of
Amendment 80 vessels.
2. Cooperatives and ITAC Assigned to
the Amendment 80 Sector
The CRP does not limit the ability for
the Council to recommend, nor the
Secretary to approve and implement,
management measures that define the
amount of ITAC assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector, or other
management measures for the
Amendment 80 sector not in conflict
with the CRP or other law. Any such
management measures would include:
Establishing Amendment 80
cooperatives; allocating only some of
the ‘‘non-pollock groundfish species’’ to
the Amendment 80 sector; or otherwise
proposing measures to manage the
Amendment 80 sector, or other nonAmendment 80 sector participating in
the BSAI trawl fisheries.
B. The Coast Guard Act
The Coast Guard Act amended section
305(i)(1) of the MSA by removing all of
the CDQ Program-related requirements
in effect at the time the legislation was
enacted and replacing them with new
requirements. The amendments to
section 305(i)(1) addressed all aspects of
management and oversight of the CDQ
Program including the purpose of the
CDQ Program; allocations of groundfish,
halibut, and crab to the CDQ Program;
allocations of quota among the CDQ
groups; management of the CDQ
fisheries; eligibility criteria for
participation in the CDQ Program; limits
on allowable investments; the creation
of a CDQ administrative panel;
compliance with State reporting
requirements; a decennial review and
allocation adjustment process; and other
aspects of program administration and
oversight by the State and NMFS, on
behalf of the Secretary.
The elements of the Coast Guard Act
relevant to the Program are the species
or species groups allocated to the CDQ
Program under section 305(i)(1)(B)(i)
and the regulation of harvest of these
allocations under section
305(i)(1)(B)(iv). Section 305(i)(1)(B)(ii)
affects the percentage allocations of all
of the groundfish species allocated to
the CDQ Program, except pollock and
sablefish. Because this section was
further amended under the MSRA, it is
discussed in more detail in Part C of this
section below.
1. Groundfish Species or Species
Groups Allocated to the CDQ Program
The first provision from the Coast
Guard Act that affects the CDQ Program
and the Program is section
305(i)(1)(B)(i), which requires that ‘‘the
annual percentage of the total allowable
catch, guideline harvest level, or other
annual catch limit allocated to the
program in each directed fishery of the
Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands shall be
the percentage approved by the
Secretary, or established by Federal law,
as of March 1, 2006.’’ Prior to this
amendment, the MSA stated that ‘‘a
percentage of the total allowable catch
of any Bering Sea fishery is allocated to
the program.’’ Since 1998, NMFS has
allocated to the CDQ Program a
percentage of each groundfish TAC
category, except squid. The amended
language in the MSA requires that only
those species or species groups with a
directed fishery in the BSAI be allocated
to the CDQ Program. This is a more
limited list of species or species groups
than has been allocated to the CDQ
Program in the past.
Congress did not define the phrase
‘‘directed fishery’’ in the Coast Guard
Act. However, based on the statutory
language and the legislative history,
NMFS determined that the phrase
directed fishery for purposes of section
305(i)(1) of the MSA means a fishery for
which sufficient TAC exists to open a
directed fishery, and the species or
species group is economically valuable
enough for vessel operators to conduct
directed fishing for that species or
species group. NMFS applied this
interpretation in the 2007 and 2008 final
harvest specifications for the groundfish
of the BSAI (March 2, 2007; 72 FR
9451).
The groundfish species and species
groups that meet this definition and
those that do not are shown in Table 2.
TABLE 2.—GROUNDFISH SPECIES AND SPECIES GROUPS ALLOCATED AND NOT ALLOCATED TO THE CDQ PROGRAM
Species and species groups allocated to the CDQ Program
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Management area or subarea
Species or species group
Bering Sea (BS) and AI ............................................................................
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
BS and AI .................................................................................................
Pollock.
Pacific cod.
Sablefish (from both the hook-and-line and pot gear allocation and the
trawl allocation of the sablefish TAC).
Atka mackerel.
Eastern Aleutian Islands/Bering Sea (EAI/BS), Central Aleutian Islands
(CAI), Western Aleutian Islands (WAI).
EAI, CAI, WAI ...........................................................................................
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Pacific ocean perch.
Flathead sole.
Rock sole.
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
30059
TABLE 2.—GROUNDFISH SPECIES AND SPECIES GROUPS ALLOCATED AND NOT ALLOCATED TO THE CDQ PROGRAM—
Continued
Species and species groups allocated to the CDQ Program
Management area or subarea
Species or species group
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
BS .............................................................................................................
Yellowfin sole.
Arrowtooth flounder.
Greenland turbot.
Species and species groups not allocated to the CDQ Program
Management area or subarea
Species or species group
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Bogoslof ....................................................................................................
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
AI ..............................................................................................................
BS .............................................................................................................
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
BS and AI .................................................................................................
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
BSAI ..........................................................................................................
As described in the 2007 and 2008
final harvest specifications, and
proposed under the Program, catch of
species and species groups that are not
allocated to the CDQ Program would be
managed under the regulations and
fishery status that applies to that species
or species group in the non-CDQ
groundfish fisheries. Retention of nonallocated species that are closed to
directed fishing would either be limited
to maximum retainable amounts or all
catch of the species will be required to
be discarded. Notices of closures to
directed fishing and retention
requirements for these species would
apply equally to both the CDQ and nonCDQ sectors.
The Program would revise regulations
at § 679.20 that govern the annual
specifications process for the CDQ
Program. The list of species or species
groups allocated to the CDQ Program in
§ 679.20 must be consistent with the
definition of directed fishery for
purposes of section 305(i)(1) of the
MSA. This proposed rule would
establish the list of species and species
groups allocated to the CDQ Program in
regulation. The allocated species or
species groups could be revised in the
future through rulemaking if
circumstances change so that (1) a
species or species group that currently
is not allocated to the CDQ Program
becomes a ‘‘directed fishery’’ in the
future, or (2) a species or species group
currently allocated to the CDQ Program
is no longer a ‘‘directed fishery’’ in the
future.
In addition to the species and species
groups allocated to the CDQ Program,
the percentage allocation of the TAC for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Pollock.
Alaska plaice.
Other flatfish.
Greenland turbot.
Pacific ocean perch.
Northern rockfish.
Shortraker rockfish.
Rougheye rockfish.
Other rockfish.
Other species.
Squid.
each species or species group in
§ 679.20 also must be consistent with
the MSA. The percentage allocations of
pollock and sablefish to the CDQ
Program are governed by section
305(i)(1)(B)(i) which was implemented
through the Coast Guard Act. Because
section 305(i)(1)(B)(i) maintains current
percentage allocations of pollock and
sablefish to the CDQ Program, the
percentage allocations for these species
will continue to be those percentage
allocations in effect on March 1, 2006.
Ten percent of the Bering Sea subarea
and Aleutian Islands subarea pollock
TACs will continue to be allocated to
the CDQ Program as directed fishing
allowances. Twenty percent of the hookand-line and pot gear (fixed gear)
allocation of sablefish and 7.5 percent of
the trawl allocation of sablefish will
continue to be allocated to the CDQ
Program. The percentage allocations of
all of the other groundfish species
allocated to the CDQ Program are
addressed under section 305(i)(1)(B)(ii)
of the MSA, which was last amended
through the MSRA. These allocations
are discussed in more detail in The
MSRA below.
2. Regulation of CDQ Program Harvests
The Coast Guard Act created a new
section 305(i)(1)(B)(iv) of the MSA that
requires that ‘‘the harvest of allocations
under the [CDQ] program for fisheries
with individual quotas or fishing
cooperatives shall be regulated by the
Secretary in a manner no more
restrictive than for other participants in
the applicable sector, including with
respect to the harvest of nontarget
species.’’ If Amendment 80 is approved,
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the authorization for allocations of
Amendment 80 species to fishing
cooperatives triggers the requirements of
section 305(i)(1)(B)(iv).
Therefore, the regulation of harvest in
a CDQ fishery may be no more
restrictive than the regulation of the
harvest in the fisheries in which the
Amendment 80 cooperatives participate.
Consistent with the requirements of
section 305(i)(1)(B)(iv), NMFS proposes
to apply to any non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors harvesting groundfish in the
CDQ Program the same M&E and GRS
requirements that would apply to
Amendment 80 vessels harvesting
groundfish in the BSAI. The proposed
regulations for harvest by non-AFA
trawl catcher/processor vessels in the
CDQ Program are detailed in Sections III
and XII of this preamble.
C. The MSRA
The MSRA substantially amends the
MSA. Pertinent to the Program, the
MSRA includes amendments relating to
LAPPs, the CDQ Program, and cost
recovery and fee collection provisions.
The MSRA includes provisions that
affect the Program primarily by (1)
adding definitions of a limited access
privilege, limited access system, and a
new section, 303A—Limited Access
Privilege Programs, to the MSRA; (2)
specifying the percentage of each TAC,
except pollock and sablefish, that will
be allocated to the CDQ Program starting
January 1, 2008; (3) extending the
management costs for which NMFS may
collect fees to recover costs related to
LAPPs; and (4) expanding the authority
and requirements to collect economic
data from fishery participants.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30060
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
1. LAPP Provisions
The MSRA amended the MSA under
section 3(26) to define a ‘‘limited access
privilege’’ as ‘‘a Federal permit, issued
as part of a limited access system under
section 303A to harvest a quantity of
fish expressed by a unit or units
representing a portion of the total
allowable catch of the fishery that may
be received or held for exclusive use by
a person; and includes an individual
fishing quota; but does not include
community development quotas as
described in section 305(i).’’
The MSRA amended the MSA under
section 3(27) to define a ‘‘limited access
system’’ as ‘‘a system that limits
participation in a fishery to those
satisfying certain eligibility criteria of
requirements contained in a fishery
management plan or associated
regulation.’’
The Program is specifically included
as a LAPP under section 303A under the
provisions of section 303A(i) which
reads as follows:
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
(i) TRANSITION RULES.—(1) IN
GENERAL.—The requirements of this section
shall not apply to any quota program,
including any individual fishing quota
program, cooperative program, or sector
allocation for which a Council has taken final
action or which has been submitted by a
Council to the Secretary, or approved by the
Secretary, within 6 months after the
enactment of the [MSRA] except that—
(A) The requirements of section 303(d) of
this Act [the MSA] in effect on the day before
the date of enactment of that Act [the MSRA]
shall apply to any such program;
(B) The program shall be subject to review
under subsection (c)(1)(G) of this section not
later than 5 years after the program
implementation; and
(C) Nothing in this subsection precludes a
Council from incorporating criteria in this
section into any such plans.
The Council took final action to
recommend Amendment 80 to the FMP
on June 9, 2006. Therefore, section
303(i)(1) would not require the Program
to comply with the provisions of section
303A of the MSA, other than a review
of the Program five years after
implementation under section
303A(i)(1)(B). The review process
required under section 303A(i)(1)(B)
does not require immediate action by
the Council or implementing regulations
by the Secretary to ensure compliance
with the MSA and those provisions are
not incorporated in this proposed rule.
Section 303A(i)(1)(C) would permit
the Council to recommend
incorporating other provisions of
section 303A into the Program. Any
such recommendations would be
developed through a separate FMP
amendment and subject to a separate
rule making process in the future.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:31 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
2. CDQ Provisions
The MSRA amended section
305(i)(1)(B)(ii)(I) of the MSA to require
that the allocation of TAC to the CDQ
Program ‘‘for each directed fishery of
the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands
(other than a fishery for halibut,
sablefish, pollock, and crab) shall be a
total allocation of 10.7 percent effective
January 1, 2008.’’ The term ‘‘directed
fishery’’ for purposes of this
requirement is interpreted as described
under Part B of this section above.
Therefore, this requirement means that
10.7 percent of the TAC for Pacific cod,
Atka mackerel, yellowfin sole, rock sole,
Bering Sea Greenland turbot, arrowtooth
flounder, flathead sole, and AI Pacific
ocean perch will be allocated to the
CDQ Program annually.
Allocations of these species to the
CDQ Program are known as ‘‘CDQ
reserves.’’ As required by section
305(i)(1)(C) of the MSA, each of these
allocations to the CDQ Program are
further allocated among the CDQ groups
based on the percentage allocations that
were in effect on March 1, 2006. A table
listing the percentage allocations among
the CDQ groups was published in the
Federal Register on August 31, 2006 (71
FR 51804). All catch of each groundfish
species allocated to the CDQ Program
will continue to accrue against the CDQ
group’s allocation regardless of whether
that fish was caught while directed
fishing for that species or is incidentally
caught while fishing for another species.
Current regulations at § 679.7(d)(5)
prohibit each CDQ group from
exceeding its allocation of any
groundfish CDQ species, crab, halibut,
or salmon PSQ. Exceeding an allocation
of any groundfish CDQ or PSQ is a
violation of 50 CFR part 679 and can
result in enforcement action. These
regulations create what is known as
‘‘hard cap’’ management for the
groundfish CDQ species allocated under
section 305(i)(1)(B)(ii)(I) and (II) of the
MSA. Each CDQ group must manage all
of their CDQ fisheries to maintain catch
within all of these CDQ groundfish and
PSQ allocations. Reaching an allocation
of one groundfish species limits further
CDQ fishing because such fishing likely
will result in additional catch of the
groundfish species for which the
allocation has already been reached.
Section 305(i)(B)(ii) of the MSA was
amended by the MSRA to require that
the CDQ allocations of the species
allocated under section 305(i)(1)(B)(ii)(I)
and (II) may not be exceeded. This
requirement maintains the existing
‘‘hard cap’’ management for these CDQ
allocations. NMFS would continue to
allocate these CDQ reserves among the
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
CDQ groups based on the percentage
allocations required by the MSA. All
catch by vessels fishing on behalf of a
CDQ group would accrue against that
CDQ group’s allocation. Each CDQ
group would continue to be prohibited
from exceeding the amount of each CDQ
reserve allocated to it annually.
Therefore, no changes to regulations are
needed to implement this provision of
the MSRA.
Section 305(i)(1)(C) was amended by
the MSRA to require that 0.7 percent of
the 10.7 percent allocated to the CDQ
Program for all of the groundfish
species, except pollock and sablefish,
shall be allocated among the CDQ
groups by the CDQ administrative panel
(CDQ Panel). The CDQ Panel was
created under the Coast Guard Act in
section 305(i)(1)(G) of the MSA. Each
CDQ group has a representative on the
CDQ Panel and the panel may only
make decisions by unanimous vote of
all six members. NMFS anticipates that
the CDQ Panel will submit its decision
about how to allocate the 0.7 percent of
each groundfish CDQ reserve, except
pollock and sablefish, to NMFS prior to
January 1, 2008, so that NMFS can
establish quota account balances for
each of the CDQ groups. However, if the
CDQ Panel does not submit its
percentage allocations to NMFS, the
MSA requires the Secretary to allocate
this portion of the CDQ reserves based
on the nontarget needs of the CDQ
groups. Regulations to implement this
provision of the MSA are not included
in this proposed rule because they are
outside of the scope of MSA
requirements directly necessary to
implement Amendment 80.
3. Cost Recovery
The MSRA amended several
provisions in the MSA concerning the
collection of fees for LAPPs. Section
304(d)(2)(A) of the MSA as amended by
the MSRA reads as follows:
(2)(A) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the
Secretary is authorized and shall collect a fee
to recover the actual costs directly related to
the management, data collection, and
enforcement of any—
(i) limited access privilege program; and
(ii) community development quota
program that allocates a percentage of the
total allowable catch of a fishery to such
program.
This provision applies to LAPPs that
meet the definitions of a ‘‘limited access
privilege’’ and a ‘‘limited access
system.’’ Should NMFS determine that
the Program meets these definitions and
the MSA does not otherwise prohibit
collection of fees in this Program, the
Secretary would be authorized to collect
fees to recover costs not to exceed three
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
percent of the exvessel value of fish
harvested under Program under section
304(d)(2)(B). NMFS is reviewing these
provisions of the MSA. Pending this
review, NMFS may develop future rule
making to implement fee collection.
4. Economic Data Collection
The MSRA amended several
provisions under section 303 of the
MSA by expanding the authority and
the requirements for the Secretary to
collect economic data when developing
and implementing FMPs and
accompanying regulations. The MSA
requires that any FMP, including
Amendment 80, which is prepared by
any Council or the Secretary, with
respect to any fishery, shall—
• Specify the pertinent data which
shall be submitted to the Secretary with
respect to commercial, recreational,
charter fishing, and fish processing in
the fishery, including but not limited to
economic information necessary to meet
the requirements of the MSA (Section
303(a)(5));
• Include a fishery impact statement
which shall assess, specify, and analyze
the likely effects, if any, including the
cumulative conservation, economic, and
social impacts, of conservation and
management measures (Section
303(a)(9)); and
• Include a description of the
commercial, recreational, and charter
fishing sectors which participate in the
fishery, including its economic impact
(Section 303(a)(13)).
The Program would address these
statutory mandates through the
implementation of an economic data
collection program. See Section XIII of
this preamble for additional detail.
III. Nonspecified Reserve and CDQ
Program
The Program would (1) Modify
allocations to the nonspecified reserve
and the CDQ reserves; (2) increase PSQ
allocations for halibut, crab, and nonChinook salmon; (3) apply the same
M&E requirements applicable to nonAFA trawl catcher/processors while
participating in the non-CDQ groundfish
fisheries when these vessels participate
in the CDQ fisheries; and (4) remove
requirements for the CDQ delivery
report and the CDQ catch report, and
remove prohibitions limiting the
retention of species not allocated to the
CDQ Program.
A. Nonspecified Reserve
Current regulations allocate 15
percent of the TAC for each groundfish
TAC category, except pollock and the
hook-and-line and pot gear allocation of
sablefish, to the nonspecified reserve
before any further allocation of the
TACs are made. The nonspecified
reserve serves as a buffer to ensure that
harvest levels do not exceed the TAC. A
portion of the nonspecified reserve is set
aside for allocation to the CDQ Program.
For most groundfish species, one-half of
the nonspecified reserve, or 7.5 percent
of the TAC, currently is allocated to the
CDQ Program. The remaining amount of
the nonspecified reserve, 7.5 percent of
the TAC, can be released by NMFS for
use in the non-CDQ fisheries to provide
additional harvest opportunities.
Because the Program would establish
exclusive harvest privileges that are
carefully monitored, the Program would
provide greater certainty that TAC levels
would not be exceeded. Therefore, the
allocation of 15 percent of the TAC of
the Amendment 80 species to the
nonspecified reserve would not be
required to ensure harvests are
maintained with the TAC. Removing the
nonspecified reserve for species
managed under a LAPP is consistent
with the management of other BSAI
groundfish species managed under a
30061
LAPP. A nonspecified reserve is not
established for pollock managed under
the AFA, nor for fixed gear sablefish
managed under the CDQ and IFQ
Programs.
The Program would not modify the
current allocation of 15 percent of the
TAC for non-Amendment 80 species to
the nonspecified reserve. The total
metric tons of biomass that would be
assigned to the nonspecified reserve on
an annual basis would be expected to be
small relative to current allocations to
the nonspecified reserve because it
would not include a portion of the TAC
from Amendment 80 species. The TAC
from the Amendment 80 species
comprise the majority of the TAC
currently assigned to the nonspecified
reserve. Because the total amount of the
nonspecified reserve would not be
expected to be large, and would not
include TAC from the Amendment 80
species, the Program would not reassign
this nonspecified reserve for use by the
Amendment 80 or BSAI trawl limited
access sectors for use as Amendment 80
species. Table 3 summarizes the
allocation of BSAI groundfish species to
the nonspecified reserve.
B. CDQ Reserves
As noted in Section II of this
preamble, the Program would allocate
10.7 percent of the TAC for all
groundfish species allocated to the CDQ
Program, other than pollock and
sablefish. This allocation would occur
before allocations to the other fishery
participants. The specific BSAI
groundfish species allocated to the CDQ
Program are described in Section II of
this preamble. Table 3 summarizes the
proposed allocation of BSAI groundfish
species and species groups to the
nonspecified reserve and the CDQ
Program reserve.
TABLE 3.—NONSPECIFIED AND CDQ PROGRAM RESERVES IN THE BSAI
Allocation to the . . .
Species or species groups
CDQ reserves
BS and AI pollock .......................................................
Fixed gear sablefish (IFQ and CDQ sablefish) ..........
Trawl sablefish ............................................................
None ..............................................
None ..............................................
15% of the TAC .............................
Amendment 80 species ..............................................
Arrowtooth flounder and BS Greenland turbot ...........
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Nonspecified reserve
None ..............................................
15% of the TAC .............................
Species or species groups not allocated to the CDQ
Program (See Table 2 for a list).
15% of the TAC .............................
10% of the TAC as a directed fishing allowance.
20% of the TAC.
7.5% of the TAC (7.5% of the TAC remains in the
nonspecified reserve).
10.7% of the TAC.
10.7% of the TAC (4.3% of the TAC remains in the
nonspecified reserve).
None.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30062
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
C. PSQ Allocations
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
1. Halibut PSQ
The Program would increase the
allocation of halibut PSQ to the CDQ
Program by 50 mt in 2010, the third year
after the implementation of the Program.
This increase would accommodate
projected increases in halibut PSQ
needs by the CDQ Program to fully
prosecute the increased CDQ allocation
of Amendment 80 species. Currently,
the CDQ Program is allocated 7.5
percent of the halibut PSC limit under
§ 679.21(e)(1) for a total of 343 mt. This
total is made up of 7.5 percent of the
3,675 mt of halibut PSC allocated to
trawl gear, or 276 mt, and 7.5 percent
of the 900 mt of halibut PSQ allocated
to nontrawl gear, or 67 mt.
Generally, less than half of the halibut
PSQ allocation to the CDQ Program has
been used in any fishing year. However,
CDQ groups have not traditionally
harvested their full allocations of
species such as rock sole, yellowfin
sole, or other Amendment 80 species
with higher halibut PSQ use rates. With
the implementation of the Program,
Amendment 80 vessels may have more
flexibility to contract with CDQ groups
to fully harvest the CDQ Program
groundfish allocations, which may
result in higher halibut bycatch.
Therefore, the Program would revise
§ 679.21(e)(1) to continue to allocate 276
mt of the halibut PSC limit allocated to
trawl gear to the CDQ Program in 2008
and 2009. This amount would be
increased by 50 mt to 326 mt in 2010
and future years. When combined with
the 67 mt of halibut PSQ derived from
the fixed gear sector, the CDQ Program
would receive 343 mt of halibut PSQ in
2008 and 2009, and 393 mt in 2010 and
in all future years. Although halibut
PSQ is assigned to the CDQ Program
from trawl and non-trawl PSC limits,
once assigned it is not required to be
used in the specific fishery or gear PSC
limit from which it is derived.
The amount of trawl halibut PSC for
allocation to the Amendment 80 sector
and the BSAI trawl limited access sector
is described in Section IV of this
preamble. The amount of halibut PSC
remaining for use by non-trawl gear in
non-CDQ Program fisheries would be
833 mt.
2. Non-Chinook Salmon PSQ
The Program would increase the
allocation of non-Chinook salmon in
proportion to the allocation of
Amendment 80 species. Currently,
29,000 non-Chinook salmon are
allocated as PSC for use in BSAI trawl
fisheries, and 7.5 percent of the total
non-Chinook salmon PSC, or 2,175
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
salmon, is allocated to the CDQ Program
as PSQ. The remaining 26,825 nonChinook salmon are available for use by
non-CDQ trawl vessels.
Under the Program, the Council
recommended that non-Chinook PSQ be
increased to levels proportional to the
CDQ allocation of Amendment 80
species. Section 305(i)(1)(B)(ii) of the
MSA establishes the allocation of
Amendment 80 species to the CDQ
Program at 10.7 percent of TAC,
therefore the Program would allocate a
proportional amount of non-Chinook
PSQ equal to 10.7 percent of the trawl
PSC limit would be allocated to the
CDQ Program. The increase of nonChinook PSQ would accommodate the
larger allocation of BSAI groundfish
TAC to the CDQ Program and
anticipated increases in PSQ use. The
remaining amount of non-Chinook PSC
would be assigned to non-CDQ fisheries.
The Council did not recommend that
the Council increase the Chinook
salmon PSQ allocation to the CDQ
Program under the Program primarily
because Chinook salmon are not
typically caught while harvesting
Amendment 80 species and an increase
in PSQ was not anticipated to be
required to accommodate the larger
allocation of Amendment 80 species to
the CDQ Program.
3. Crab PSQ
Crab PSC for red king crab, C. bairdi
crab, and C. opilio crab is determined
during annual harvest specification
process based on the biomass of those
species. Regulations in § 679.23(e)
determine the amount of the crab
biomass that may be assigned as a PSC
limit. The Program would increase the
allocation of crab PSC assigned to the
CDQ Program as PSQ in proportion to
the allocation of Amendment 80
species. Under the Program, the Council
recommended that the CDQ Program’s
allocation of crab PSQ be increased to
levels proportional to the CDQ
allocation of Amendment 80 species,
which is 10.7 percent of the TAC as
established under section 305(i)(1)(B)(ii)
of the MSA. Crab species are
occasionally caught while fishing for
Amendment 80 species and an increase
in PSQ would accommodate the
increased allocation of Amendment 80
species TAC to the CDQ Program.
Therefore, each year, 10.7 percent of
each trawl PSC limit for BSAI crab
species would be allocated to the CDQ
Program and the remaining amount of
crab PSC would be apportioned to the
Amendment 80 sector and BSAI trawl
limited access sector as described in
Section IV of this preamble.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
D. Monitoring and Enforcement (M&E)
The Program would require that nonAFA trawl catcher/processors
participating in the CDQ Program be
subject to the same M&E requirements
that apply to these vessels while
participating in the non-CDQ fisheries
in the BSAI. This proposal is consistent
with the MSA because it does not result
in the regulation of harvest in CDQ
fisheries that is more restrictive than the
regulation of harvest in the comparable
non-CDQ fisheries. The allocation of
Amendment 80 species and PSC to the
CDQ Program and the Program both
require similarly precise management to
ensure that the allocations are
monitored with sufficient precision to
track catch relative to the allocations
and assist the management and
enforcement of allocations that are
exceeded. Allocations to the CDQ
Program, and to specific CDQ groups,
are similar to allocations to Amendment
80 cooperatives in that the allocations
cannot be exceeded. Additionally, it is
highly likely many Amendment 80
vessels would be used to fish
Amendment 80 species assigned to
Amendment 80 cooperatives and the
CDQ Program during the same fishing
year. Consistent M&E requirements
would reduce confusion among industry
participants and ensure that
Amendment 80 vessels have uniform
M&E whenever they are used to fish in
the BSAI for both CDQ and non-CDQ
fisheries, which simplifies compliance
and compliance monitoring.
Current regulations governing harvest
by trawl catcher/processors while
participating in the CDQ fisheries are
found at § 679.32(d)(4) and
§ 679.50(c)(4)(i)(A). Vessel operators are
required to provide (1) at least two level
2 observers, one of whom must be
certified as a lead level 2 observer; (2)
an observer sampling station; (3) data
entry software to transmit observer data
to NMFS; and (4) prior notice to the
observer of the CDQ group number
associated with the catch. In addition,
the vessel operator is required to weigh
unsorted catch from each CDQ haul on
a scale approved by NMFS. Estimates of
catch weight by species based on
observer data is required to be used to
accrue catch against the CDQ group’s
allocations.
The proposed M&E requirements
developed for the Program include
additional elements that currently are
not in effect for the non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors fishing for
groundfish CDQ. These additional
requirements include special catch
handling requirements and a pre-cruise
meeting among NMFS staff, the vessel
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
operator, and the observer(s). The
rationale for these additional
requirements is described in detail in
Section XII of this preamble. Applying
these standards to catcher/processor
trawl vessels fishing in the CDQ
Program would ensure a uniform degree
of management precision that NMFS has
determined is necessary for the
management of multispecies groundfish
fisheries and PSC limits with exclusive
allocations that cannot be exceeded.
E. Other Revisions
Three other revisions would be made
to the CDQ Program regulations.
References to the pollock CDQ reserve
in § 679.31 would be moved to
§ 679.20(b) along with specification of
all of the other CDQ reserves. This
revision would consolidate regulations
concerning the groundfish CDQ reserves
to one location but would not change
the amount of pollock allocated to the
CDQ reserves.
Requirements at § 679.5(n)(1) and (2)
for the CDQ delivery report and the
CDQ catch report would be removed.
These reports are required to be
submitted by shoreside processors
taking deliveries of CDQ groundfish (the
CDQ delivery report) or from the CDQ
groups (CDQ catch report). All of the
information necessary to manage the
CDQ fisheries and the individual quota
accounts for each CDQ group is already
available from the Observer Program or
through the Interagency Electronic
Reporting System (IERS). Therefore,
there reports would no longer be
necessary.
Three prohibitions in § 679.7(d)
specifically described below would be
removed to allow vessels fishing on
behalf of the CDQ groups to retain catch
of species not allocated to the CDQ
Program under the same regulations that
apply to the retention of these species
in the non-CDQ fisheries. Failure to
remove these prohibitions would
require vessels fishing on behalf of the
CDQ groups to discard all catch of
species not allocated to the CDQ
Program. In 2006, the CDQ groups
caught approximately 3,100 mt of
groundfish species that will no longer
be allocated to the CDQ Program.
Section 679.7(d)(16) prohibits the
operator of a vessel participating in the
CDQ fisheries from using any
groundfish accruing against a CDQ
reserve as a basis species for calculating
retainable amounts of non-CDQ species.
Species that are not allocated to the
CDQ Program are considered ‘‘non-CDQ
species.’’ This prohibition requires
discard of all species not allocated to
the CDQ Program, even if retention of
this species is allowed in the non-CDQ
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
fisheries. Sections 679.7(d)(13) and (14)
prohibit catcher vessels from retaining
onboard CDQ species together with
license limitation groundfish, and
prohibit catcher/processors from
catching groundfish CDQ species
together with license limitation
groundfish in the same haul, set, or pot.
The intent of these regulations was to
separate CDQ and non-CDQ fishing so
that all catch while CDQ fishing accrued
against CDQ allocations. Now that some
of the groundfish species that would be
caught in the CDQ fisheries would no
longer be considered CDQ species, these
prohibitions require that they be
discarded.
Removal of these prohibitions would
allow retention of the species not
allocated to the CDQ Program to be
managed under existing regulations that
apply to the retention of these species
in the non-CDQ fisheries. If the species
is open to directed fishing, vessels CDQ
fishing may retain as much of the
species as they want under the same
regulations that apply to vessels
participating in the non-CDQ fisheries.
If the species is closed to directed
fishing but some retention is allowed,
vessels CDQ fishing may use retained
catch of the species allocated to the
CDQ Program as basis species and apply
the retainable percentages in Table 40 to
part 679 to determine the maximum
retainable amount of the species not
allocated to the CDQ Program. If the
species not allocated to the CDQ
Program is on prohibited status, any
vessel CDQ fishing would be required to
discard all catch of this species, as are
all other vessels in the non-CDQ
fisheries.
NMFS also proposes removing
specific references to groundfish CDQ
reserve allocations in § 679.31.
Currently, § 679.31 contains only
limited regulation concerning the
management of non-pollock groundfish
CDQ reserves. Currently, the allocation
of non-pollock groundfish species TAC
to the CDQ Program is primarily
regulated in § 679.20. Section 679.20
contains most of the regulations
addressing CDQ reserve management.
To reduce redundancy in regulations,
and combine the allocation of TAC into
one section, NMFS proposes removing
specific references to non-pollock
groundfish in § 679.31(c) and (f).
IV. Allocations of ITAC and PSC
A. Apportionment of ITAC Between the
Sectors
1. Species Allocated
The Council recommended that five
species, AI Pacific ocean perch, Atka
mackerel, flathead sole, rock sole and
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30063
yellowfin sole be allocated between the
Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited
access sectors. A large proportion of the
TAC of these five species have been
caught by Amendment 80 vessels, and
those species comprise the majority of
the catch by these vessels. A smaller
portion of the TAC has been caught by
the BSAI trawl limited access sector.
The catch of these five species by nontrawl vessels is minimal. Greater detail
about the historic and recent catch of
these species can be found in the EA/
RIR/IRFA prepared for this action (see
ADDRESSES).
The Council motion recommending
the Program did not explicitly refer to
Pacific cod as an Amendment 80
species. The Council motion
recommended that ‘‘in the event that the
[Amendment 80] sector receives an
exclusive allocation of Pacific cod, that
allocation would be divided between
the cooperatives and the [Amendment
80] sector’s limited access fishery in the
same manner (and based on the same
history) as the division of other
allocated species within the
[Amendment 80] sector.’’ Amendment
85 as approved by the Secretary
establishes allocations for the non-CDQ
fishery sectors and specifically an
allocation to the non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors (i.e., Amendment 80 sector).
The Council’s recommendation to
allocate a percentage of the Pacific cod
TAC to the Amendment 80 sector was
provided in Amendment 85 to the FMP.
The Secretary approved the portion of
Amendment 85 that allocates a portion
of the Pacific cod TAC to the
Amendment 80 sector on March 7, 2007.
As a result of the Secretary’s decision on
Amendment 85, this proposed rule
would include Pacific cod as an
Amendment 80 species. The draft EA/
RIR/IRFA prepared for the Program
notes that Pacific cod would be
allocated and largely managed as all
other Amendment 80 species pending
Secretarial approval of Amendment 85.
Specific detail concerning the
management of Pacific cod under the
Program is provided in Part D of this
section of the preamble.
2. ITAC Allocation Process
During the annual harvest
specification process, NMFS would
establish the TAC for all Amendment 80
species. After accounting for allocations
to the CDQ Program as described in
Section II to this preamble, and the ICA
set aside for the incidental harvests of
Amendment 80 species by the non-trawl
gear sectors (e.g., pot, and hook-and-line
gear) and the BSAI trawl limited access
fishery while targeting other groundfish
species, the remaining amount of the
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30064
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TAC, the ITAC, would be apportioned
to the Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl
limited access sectors in proportions
recommended by the Council.
The Council recommended
establishing an ICA for the non-trawl
and BSAI trawl limited access sector
before allocating a portion of the TAC to
the Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl
limited access sector for several reasons.
First, because the Program would
allocate a fixed amount of the TAC to
the Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl
limited access sectors, NMFS would
need to account for any ICA in the nontrawl fisheries before those
apportionments could be made.
Otherwise, incidental catch by nontrawl vessels could reduce the amount
of TAC available to the trawl sectors.
This would be particularly problematic
for Amendment 80 cooperatives that
would be allocated a fixed percentage of
the TAC as CQ. If that CQ amount were
reduced by incidental catch in nontrawl fisheries, an Amendment 80
cooperative theoretically would have its
exclusive allocation reduced by persons
who are not members of the cooperative.
Second, the Council perceived the
percentage of the TAC assigned to the
BSAI trawl limited access sector as an
amount necessary to support directed
fishing, not as an amount intended to
support both directed and incidental
catch. Therefore, the Program would
establish an ICA to accommodate
incidental catch for non-trawl gear and
BSAI trawl limited access fisheries.
For most species, the allocations of
ITAC to the Amendment 80 and BSAI
trawl limited access sectors would be
apportioned as fixed percentages of the
ITAC, with the exception of Atka
mackerel, AI POP, and yellowfin sole. A
portion of the Amendment 80 sector’s
allocation of Atka mackerel and AI POP
ITAC would be gradually increased for
the BSAI trawl limited access sector,
and decreased for the Amendment 80
sector until a fixed percentage of the
ITAC is assigned to each sector after
several years. Table 4 details the
allocations of Amendment 80 species,
except yellowfin sole.
TABLE 4.—ANNUAL APPORTIONMENT OF AMENDMENT 80 SPECIES ITAC BETWEEN THE AMENDMENT 80 AND BSAI TRAWL
LIMITED ACCESS SECTORS (EXCEPT YELLOWFIN SOLE)
Percentage
of ITAC allocated to the
Amendment
80 sector
Fishery
Management area
Year
Atka mackerel ...................................
543 ...................................................
542 ...................................................
All years ...........................................
2008 .................................................
2009 .................................................
2010 .................................................
2011 .................................................
2012 and all future years .................
2008 .................................................
2009 .................................................
2010 .................................................
2011 .................................................
2012 and all future years .................
All years ...........................................
2008 .................................................
2009 and all future years .................
2008 .................................................
2009 and all future years .................
All years ...........................................
All years ...........................................
All years ...........................................
541/EBS ...........................................
Aleutian Islands .................................
Pacific ocean perch ..........................
543 ...................................................
542 ...................................................
541 ...................................................
Pacific cod .........................................
Rock sole ..........................................
Flathead sole ....................................
BSAI .................................................
BSAI .................................................
BSAI .................................................
The proportion of yellowfin sole ITAC
allocated between the Amendment 80
and BSAI trawl limited access sectors
would fluctuate with the TAC. Table 34
to part 679 in the proposed regulatory
text details the incremental increase of
reallocation of yellowfin sole ITAC from
the Amendment 80 sector to the BSAI
trawl limited access sector as ITAC
increases. The proportion of the ITAC
assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector increases as ITAC
Percentage
of ITAC allocated to
the BSAI
trawl limited
access sector
100
98
96
94
92
90
98
96
94
92
90
98
95
90
95
90
13.4
100
100
0
2
4
6
8
10
2
4
6
8
10
2
5
10
5
10
N/A
0
0
increases. Section XI of this preamble
provides an example of the calculation
of the yellowfin sole ITAC and Table 5
describes the calculation process.
TABLE 5.—ANNUAL APPORTIONMENT OF BSAI YELLOWFIN SOLE BETWEEN THE AMENDMENT 80 AND BSAI TRAWL
LIMITED ACCESS SECTORS
If the yellowfin
sole ITAC is between. . .
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Row No.
then the yellowfin sole
ITAC rate for
the Amendment 80 sector is. . .
and. . .
Column A
Row 1 ....................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Column B
0 mt .....................
87,499 mt ............
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00014
and the amount of yellowfin sole
ITAC allocated to Amendment 80
Sector is. . .
Column C
0.93
Fmt 4701
and the amount of yellowfin sole ITAC allocated
to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector is. . .
Column D
Column E
ITAC × Row 1, Column C ................
ITAC—Row 1, Column E.
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30065
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 5.—ANNUAL APPORTIONMENT OF BSAI YELLOWFIN SOLE BETWEEN THE AMENDMENT 80 AND BSAI TRAWL
LIMITED ACCESS SECTORS—Continued
If the yellowfin
sole ITAC is between. . .
Row No.
then the yellowfin sole
ITAC rate for
the Amendment 80 sector is. . .
and. . .
Column A
Column B
Row 2 ....................
87,500 mt ............
94,999 mt ............
Row 3 ....................
95,000 mt ............
Row 4 ....................
and the amount of yellowfin sole ITAC allocated
to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector is. . .
and the amount of yellowfin sole
ITAC allocated to Amendment 80
Sector is. . .
Column D
Column E
0.875
(Amount of ITAC greater than
87,499 mt and less than 95,000
mt × Row 2, Column c) + (Row 1,
Column D).
ITAC—Row 2, Column D.
102,499 mt ..........
0.82
(Amount of ITAC greater than
94,999 mt and less than 102,500
mt × Row 3, Column C) + (7
Column D, Rows 1 and 2).
ITAC—Row 3, Column D.
102,500 mt ..........
109,999 mt ..........
0.765
(Amount of ITAC greater than
102,499 mt and less than
110,000 mt × Row 4, Column C)
+ (7 Column D, Rows 2 through
3).
ITAC—Row 4, Column D.
Row 5 ....................
110,000 mt ..........
117,499 mt ..........
0.71
(Amount of ITAC greater than
109,999 mt and less than
117,500 mt × Row 5, Column C)
+ (7 Column D, Rows 2 through
4).
ITAC—Row 5, Column D.
Row 6 ....................
117,500 mt ..........
124,999 mt ..........
0.655
(Amount of ITAC greater than
117,499 mt and less than
125,000 mt × Row 6, Column C)
+ (7 Column D, Rows 2 through
5).
ITAC—Row 6, Column D.
Row 7 ....................
125,000 mt and greater
0.60
(Amount of ITAC greater than
124,999 mt × Row 7, Column C)
+ (7 Column D, Rows 2 through
6).
ITAC—Row 7, Column D.
B. PSC Apportionment to the CDQ
Program and Between the Sectors
Based on the rationale provided
during the development of the Program,
Column C
and in consideration of the MSRA, PSC
would be assigned to the CDQ Program,
and apportioned between the
Amendment 80 sector and BSAI trawl
limited access sector as described in
Table 6.
TABLE 6.—APPORTIONMENT OF BSAI CRAB AND HALIBUT PSC
Fishery
Halibut PSC
limit in the
BSAI
Year
Zone 1 Red
king crab
PSC limit . . .
C. opilio bycatch limitation
zone (COBLZ)
PSC limit . . .
Zone 1 C.
bairdi crab
PSC limit . . .
Zone 2 C.
bairdi crab
PSC limit . . .
as a percentage of the total BSAI trawl PSC limit . . .
CDQ Program ......................
2008 and 2009 ....................
2010 and future ...................
343 mt ..........
393 mt ..........
10.7% ...........
10.7% ..............
10.7% ...........
10.7%
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
as a percentage of the total BSAI trawl PSC limit after subtraction
for the allocation to the CDQ Program as PSQ . . .
Amendment 80 sector ..........
BSAI trawl limited access
sector.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
2008 ....................................
2009 ....................................
2010 ....................................
2011 ....................................
2012 and future ...................
All years ..............................
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
2,525 mt .......
2,475 mt .......
2,425 mt .......
2,375 mt .......
2,325 mt .......
875 mt ..........
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
62.48%
59.36%
56.23%
53.11%
49.98%
30.58%
Sfmt 4702
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
61.44%
58.37%
55.30%
52.22%
49.15%
32.14%
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
............
............
............
............
............
............
30MYP2
52.64%
50.01%
47.38%
44.74%
42.11%
46.99%
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
29.59%
28.11%
26.63%
25.15%
23.67%
46.81%
30066
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 6.—APPORTIONMENT OF BSAI CRAB AND HALIBUT PSC—Continued
Fishery
Halibut PSC
limit in the
BSAI
Year
C. opilio bycatch limitation
zone (COBLZ)
PSC limit . . .
Zone 1 Red
king crab
PSC limit . . .
Zone 1 C.
bairdi crab
PSC limit . . .
Zone 2 C.
bairdi crab
PSC limit . . .
as a percentage of the total BSAI trawl PSC limit . . .
Unassigned-reduction in
PSC.
2008 ....................................
0 mt ..............
6.94% ...........
6.42% ..............
0.37% ...........
23.60%
2009
2010
2011
2012
50 mt ............
50 mt ............
100 mt ..........
150 mt ..........
10.06%
13.19%
16.31%
19.44%
9.49% ..............
12.56% ............
15.64% ............
18.71% ............
3.00% ...........
5.63% ...........
8.27% ...........
10.90% .........
25.08%
26.56%
21.66%
29.52%
....................................
....................................
....................................
and future ...................
As is evident from Table 6, a portion
of the annual halibut PSC and crab PSC
available for use by the Amendment 80
sector would be reduced over time and
a portion of this PSC would not be
assigned for use. This unassigned
halibut and crab PSC is ‘‘left in the
water’’ and may contribute to the overall
halibut and crab biomass available for
future recruitment or harvest. The
halibut PSC assigned to the CDQ
Program as halibut PSQ would increase
in third year after implementation of the
Program (see Section III for more detail).
Overall, the portion of the halibut PSC
limit for trawl gear that would not be
assigned on an annual basis is shown in
the ‘‘Unassigned-Reduction in PSC’’ row
in Table 6. This unassigned halibut PSC
.........
.........
.........
.........
represents an overall savings in the
amount of trawl halibut PSC used by the
trawl fisheries. Fishing practices by
Amendment 80 cooperatives (e.g.,
avoiding areas of high bycatch through
voluntary intercooperative
arrangements, modifying fishing gear,
etc.) could result in additional
reductions in crab PSC or halibut PSC
use, but those amounts cannot be
predicted at this time.
C. Rationale for Allocations
The Program would allocate a specific
proportion of the annual ITAC and PSC
to the Amendment 80 sector and BSAI
trawl limited access sector. Generally,
the Council used historic groundfish
catch and PSC use patterns during the
1998 through 2004 time period as the
basis for recommended allocations, with
modifications made to accommodate
specific harvest patterns and fishery
dependent communities. The Council
also considered more recent harvest
patterns (2005 and 2006). Table 7
provides key rationale developed by the
Council for the specific allocations of
ITAC and PSC to the Amendment 80
and BSAI trawl limited access sectors
that would be implemented by the
Program. Additional details on the basis
for the allocations between the
Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited
access sectors are provided in the draft
EA/RIR/IRFA prepared for this action
(see ADDRESSES).
TABLE 7.— KEY RATIONALE FOR ITAC AND PSC ALLOCATIONS TO THE AMENDMENT 80 AND BSAI TRAWL LIMITED
ACCESS SECTORS
Amendment 80
species
Rationale
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Yellowfin sole ...
(1) Historic (1998 through 2004) and recent (2005 and 2006) catch data indicate that Amendment 80 vessels caught and retained a high proportion (on average in excess of 90 percent during the 1998 through 2004 and 2005 and 2006 time periods) of the yellowfin sole TAC.
(2) Prior to 1998, and the current high pollock TAC levels, yellowfin sole comprised a larger proportion of the overall BSAI
groundfish biomass. During this time the BSAI trawl limited access sector relied more heavily on yellowfin sole harvests
and caught and retained a greater proportion of the yellowfin sole TAC than currently.
(3) Apportioning ITAC on a sliding scale between the Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited access sectors as yellowfin sole
biomass increases would accommodate potential future changes in the relative TACs of pollock and yellowfin sole and
would provide greater harvest opportunities to the BSAI trawl limited access sector that are similar to pre-1998 harvest patterns.
Pacific cod ........ Pacific cod allocations to the Amendment 80 sector are based on the criteria and rationale established under Amendment 85
to the FMP (Notice of Availability of Amendment 85 to the FMP (NOA) published December 7, 2006; 71 FR 70943) and approved by the Secretary on March 7, 2007.
AI POP and
(1) Historic (from 1998 through 2004) and more recent (2005 and 2006) catch data indicate that the Amendment 80 sector
Atka mackerel.
caught and retained nearly 100 percent of the TAC of these species in all management areas.
(2) AI POP in Areas 541 and 542, and Atka mackerel in Areas BS/541 and 542 may be harvested by smaller trawl vessels,
primarily operating out of Adak, Alaska. These smaller trawl vessel operators expressed a desire to harvest Atka mackerel
during the development of the Program.
(3) A specific allocation to the BSAI trawl limited access sector would provide additional opportunities for harvest by smaller
trawl vessels. The total allocation to the BSAI trawl limited access sector would increase slightly each year to provide the
BSAI trawl limited access sector time to scale operations up to the level of the allocation.
Flathead sole
(1) Historic (from 1998 through 2004) and more current catch data (2005 and 2006) indicate that the Amendment 80 sector
and rock sole.
caught and retained nearly 100 percent of the TAC of these species.
(2) There was no clear indication that non-Amendment 80 sector participants intended to enter these fisheries in the foreseeable future.
Halibut PSC ...... (1) Halibut PSC would be assigned to the BSAI trawl limited access fishery at a percentage that would accommodate existing
halibut PSC rates as well as increased halibut PSC use if the yellowfin sole ITAC increases and a larger proportion of yellowfin sole is assigned to the sector.
(2) Halibut PSC would be assigned to the Amendment 80 sector at an amount above current use, therefore accommodating
existing and projected halibut PSC needs.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
30067
TABLE 7.— KEY RATIONALE FOR ITAC AND PSC ALLOCATIONS TO THE AMENDMENT 80 AND BSAI TRAWL LIMITED
ACCESS SECTORS—Continued
Amendment 80
species
Rationale
Crab PSC .........
(3) Starting in 2009, the allocation of halibut PSC to the Amendment 80 sector would be reduced in a stepwise manner ultimately resulting in an annual reduction of 200 mt of halibut PSC from the Amendment 80 sector. Combined with all other
halibut PSC allocations to the CDQ program and the BSAI trawl limited access sector, the halibut PSC allocation proposed
by the Program results in a total reduction of the annual trawl halibut PSC limit by 150 mt after 2011. This reduction would
meet a clear goal for the Program to reduce the use of halibut PSC by the Amendment 80 sector. The step-wise reduction
would provide the Amendment 80 sector time to adjust fishing operations through more efficient operations (e.g., cooperative management) to offset any additional potential costs.
(4) The halibut PSC savings resulting from the reduced trawl halibut limit assigned to the Amendment 80 sector would represent a savings of halibut biomass that could contribute to future halibut recruitment.
(1) Crab PSC assigned to the BSAI trawl limited access fishery would accommodate existing and projected PSC use. The
amount of crab PSC allocated is equal to the sum of the AFA catcher/processor and catcher vessel crab PSC sideboard
limits.
2) Crab PSC assigned to the Amendment 80 sector would accommodate existing and projected future PSC use. Starting in
2009, the amount allocated would be reduced by five percent of the initial allocation for four years (until 2012) resulting in a
20 percent reduction in the amount of crab PSC allocated to the Amendment 80 sector. This reduction would meet a clear
goal for the Program to reduce the use of crab PSC by the Amendment 80 sector. The step-wise reduction would provide
the Amendment 80 sector time to adjust fishing operations through more efficient operations (e.g., cooperative management) to offset any additional potential costs.
(3) The crab PSC savings resulting from the reduced trawl crab limit assigned to the Amendment 80 sector would represent a
savings of crab biomass that could contribute to future crab recruitment.
D. Integrating Amendment 85 and the
Program
1. Overview
During the development of
Amendment 80, the Council
recommended a separate action,
Amendment 85 to the FMP, to revise
allocations of Pacific cod among the
many BSAI groundfish sectors. The
Council took final action to recommend
Amendment 85 in April 2006, and final
action to recommend the Program in
June 2006. NMFS published a NOA for
Amendment 85 to the FMP on
December 7, 2006 (71 FR 70943). The
public comment period for the NOA
ended on February 5, 2007. NMFS
published a proposed rule to implement
Amendment 85 on February 7, 2007 (72
FR 5654). The public comment period
for the proposed rule ended on March
26, 2007. Amendment 85 was partially
approved by the Secretary on March 7,
2007. The Secretary approved all of the
provisions concerning allocation of
Pacific cod to the non-CDQ sectors.
Public comments on the proposed rule
have been received, NMFS is reviewing
those comments, and the final rule
implementing Amendment 85 is
anticipated to be published in July 2007.
The Council and NMFS recognized
that specific aspects of Amendment 85
would need to be integrated with the
Program if allocations of Pacific cod
under Amendment 85 were approved.
The following section describes NMFS’
attempt to coordinate the proposed
implementation of Amendment 85 and
the Program to be consistent with the
intent of both actions. The five key
elements of Amendment 85 that would
be addressed in this proposed action are
(1) The allocation of Pacific cod to the
Amendment 80 sector; (2) the seasonal
apportionment of Pacific cod allocated
to the Amendment 80 sector; (3) the
rollover of unused Pacific cod to the
Amendment 80 sector; (4) PSC
apportionment; and (5) the AFA
sideboard limits that apply to Pacific
cod.
2. Allocation of Pacific Cod to the
Amendment 80 Sector
Amendment 85 as approved by the
Secretary defines the allocations of
BSAI Pacific cod to nine harvesting
sectors which are listed in Table 8. The
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor sector
as defined in Amendment 85 is
identical to the Amendment 80 sector
proposed under the Program.
TABLE 8.—PERCENT SECTOR ALLOCATIONS OF BSAI PACIFIC COD NON-CDQ TAC APPROVED UNDER AMENDMENT 85
Sector
Percent allocation
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Jig ........................................................................................................................................................................................
Hook-and-line & pot catcher vessels <60 ft LOA ................................................................................................................
Hook-and-line catcher vessels ≥60 ft LOA ..........................................................................................................................
Hook-and-line catcher/processors .......................................................................................................................................
Pot catcher vessels ≥60 ft LOA ...........................................................................................................................................
Pot catcher/processors ........................................................................................................................................................
AFA trawl catcher/processors ..............................................................................................................................................
Non-AFA trawl catcher/processors (Amendment 80 Sector) ..............................................................................................
Trawl catcher vessels ..........................................................................................................................................................
The Program would not modify the
allocations of Pacific cod to the
Amendment 80 sector or other fishing
sectors as approved under Amendment
85. The Program would incorporate
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Amendment 85’s allocation of 13.4
percent of the non-CDQ TAC as the
Amendment 80 sector ITAC.
Amendment 85 did not establish an
ICA for Pacific cod that is deducted
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
before the allocation of the non-CDQ
TAC. The Program does establish an
ICA for all Amendment 80 species
except Pacific cod that is subtracted
from the non-CDQ TAC before it is
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
1.4
2.0
0.2
48.7
8.4
1.5
2.3
13.4
22.1
30068
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
assigned to the Amendment 80 and
BSAI trawl limited access sectors. The
Council did not recommend that the
Program establish an ICA for Pacific cod
that would be deducted from the TAC
before allocation to the Amendment 80
sector. Therefore, the Program would
not establish an ICA that would be
deducted prior to allocation of Pacific
cod among the sectors. Amendment 85
would establish an ICA specific to the
pot and hook-and-line sector, but that
ICA is derived from the allocation to
those sectors and is not deducted from
the non-CDQ TAC before allocations to
the Amendment 80 sector. The pot and
hook-and-line ICA proposed under
Amendment 85 would not affect the
allocation of Pacific cod TAC to the
Amendment 80 sector.
Based on the allocations proposed
under Amendment 85 and approved by
the Secretary and the lack of any
contrary guidance under the Council’s
recommendation for the Program, NMFS
does not propose modifying the
allocation of Pacific cod to the non-CDQ
sectors as approved under Amendment
85. Further, NMFS would not propose
establishing a Pacific cod ICA that
would be deducted from the TAC prior
to allocation among the trawl sectors
under the Program.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
3. Seasonal Apportionment of Pacific
Cod Allocated to the Amendment 80
Sector
The Program recommended by the
Council would not propose changing
the current seasonal apportionment of
Pacific cod established in regulation at
§ 679.23(e)(5). Currently, there are three
seasons (A, B, and C season) for Pacific
cod applicable to non-AFA catcher/
processor vessels using trawl gear (i.e.,
the Amendment 80 sector). However,
the proposed rule to implement
Amendment 85 would modify the
current seasonal apportionment of
Pacific cod to establish two seasons (A
and B seasons) for non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors. This seasonal
apportionment would supersede
existing regulations. If the proposed rule
for Amendment 85 is implemented as
proposed, NMFS would modify the
seasonal apportionment of Pacific cod
for non-AFA trawl catcher/processors
(i.e., the Amendment 80 sector) in the
final rule for Amendment 80 to ensure
compliance with the regulations that
may be implemented for Amendment
85. Seasonal apportionment of Pacific
cod for all other non-Amendment 80
sectors would not be modified by the
Program.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
3. Rollover of Unused Pacific Cod to the
Amendment 80 Sector
The proposed rule for Amendment 85
would create a complex mechanism to
redistribute, or rollover, Pacific cod that
is projected to be unharvested by a
sector. If the rollover provisions in the
proposed rule for Amendment 85 are
implemented as proposed, NMFS
anticipates that the final rule to
implement the Program would modify
these rollover provisions in the
following manner.
First, Pacific cod would not be rolled
over from the Amendment 80 sector to
other sectors listed in Table 8 above.
This would be consistent with the
approach the Council recommended for
all other Amendment 80 species.
Additionally, as described in more
detail in the draft EA/RIR/IRFA
prepared for the Program, NMFS has
identified the particular difficulties that
would arise in determining amounts of
Pacific cod that would go unharvested
when that Pacific cod is assigned as CQ
to an Amendment 80 cooperative.
Briefly, NMFS could not easily establish
criteria to determine that CQ would not
be used. An amount of CQ can be
harvested throughout the year and can
be traded among cooperatives reducing
the likelihood that it would not be
harvested.
Second, rollovers of unharvested
Pacific cod to the Amendment 80 sector
from any of the eight other sectors listed
in Table 8 above would be assigned only
to Amendment 80 cooperatives. This
approach would be consistent with the
mechanism to rollover to the
Amendment 80 sector other
Amendment 80 species that are
unharvested in the BSAI trawl limited
access sector. The Council did not
provide specific guidance to suggest that
Pacific cod would be subject to different
reallocation procedures than other
species. Section VII of this preamble
provides additional detail on the
reallocation of Amendment 80 species
to the Amendment 80 sector.
4. PSC Apportionment
The proposed rule for Amendment 85
would create a complex mechanism for
apportioning crab PSC and halibut PSC
among the nine sectors listed in Table
8. If the halibut PSC and crab PSC
provisions in the proposed rule for
Amendment 85 are implemented as
proposed, NMFS anticipates that the
final rule to implement the Program
would modify the PSC apportionments.
During the development of the
Program, the Council deliberated
extensively on the method to apportion
crab PSC and halibut PSC among the
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
trawl sectors. During these
deliberations, the Council noted that
many of the crab PSC and halibut PSC
apportionments proposed under
Amendment 85 would be superceded by
the Program. The Council motion
recommending the Program specifically
noted that ‘‘upon implementation of
[the Program], no allocation of PSC will
be made to the [Amendment 80] sector
under Amendment 85.’’ Should the PSC
apportionments in proposed rule for
Amendment 85 be implemented, the
final rule to implement the Program
would substantially revise those
regulations to be consistent with the
Council’s clear intent for the Program.
Additionally, because the Program
recommended specific allocations of
crab PSC and halibut PSC to the BSAI
trawl limited access sector, the PSC
apportionments for the trawl fisheries
contemplated in the proposed rule for
Amendment 85 may need to be revised
in the a final rule that would implement
the Program.
5. Pacific Cod AFA Sideboard Limits
The Council extensively reviewed
Pacific cod AFA sideboard limits during
the development of Amendment 85. The
proposed rule for Amendment 85 would
modify Pacific cod AFA sideboard
limits for the AFA catcher/processor
sector. The proposed rule for
Amendment 85 would not modify
existing regulations for AFA catcher
vessels.
NMFS does not propose modifying
the AFA Pacific cod sideboard limits
with this action. Although the Council
recommended that the Program would
modify the AFA sideboard limits for all
Amendment 80 species, it is not clear
that the Council considered Pacific cod
to be an Amendment 80 species for
purposes of applying this provision.
Clearly, the Council intended to allocate
Pacific cod to the Amendment 80 sector
and assign QS pending the Secretarial
approval of Amendment 85 that
provided an allocation of Pacific cod to
the Amendment 80 sector. However, it
does not appear the Council intended to
apply all of the provisions applicable to
other species (i.e., AI POP, Atka
mackerel, flathead sole, rock sole, and
yellowfin sole) that were clearly
identified by the Council during the
development of the Program as being
‘‘Amendment 80 species,’’including
proposing a new method to calculate
AFA sideboard limits.
Additionally, it does not appear to be
the intent of the Council action
recommending the Program in June
2006 to supersede the action
recommended by the Council in
Amendment 85 in April 2006.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
Therefore, AFA sideboard limit
calculations for Pacific cod would not
be modified under the Program
consistent with the apparent intent of
the Council. Additionally, this approach
would avoid confusion that may arise if
a final rule to implement Amendment
85 is published that eliminates AFA
catcher/processor sideboards, only to be
superseded shortly thereafter by a final
rule to implement the Program that
would reinstate the AFA catcher/
processor sideboard limits and change
the means to calculate that limit.
Section XI of this preamble provides
an example of the Pacific cod AFA
sideboard limits that would apply in
2008 should this aspect of the final rule
for Amendment 85 be implemented as
proposed.
6. Regulatory Text Contained in This
Proposed Rule
To minimize potential confusion and
better coordinate Amendment 85 and
this proposed action, NMFS proposes
the following modifications in this
proposed rule: (1) Remove and reserve
those sections of the regulations in
§ 679.20(a)(7)(i), (a)(7)(ii), (a)(7)(iii)(B),
and (a)(7)(iv) that are proposed to be
modified by the proposed rule for
Amendment 85; (2) insert regulatory
text to implement the allocation of
Pacific cod to the Amendment 80 sector
in § 679.20(a)(7)(v); (3) insert regulatory
text in § 679.20(a)(7)(v) that references
the existing seasonal apportionment of
Pacific cod; (4) insert regulatory text in
§ 679.20(a)(7)(v) addressing the
reallocation of unharvested Pacific cod
to Amendment 80 cooperatives; and (5)
remove references to the apportionment
of Pacific cod from the nonspecified
reserve in § 679.20(b)(1)(iv) consistent
with the management of the
nonspecified reserve for all other
Amendment 80 species (see Section III
of this preamble for more detail). In
30069
addition, if the proposed rule for
Amendment 85 is implemented as
proposed, the changes to Pacific cod
seasonal apportionments proposed in
the Program would need to be revised.
Regulatory text to allocate Pacific cod
QS among Amendment 80 sector
participants, assign Pacific cod ITAC to
Amendment 80 cooperatives and the
Amendment 80 limited access sector,
and assign PSC to support Pacific cod
fisheries by Amendment 80 sector
participants is proposed in § 679.90 and
§ 679.91 of this proposed rule and
would not be affected by the provisions
in the final rule for Amendment 85.
7. Summary Table
Table 9 summarizes the proposed
integration of key components of
Amendment 85 and the Program rule
making process.
TABLE 9.—INTEGRATION OF REGULATORY TEXT FOR AMENDMENT 85 AND THE PROGRAM
Issue
Proposed rule for Amendment 85
Proposed rule for the Program (Amendment 80)
Allocation of Pacific cod to
the Amendment 80 sector.
Allocations described in Table 8 have been approved
by the Secretary.
13.4% of the BSAI TAC after subtraction of the allocation to the CDQ Program would be allocated to the
Amendment 80 sector.
The proposed rule would change seasonal apportionments for the CDQ Program, Amendment 80 sector,
and other participants in the Pacific cod fishery from
the status quo. The proposed rule would apportion
the Amendment 80 allocation into two seasons: 75
percent to an A season, and 25 percent to a B season. These seasons would be defined in the annual
harvest specification process.
The proposed rule would not modify the allocations approved by the Secretary under Amendment 85 described in Table 8.
Seasonal apportionment of
Pacific cod.
The proposed rule would require that Pacific cod
unharvested by the trawl sectors (including the
Amendment 80 sector) would be reallocated first to
the non-trawl catcher vessel sectors defined in Table
8 above. Any Pacific cod that is unharvested by the
non-trawl catcher vessel sectors, or non-trawl catcher/processors sectors could be reassigned to the
Amendment 80 sector.
Allocations of crab PSC and
halibut PSC.
The proposed rule would allocate halibut PSC and crab
PSC for specific use by participants in each of the
nine sectors defined in Table 8 above.
AFA sideboard limits for Pacific cod.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Rollover of unused Pacific
cod.
The proposed rule would eliminate the Pacific cod
sideboard limits applicable to AFA catcher/processors. The proposed rule would not modify existing
Pacific cod sideboard limits for AFA catcher vessels.
V. BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector
The Program would affect the
management of non-Amendment 80
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
The proposed rule would not change the status quo
seasonal apportionment of Pacific cod to the Amendment 80 sector.
If the proposed rule for Amendment 85 is implemented
as proposed, NMFS would modify the seasonal apportionment for Pacific cod for non-AFA trawl catcher/processors (i.e., Amendment 80 sector) in the final
rule for Amendment 80. Seasonal apportionment of
Pacific cod for all other sectors would not be modified by the Program.
The proposed rule does not modify existing regulations.
If the proposed rule for Amendment 85 is implemented
as proposed, NMFS would modify the Pacific cod
rollover provisions. The final rule for the Program
would prohibit the reallocation of Pacific cod to the
Amendment 80 sector. In addition, the final rule for
the Program would require that any unharvested Pacific cod that is reallocated to the Amendment 80
sector be allocated only to Amendment 80 cooperatives.
The proposed rule would allocate halibut and crab PSC
to the Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited access
sectors to support PSC needs in all fisheries for
those sectors.
The Program would supersede halibut PSC and crab
PSC allocations for trawl gear sectors proposed that
may be implemented with the final rule for Amendment 85.
The proposed rule would not modify AFA sideboard
limits for Pacific cod.
sector trawl fisheries in several ways
because it: (1) Allocates a portion of the
ICA and ITAC for Amendment 80
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
species, halibut PSC, and crab PSC
limits to the BSAI trawl limited access
sector; (2) modifies AFA groundfish
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30070
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
sideboard calculation methods for
Amendment 80 species in the BSAI; (3)
modifies the AFA sideboard limits for
halibut PSC and crab PSC in the BSAI;
(4) removes AFA sideboard limits for
yellowfin sole at high ITAC levels in the
BSAI; (5) modifies the mechanism for
reallocating Pacific cod within the trawl
sector in the BSAI; and (6) modifies the
calculation for determining the
maximum crab PSC use in the RKCSS.
The Program’s proposed allocation of
ICA, ITAC, and PSC to the BSAI trawl
limited access sector and the proposed
changes on AFA sideboard calculations
would have specific effects on non-AFA
trawl catcher vessels. NMFS notes that
AFA sideboard limits for groundfish
and PSC in the GOA would not be
affected by the Program. Finally, the
proposed regulations would limit the
ability of Amendment 80 vessels to
process fish harvested in the BSAI trawl
limited access sector.
A. Allocations to BSAI Trawl Limited
Access Sector
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
1. Amendment 80 Species Allocations
For all Amendment 80 species, NMFS
would assign ITAC to the Amendment
80 sector and the BSAI trawl limited
access sector. Section IV of this
preamble describes the specific
allocation and rationale for the
allocation of ITAC for each Amendment
80 species to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector.
For all Amendment 80 species except
Pacific cod, NMFS would allocate a
portion of the ICA for use by non-trawl
gear and the BSAI trawl limited access
sector in the annual harvest
specification process. The amount of
ICA assigned for use by non-trawl
fisheries and the BSAI trawl limited
access sector would be based primarily
on recent and anticipated incidental
catch rates by the non-trawl fisheries
and BSAI trawl limited access sector of
that Amendment 80 species. To ensure
adequate flexibility in managing
incidental harvests in the BSAI, NMFS
proposes to combine the ICA required
for the non-trawl fisheries for each
Amendment 80 species, except Pacific
cod, into the ICA required for the BSAI
trawl limited access sector and establish
a single combined trawl and non-trawl
ICA in the annual harvest specifications.
Given the small incidental harvest rates
of Amendment 80 species anticipated in
non-trawl fisheries (e.g., yellowfin sole
incidentally harvested in the hook-andline Pacific cod fishery), the portion of
the ICA that is required for use in the
non-trawl fisheries would be small
relative to the total combined ICA.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
The portion of the combined ICA not
intended for use by non-trawl fisheries
would be intended for use by the BSAI
trawl limited access sector. The portion
of the ICA that is intended for use by the
BSAI trawl limited access sector would
be subject to rollover to Amendment 80
cooperatives, as discussed in Section VII
of this preamble. NMFS would ensure
that adequate ICA is available to the
non-trawl fisheries and BSAI limited
access sector before conducting any
rollover of unused ICA to Amendment
80 cooperatives. Section XI of this
preamble provides a specific example of
assigning an ICA to each Amendment 80
species. As discussed in Section IV of
this preamble, NMFS would not
establish a Pacific cod ICA for use by
trawl gear.
2. Halibut PSC Allocation
The halibut PSC limit for the BSAI
trawl limited access sector would be a
fixed amount of 875 metric tons (mt).
This amount is deemed necessary to
support all halibut PSC needs for
harvest of pollock, Amendment 80
species and non-Amendment 80 species
(e.g., Alaska plaice). The Council
recommended that the allocation be
based on historic halibut PSC use rates
from 1998 through 2004, with an
additional amount allocated that would
support future increased harvests of
Amendment 80 species with higher
halibut PSC use rates (e.g., yellowfin
sole). The halibut PSC allocated to the
BSAI trawl limited access sector under
the Program would supercede any
halibut trawl PSC allocation mechanism
that may be implemented under
Amendment 85 as discussed in Section
IV of this preamble.
3. Crab PSC Allocations
Crab PSC allocations to the BSAI
trawl limited access sector would be
based on the sum of the percentage of
the trawl crab PSC sideboard limit
assigned to the AFA catcher/processor
and catcher vessel sectors. Crab PSC use
in the BSAI trawl limited access sector,
which includes AFA catcher/processors,
AFA catcher vessels, and non-AFA
catcher vessels, has been small relative
to the total crab PSC assigned for use by
vessels using trawl gear.
The BSAI trawl limited access sector,
which includes non-AFA catcher
vessels, has consistently used less crab
PSC than the combined percentage of
the AFA catcher/processor and catcher
vessel crab PSC sideboard limits.
Therefore, an allocation of crab PSC to
the BSAI trawl limited access sector
based on the sum of the AFA crab PSC
sideboard limits would be sufficient to
accommodate current and future crab
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
PSC use by the BSAI trawl limited
access sector. The amount of crab PSC
assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector would continue to be
apportioned to specific trawl fisheries
for the BSAI trawl limited access sector
(e.g., crab PSC would be assigned for
use in yellowfin sole fisheries) as part
of the annual harvest specifications
process. Section XI of this preamble
provides a specific example of crab PSC
allocation to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector.
B. Calculation of AFA Groundfish
Sideboard Limits in the BSAI
The Program would modify the
calculation of BSAI groundfish
sideboard limits for Amendment 80
species that apply to AFA vessels. AFA
catcher/processor and AFA catcher
vessel sideboard limits would remain in
place to prevent the AFA sectors from
exceeding their historical catch history
prior to the implementation of the AFA.
These limits would constrain AFA
vessels participating in the BSAI trawl
limited access sector relative to nonAFA catcher vessels. However, the
method for calculating those sideboard
limits would be modified to
accommodate changes in allocations for
Amendment 80 species. The Program
would not modify the calculation of
AFA sideboard limits for nonAmendment 80 species (e.g., arrowtooth
flounder).
Currently, NMFS calculates AFA
sideboard limits for BSAI groundfish
species by multiplying the AFA
sideboard ratio for that species by the
TAC available for harvest by trawl
catcher/processors or catcher vessels in
the year in which the harvest limit will
be in effect. The exception to this rule
is the calculation of the Atka mackerel
sideboard limit for AFA catcher/
processors, which is set as a fixed
percentage of the TAC under regulations
at § 679.64(a)(3). The Atka mackerel
sideboard limit for AFA catcher/
processors would not be modified by
the Program. The Program would
modify the Atka mackerel sideboard
limit for AFA catcher vessels.
The allocation of exclusive harvest
privileges to the Amendment 80 sector
substantially reduces the amount of
ITAC available for harvest by other
trawl vessels. The portion of the ITAC
assigned to the Amendment 80 sector
would not be available to other
participants, thereby limiting the ITAC
available to the BSAI limited access
sector. If NMFS were to calculate the
AFA groundfish sideboard limits for
Amendment 80 species based only on
the portion of the ITAC that would be
assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
access fishery, the AFA sideboard limits
for Amendment 80 species would
constrain the AFA fleet substantially
beyond the degree intended under the
AFA. Furthermore, this would create
the potential for substantial portions of
the BSAI trawl limited access sector
allocation of Amendment 80 species to
remain unharvested because only the
limited number of non-AFA trawl
catcher vessels would be able to harvest
it once the AFA sideboard limits had
been reached.
The Council expressed concern over
the potential for unharvested catch in
the BSAI trawl limited access sector.
The Program would address this
concern by amending the AFA
sideboard regulations. AFA sideboard
limits for Amendment 80 species,
except Pacific cod and AFA catcher/
processor sideboards for Atka mackerel,
would be calculated by multiplying the
sideboard ratio for a given groundfish
species set forth in § 679.64 by the TAC
remaining after the allocation of 10.7
percent of the TAC to the CDQ Program
has been deducted. Depending on the
portion of ITAC allocated to the trawl
limited access fishery, the sideboard
limits for some of the Amendment 80
species will be greater than the
allocation. For example, the combined
AFA catcher/processor and AFA catcher
vessel yellowfin sole sideboard limit for
the AFA sectors is approximately 29
percent of the TAC after allocation to
the CDQ Program. Any allocation of
yellowfin sole to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector less than 29 percent of the
ITAC would result in sideboard limit
amounts greater than the allocation and
would not be constraining. The
potential effects of modifying AFA
sideboard limits on non-AFA trawl
catcher vessels in the BSAI trawl
limited access sector is addressed in
Part G of this section of the preamble.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
C. AFA Sideboard Limits for Halibut
and Crab PSC in the BSAI
1. AFA Halibut PSC Sideboard Limits
The Program would modify AFA PSC
sideboard limits in the BSAI. Under
current regulations, AFA halibut PSC
sideboard limits for catcher vessels are
assigned to specific fishery complexes.
A total of 875 mt of halibut PSC would
be assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector, which would be further
apportioned among specific fishery
complexes (e.g., Pacific cod, yellowfin
sole).
Currently, AFA halibut PSC sideboard
limits are calculated based on a
proportion of the halibut PSC available
to either catcher/processors or catcher
vessels. As noted in the previous
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
section, this calculation method would
result in sideboard limits for AFA
catcher vessels being set based on a
proportion of the 875 mt limit
established for the BSAI trawl limited
access sector. Computing halibut PSC
limits for AFA catcher vessels based on
a proportion of 875 mt would result in
small sideboard limits that would
substantially constrain harvests by AFA
catcher vessels. The Program would
address this concern by fixing the
halibut PSC sideboard limits for AFA
catcher/processors and AFA catcher
vessels in each fishery complex in the
BSAI at the levels established in the
2006 and 2007 final harvest
specifications (March 3, 2006; 71 FR
10894) and listed in Table 40 to part 679
in the proposed regulatory text.
Once the overall AFA halibut PSC
sideboard limit is established in
regulation, NMFS would apportion the
amount of halibut PSC sideboard for the
yellowfin sole and the rock sole/
flathead sole/other flatfish categories by
season through the annual specification
process, which is the current practice.
Setting the AFA catcher vessel halibut
PSC sideboard limit at a fixed limit
reflective of past AFA sideboard limits
would prevent AFA catcher vessels
from being unduly constrained relative
to PSC limits.
Fixing the AFA catcher/processor
sideboard limits at a fixed amount based
on the 2006 and 2007 final harvest
specifications would prevent AFA
catcher/processors from being unduly
constrained by halibut PSC sideboard
limits. Current regulations in
§ 679.64(a)(5) compute the AFA catcher/
processor halibut PSC sideboard limit as
a fixed ratio based on halibut PSC use
in 1995 through 1997 multiplied by ‘‘the
PSC limit of [halibut] available to
catcher/processors in the year in which
the harvest limit will be in effect.’’ As
noted in Table 6 of this preamble, the
amount of halibut PSC that is ‘‘available
to catcher/processors’’ decreases on an
annual basis beginning in 2009 because
a portion of the halibut PSC limit
assigned to the Amendment 80 sector
(i.e., catcher/processors) is decreased by
50 mt per year. This would result in a
reduction of the AFA catcher/processor
sideboard limit. It does not appear that
the Council intended to reduce the AFA
catcher/processor halibut PSC sideboard
limit with this action, and fixing the
AFA catcher/processor halibut PSC
limit at the amount established in the
2006 and 2007 final harvest
specifications would best meet the
Council’s apparent intent.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30071
2. AFA Crab PSC Sideboard Limits in
the BSAI
The Program would also modify AFA
crab PSC sideboard limits in the BSAI.
The Program would assign each crab
PSC to the BSAI trawl limited access
fisheries equal to the sum of the AFA
catcher/processor and AFA catcher
vessel sideboard limits. Currently, crab
PSC sideboard limits for the AFA
catcher/processors are set at a
percentage of the overall trawl crab PSC
limit (e.g., a fixed percentage of the total
Zone 1 C. bairdi trawl PSC limit is
assigned as an AFA catcher/processor
sideboard limit for that crab PSC). This
amount is calculated annually by
multiplying the AFA catcher/processor
sideboard ratio for a crab PSC species
which is described in regulation in
§ 679.64, by the trawl crab PSC limit
‘‘available to catcher/processors.’’
Currently, the amount of trawl crab PSC
available to catcher/processors is based
on the total crab PSC limit, prior to any
allocations to the CDQ Program.
The Program would clarify that the
amount of crab PSC ‘‘available to
catcher/processors’’ is the amount of the
trawl PSC limit available after allocation
to the CDQ Program as crab PSQ. This
change in calculation would slightly
reduce the amount of the trawl crab PSC
limit that is available to AFA catcher/
processors. This clarification would be
consistent with the overall intent of the
Program to assign AFA sideboard limits,
other than halibut PSC, after allocation
to the CDQ Program. As described in the
draft EA/RIR/IRFA, this change in the
method for calculating the AFA catcher/
processor crab PSC sideboard limit is
not likely to be more constraining on the
fleet than the current method for
calculating the sideboard limit. Crab
PSC has not historically been a limiting
factor for AFA trawl catcher/processors.
Unlike the AFA catcher/processor
crab PSC sideboard limits, the AFA
catcher vessel crab PSC sideboard limits
are calculated at the level of specified
target fishery categories, with separate
crab PSC sideboard amounts for each
target fishery (e.g., a specific amount of
the trawl red king crab PSC limit is
assigned as an AFA catcher vessel red
king crab PSC sideboard limit for use in
the yellowfin sole fishery). For AFA
catcher vessels, the ratio of a crab PSC
species assigned as a sideboard limit is
based on the proportion of groundfish
harvested by AFA catcher vessels in a
specific target fishery category.
Annually, an AFA catcher vessel crab
PSC sideboard amount is determined by
multiplying the sideboard ratio for a
target fishery category, which is
calculated based on criteria specified in
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30072
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
regulation at § 679.64, by the crab PSC
limit apportioned to the target fishery
category through the annual harvest
specification process. The current
method of calculating the crab PSC AFA
catcher vessel sideboard becomes
problematic with the changes proposed
under the Program.
The current sideboard calculation
method is dependent on the distribution
of trawl crab PSC among the target
fishery categories, and the AFA catcher
vessel sideboard limit cannot be
calculated until those amounts are
determined in the annual harvest
specification process (i.e., the sideboard
calculation requires the output of the
annual specification process). The
annual harvest specification process,
however, requires the amount of
available limited access trawl PSC as an
input, prior to determining that
distribution. For the harvest
specification process to function
effectively, the amount of available crab
PSC must be known, as that process
distributes crab PSC among fisheries
based on their crab PSC demands.
Because the AFA catcher vessel
sideboard limit calculation requires the
output of the harvest specification
process, and the harvest specification
process requires the output of the
sideboard calculation, an alternative
approach is needed.
The Program would determine the
AFA catcher vessel crab PSC sideboard
limit in a manner similar to that used to
initially compute the AFA catcher/
processor crab PSC sideboard ratio. The
proportion of the total trawl crab PSC
limit attributed to AFA catcher vessels
would be calculated as the sum of the
AFA catcher vessel PSC sideboard
limits for each crab PSC species in all
target fisheries divided by the sum of
the total trawl PSC limit for that crab
PSC species as described in the annual
harvest specification process in each
year. The draft EA/RIR/IRFA prepared
for this proposed action summarizes the
average percentage of the total trawl
crab PSC limit that was available to
AFA catcher vessels for each crab PSC
species. The specific years used to
calculate the average amount of the
trawl crab PSC limit assigned to AFA
catcher vessels are described in the draft
EA/RIR/IRFA prepared for this
proposed action (see ADDRESSES).
The draft EA/RIR/IRFA notes that the
average amount of the trawl red king
crab AFA sideboard limit in all target
fisheries from 2000 through 2002 was
used as the basis for determining the
total AFA red king crab sideboard limit.
These years are the same years used to
determine the amount of the trawl red
king crab PSC limit assigned to the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Amendment 80 sector. Presumably, the
Council intended to apply the same
baseline years for computing AFA
sideboard limits as were used to assign
Amendment 80 sector red king crab
allocations. Similarly, NMFS assumes
that the same years (1995 through 2002)
used to assign C. opilio crab to the
Amendment 80 sector would be used to
assign an AFA catcher vessel sideboard
limit. However, a trawl specific C. opilio
PSC limit was not established prior to
1999. Therefore, NMFS would apply the
sum of the average C. opilio trawl PSC
limit that would have been assigned to
AFA catcher vessels from 1999 through
2002 as the AFA catcher vessel
sideboard limit. NMFS assumes that the
same years (1995 through 2002) used to
assign Zone 1 and Zone 2 C. bairdi crab
to the Amendment 80 sector would be
used to assign an AFA catcher vessel
sideboard limit. Therefore, NMFS
would apply the sum of the average C.
bairdi trawl PSC limit that would have
been assigned to AFA catcher vessels
from 1995 through 2002 as the AFA
catcher vessel sideboard limit for Zone
1 and Zone 2 C. bairdi. The results of
this change in the AFA crab PSC
sideboard limit calculation are shown in
Table 41 to part 679 in the proposed
regulatory text. This method for
assigning the AFA catcher vessel crab
PSC sideboard limit would continue to
constrain AFA catcher vessels to
historic crab PSC use, but the method
for computing that limit would be based
on the overall trawl crab PSC limit
historically used by AFA catcher
vessels.
As with the AFA catcher/processors,
the ratio of crab PSC assigned to AFA
catcher vessels would be multiplied by
the amount of crab PSC for use by trawl
gear after deduction for allocation of
crab PSQ to the CDQ Program,
consistent with the approach used for
AFA catcher/processors.
D. AFA Yellowfin Sole Sideboard Limit
in the BSAI
The Program would relieve AFA
sideboard limits for yellowfin sole when
the yellowfin sole ITAC reaches or
exceeds 125,000 mt. Existing yellowfin
sole AFA sideboard harvest limits
would constrain the ability of AFA
vessels to catch yellowfin sole at higher
ITAC levels. Because yellowfin sole
would be allocated to the Amendment
80 sector for exclusive harvest, the need
for AFA sideboard limits would be
greatly reduced because AFA vessels
would not be directly competing with
the vast majority of harvesters active in
the yellowfin sole fishery. A small
proportion of the BSAI trawl limited
access sector includes non-AFA trawl
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
catcher vessels. However, this group of
harvesters would not be expected to be
adversely affected by relieving AFA
yellowfin sole sideboard limits at high
yellowfin sole ITAC levels because nonAFA trawl catcher vessels have not
historically harvested yellowfin sole.
E. Reallocating Unused Pacific Cod
Among the Trawl Sectors
As discussed in Section IV of this
preamble, the Program would, if
necessary, modify regulations
implemented under Amendment 85 so
that unused Pacific cod in the
Amendment 80 sector would not be
reallocated to either the AFA catcher/
processor or trawl catcher vessel sectors,
the equivalent of the proposed BSAI
trawl limited access sector described
under the Program.
Pending the approval and publication
of a final rule implementing
Amendment 85, the Program would not
modify the mechanism for reassigning
Pacific cod that is projected to be
unharvested from either the AFA
catcher/processor or the trawl catcher
vessel sectors as those sectors are
defined under Amendment 85. The
proposed rule to Amendment 85 details
a complex suite of measures to
reallocate unharvested Pacific cod from
the trawl catcher vessel and AFA
catcher/processor sectors. The Program
would not modify this procedure.
F. Calculation of the Crab PSC Limit in
the Red King Crab Savings Subarea
(RKCSS)
Current regulations at
§ 679.21(e)(3)(ii)(B) set a limit on the
amount of red king crab that may be
taken in a specific area of the southeast
Bering Sea known as the RKCSS. The
limit is determined during the annual
harvest specification process, but may
not exceed an amount equal to 35
percent of the red king crab PSC limit
assigned to the rock sole, flathead sole,
and ‘‘other rockfish’’ complex. NMFS
would modify this provision to conform
with the extensive changes proposed for
crab PSC management in general under
the Program. Under the Program, NMFS
would no longer allocate red king crab
PSC to the Amendment 80 sector on a
fishery-specific basis. Therefore, it
would not be possible to base the
RKCSS limit on the amount of red king
crab PSC assigned to the rocksole or
flathead sole fisheries.
NMFS proposes to resolve this
conflict by modifying the RKCSS
regulations to set the limit of red king
crab PSC that could be used in the
RKCSS as a percentage of the historic
overall trawl red king crab PSC limit.
During the period from 1998 through
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
2006, the RKCSS red king crab PSC
limit has been set at 35 percent of the
rock sole, flathead sole, and ‘‘other
rockfish’’ allocation. This limit has
ranged from 26.2 percent to 23.3 percent
of the total red king crab PSC limit
assigned for trawl gear, and has
averaged 24.2 percent during this time
period. From 2002 through 2006, the
RKCSS limit has consistently been set at
an amount equivalent to 23.3 percent of
the total trawl red king crab PSC limit
for trawl gear.
Based on historic RKCSS limits,
NMFS proposes to set the RKCSS
maximum limit at 25 percent of the red
king crab PSC limit. This limit is
slightly greater than the average amount
of trawl red king crab PSC assigned to
the RKCSS limit in 1998 through 2004,
but less than the limit in 1998, 2000,
and 2001. The Council and NMFS could
choose to set the RKCSS limit at any
level lower than or equal to 25 percent
of the red king crab PSC limit each year
through the annual harvest specification
process.
NMFS notes that the RKCSS limit
would continue to apply to both the
Amendment 80 sector and BSAI trawl
limited access sector under the Program.
Therefore, it is possible that fishing
patterns by Amendment 80 vessels and
other trawl vessels in the RKCSS could
cause the limit to be reached and the
RKCSS to be closed to all trawl vessels.
G. Effects on Non-AFA Trawl Catcher
Vessels
The Program would substantially
reduce potential competition between
AFA participants and the Amendment
80 sector through the allocations
provided. Any modifications of AFA
sideboard limits would not be expected
to affect the Amendment 80 sector.
Similarly, although the Program
substantially modifies the AFA
sideboard limits, it would not be
expected to have an adverse effect on
current participation patterns by nonAFA catcher vessels that are also
participants in the BSAI trawl limited
access sector.
Historically, non-AFA trawl catcher
vessels have not substantially
participated in the harvest of
Amendment 80 species other than
Pacific cod. Changes in AFA sideboard
limits, for all species except Pacific cod,
would not be expected to adversely
affect the non-AFA trawl catcher vessel
fleet due to their already limited
participation in these fisheries as
described in the draft EA/RIR/IRFA
prepared for this action (see
ADDRESSES).
The allocation of Pacific cod among
trawl fishery participants was addressed
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
during the development of Amendment
85 to the FMP and is detailed in the
analyses prepared for that action (see
the NMFS Web site at https://
www.fakr.noaa.gov for additional detail
on Amendment 85). During the
development of Amendment 85, the
Council considered allocation measures
for the non-AFA trawl catcher vessel
sector and recommended an allocation
mechanism that would combine AFA
and non-AFA catcher vessel allocations.
This proposed action would not modify
AFA sideboard limits for Pacific cod.
Nothing proposed in the Program would
modify the effects of Pacific cod
allocations and competition among AFA
and non-AFA vessels in a manner not
previously considered during the
development of Amendment 85.
H. Processing and Receiving Catch
The Council clearly recommended
that persons who are not participants in
the Amendment 80 sector be prohibited
from catching Amendment 80 species
assigned to the Amendment 80 sector. It
is also clear that the Council intended
to prohibit Amendment 80 vessels from
catching Amendment 80 species
assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector.
The Council noted that Amendment
80 vessel owners and operators,
specifically Amendment 80 vessel
owners and operators participating in
Amendment 80 cooperatives, could
consolidate fishing operations, receive
CQ from other cooperatives, and
otherwise benefit from the exclusive
harvesting privileges this proposed
LAPP provides. Because Amendment 80
vessels could also process catch
onboard, the allocation of a portion of
the ITAC to the Amendment 80 sector
would effectively provide exclusive
processing opportunities for that
amount of the ITAC to Amendment 80
vessels. Conceivably, Amendment 80
vessels in cooperatives could
consolidate processing activities. It is
not clear that the Council considered or
intended that Amendment 80 vessels
should serve as processing platforms for
multiple cooperatives, harvesters in the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery,
and the BSAI trawl limited access
sector. Processing restrictions for other
cooperatives and the Amendment 80
limited access fishery are discussed in
Sections VII and VIII of this preamble.
Therefore, the proposed rule would
prohibit any Amendment 80 vessel from
catching, receiving, or processing fish
assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector. NMFS has determined
that this prohibition would best meet
the Council’s recommendation to
provide an allocation of ITAC to the
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30073
Amendment 80 sector, but not
encourage the consolidation of fishing
or processing operations in the BSAI
trawl limited access sector.
Additionally, allowing Amendment 80
vessels to receive or process fish caught
by vessels in the BSAI trawl limited
access sector could allow Amendment
80 vessels to serve as motherships (i.e.,
a processing platform that is not fixed
to a single geographic location), or
stationary floating processors, for the
BSAI trawl limited access sector fleet.
This could increase the potential that
catch formerly delivered and processed
onshore, or at specific facilities onshore,
could be delivered and processed
offshore. This change in processing
operations could have economic effects.
The Council did not specifically address
these issues at the time of final Council
action.
Additionally, combining Amendment
80 and BSAI trawl limited access sector
catch could increase the potential
recordkeeping and reporting, and M&E
complexities, that may arise from
tracking catch derived from the
Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited
access sectors onboard one vessel. In
particular, monitoring compliance with
the GRS may prove problematic if catch
is combined onboard a single vessel.
NMFS does have some experience
tracking catch delivered to a vessel from
multiple vessels that are assigned to
multiple cooperatives in the AFA.
However, in most cases, the vessels
receiving catch are not actively engaged
in fishing operations at the same time
and serve exclusively as a processing
platform. Additionally, tracking pollock
catch in the AFA and properly assigning
it to a specific cooperative, is less
difficult than tracking multiple species,
halibut PSC, and crab PSC as would be
required in the Program. If NMFS were
to permit the delivery of catch from the
BSAI trawl limited access sector to an
Amendment 80 vessel, NMFS would
likely have to limit the Amendment 80
vessel so that it could only operate as
either a mothership or stationary
floating processor or as a fishing vessel
on a week-by-week basis consistent with
the weekly production report (WPR)
reporting period. Additional changes in
M&E requirements and recordkeeping
and reporting for Amendment 80 vessels
receiving catch may also be necessary.
NMFS welcomes comment on this
proposed prohibition from persons
involved in existing and planned
harvesting and processing operations for
Amendment 80 species in the BSAI.
VI. Amendment 80 QS
NMFS proposes to use the term quota
share (QS) to describe the multi-year
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30074
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
privilege that would enable a person to
receive exclusive harvest privileges
under the Program. QS assigned to a
person would confer an opportunity for
a person to receive an exclusive harvest
privilege if certain conditions are met.
QS would provide a harvest privilege,
not a right, to its holder. NMFS would
allocate QS for each of the Amendment
80 species to a person who is eligible to
participate in the Amendment 80 sector
as defined in the CRP (see Section II of
this preamble for more detail) and who
applies to receive Amendment 80 QS in
a timely fashion. NMFS would base the
amount of QS issued to a person on the
amount of legal catch made by an
Amendment 80 vessel according to the
official record developed by NMFS.
A. Eligibility To Receive Amendment 80
QS
As noted in the discussion of the CRP,
participation in the Amendment 80
sector is limited to persons who meet
the qualifications under that statute.
However, the CRP did not specifically
define the criteria that may be used to
allocate Amendment 80 QS among
eligible participants in the Amendment
80 sector. The Program contains
provisions that would allocate
Amendment 80 QS in consideration of
historic and recent harvest patterns, and
would accommodate specific conditions
that could adversely affect the ability of
an Amendment 80 vessel from being
used to harvest fish in the Amendment
80 sector.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
B. Method for Allocating Amendment 80
QS—General Provisions
The Council considered a range of
alternative methods for allocating QS to
participants in the Amendment 80
sector in the development of the
Program. These alternatives are
addresses in the draft EA/RIR/IRFA
developed to support this proposed
action (see ADDRESSES). The Program
would balance allocation among recent
and historic participants. As with other
QS programs (e.g., BSAI Crab
Rationalization, and IFQ halibut and
sablefish), the Program would allocate
QS based on historic and recent harvests
rather than allocating QS to Amendment
80 sector participants based on
alternative methods such as allocating
equal shares or auctioning off QS. In
other North Pacific LAPPs, the Council
has recommended, and NMFS has
allocated, QS based on landings that
occurred during a specific time period
as a means of equitably distributing QS
to participants based on their relative
dependance on the fishery.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
1. Species Allocated QS Under the
Program (Amendment 80 Species)
The six non-pollock groundfish
species that would be subject to an
allocation of Amendment 80 QS under
the Program are: AI POP, BSAI Atka
mackerel, BSAI flathead sole, BSAI
Pacific cod, BSAI rock sole, and BSAI
yellowfin sole. The Program would
allocate Amendment 80 QS only for
these non-pollock groundfish species,
which have historically been fully used
and for which quota-based management
is likely to result in reductions in the
‘‘race for fish.’’
Historic catch of non-Amendment 80
species would not result in Amendment
80 QS allocated to the Amendment 80
sector. The draft EA/RIR/IRFA prepared
for this action details harvest rates and
amounts for all of the non-pollock
species (see ADDRESSES).
Several groundfish species (e.g.,
Alaska plaice, arrowtooth flounder, and
Greenland turbot) are not fully
harvested because markets for these
species are nascent and economically
viable product forms have not been
developed. The Council did not
recommend allocating these species
under the Program while these markets
and products are developed by the trawl
and non-trawl fisheries. Other species
(e.g., squid) have not been historically
harvested by Amendment 80 vessels
and the Council did not recommend
allocating these species to the
Amendment 80 sector because there is
no clear historic or current fishing
dependance on these species.
Furthermore, it was not clear that
allocation of these species to the
Program would result in any clear
conservation or management benefit; yet
could adversely affect harvest patterns
by other fishery participants (e.g., AFA
catcher vessels) that are more likely to
harvest these species.
Other species (e.g., Aleutian Islands
northern rockfish) are not open to
directed fishing and are currently
harvested incidental to other target
species. Allocating those species based
on historic catch would include
incidental harvests, and in some cases a
large percentage of those incidentally
harvested fish were discarded.
Allocating species such as Aleutian
Islands northern rockfish could
advantage harvesters who have high
bycatch rates relative to harvesters using
more selective methods to target catch.
Allocating such species to Amendment
80 participants would reward harvesters
with high incidental catch, and possibly
high discard rates, and frustrate the
intent of the Program to encourage
lower bycatch and discard rates. The
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Council did note that if subsequent
review indicates that other groundfish
species could be more conservatively
managed through the LAPP
management, those species could be
added to the Program through a separate
FMP amendment and rulemaking
process.
2. Pacific Cod as an Amendment 80
Species
As noted in Section IV of this
preamble, Pacific cod would be
considered an Amendment 80 species
for purposes of Amendment 80 QS
allocation. The Program would allocate
Pacific cod QS using the same years for
determining qualifying harvests as
applicable to the other Amendment 80
species (i.e., the highest tonnage of
harvests during the five of seven years
from 1998 through 2004). The draft EA/
RIR/IRFA developed for the Program
analyzed the effects of allocating Pacific
cod to the Amendment 80 sector as QS
(see ADDRESSES). As noted earlier,
Pacific cod would be subject to the same
restrictions applicable to other
Amendment 80 species (e.g.,
cooperatives would be issued TAC,
rollover of unused BSAI trawl limited
access sector ITAC could be rolled over
to Amendment 80 cooperatives).
3. Years of Fishing Activity That Yield
QS: 1998 Through 2004
The Program would implement an
allocation of QS based on catch for each
Amendment 80 species using an
Amendment 80 vessel during the period
from 1998 through 2004. After
reviewing various catch patterns within
the fishery, the Council selected this
time period to accommodate historically
and recently active fishery participants.
The Council concluded that catch
patterns during this seven-year period
were considered to represent a
reasonable range of catch and
participation patterns in the fishery, and
catch by Amendment 80 vessels before
1998 was not representative of the
current catch patterns and its inclusion
would unduly limit the allocation of QS
to more recent participants. Harvest
patterns from 1998 until 2004, the most
recent available harvest data at the time
of final Council action in June 2006,
were selected to accommodate recent
participants and harvest patterns.
Furthermore, the range of harvest
patterns reviewed by the Council and
used as the basis for allocation of QS
included the recommendations made by
Amendment 80 participants during the
development of the Program.
The Council also recommended
allocating QS based on a subset of catch
from the seven years from 1998 through
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
2004. On occasion, a vessel or operator
may have been unable to fish due to
unforeseen circumstances (e.g.,
mechanical problems with the vessel, or
medical emergencies that affected crew
and limited catch), or had poor catch
due to the conditions in the fishery for
that year (e.g., lower TAC, unusual
distribution of catch affecting harvest
patterns, closure of the fishery before a
vessel could maximize its harvest). The
Council recommended accommodating
these issues by having NMFS select the
best five of seven years of catch, by
tonnage, for each Amendment 80
species landed by an Amendment 80
vessel as the basis for allocating
Amendment 80 QS. The net effect of
this provision is that some years of poor
catch would not be included in the
calculation for allocating Amendment
80 QS. This provision would moderate
the affect of poor harvests in some years
and would weight the average catch by
an Amendment 80 vessel to favor years
with better overall catch. Generally, QS
for a given Amendment 80 species
would be allocated based on the
percentage of the sum of the best five of
seven years of harvest from a specific
Amendment 80 vessel compared with
the sum of the best five of seven years
of harvest of that species by all
Amendment 80 vessels.
4. Legal Landings that Result in QS
The Program would base the
allocation of QS on ‘‘legal landings.’’
The Program would define a legal
landing as all catch made by an
Amendment 80 vessel during the
qualifying years (1998 through 2004),
and reported in compliance with State
and Federal regulations in effect at the
time of landing. A legal landing would
include only the catch of groundfish
from the BSAI that is recorded on a
NMFS weekly production report (WPR)
during the qualifying years. Catch that
was not legally reported or caught
would not be considered a legal landing.
Additionally, Amendment 80 species
caught under an experimental fishing
permit, scientific research permit, or
while participating in the CDQ Program
would not be considered for allocation
of Amendment 80 QS. Fishing
opportunities under these permits or the
CDQ Program were not available to all
participants during the qualifying years
and would provide undue advantage to
a subset of fishery participants.
Excluding catch under these conditions
would be consistent with the approach
used in other LAPPs (e.g., BSAI Crab
Rationalization Program and Central
GOA Rockfish Program).
The Program would use WPRs as the
basis to assign legal landings because
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
they represent the most complete record
of catch by a vessel. Although
alternative methods could be used to
assign catch to a vessel, such as using
data blended from WPRs and observer
reports, observer coverage on vessels
varied widely. Under such an approach,
an Amendment 80 vessel could be
assigned a catch rate that could differ
substantially from that vessel’s WPR
records. The most complete source of
vessel-specific catch during the
qualifying period. comes from WPR
records because all vessels are required
to submit WPRs.
Unlike other LAPPs that exclude
discarded catch as a legal landing, the
Council recommended that the Program
consider ‘‘total catch’’ as the basis for
allocating QS for a variety of reasons.
Total catch includes fish that are caught
and retained, as well as fish that are
caught and then discarded. The Program
would not exclude catch incidentally
caught in other fisheries or by a specific
gear types. All legally reported catch on
a WPR would be included for purposes
of QS allocation. As an example, all of
the Amendment 80 vessel operators
recorded catch on WPRs using nonpelagic trawl gear. Several Amendment
80 vessels also recorded catch on their
WPRs using pelagic trawl gear and
hook-and-line gear. Although these
catches represent a small proportion of
the total catch, that catch would be
considered an Amendment 80 legal
landing and would be included for
purposes of allocating Amendment 80
QS.
A review of total catch versus retained
catch data indicated that smaller
Amendment 80 vessels (e.g., vessels
under 200 ft (61 m) LOA) tended to
discard a greater proportion of their
catch relative to larger vessels. Most
likely, this is due to reduced storage
capacity on smaller vessels, particularly
for species that were incidentally caught
while directed fishing for different
Amendment 80 target species (e.g.,
flathead sole may have been discarded
while vessels targeted yellowfin sole).
On average, smaller vessels would have
a smaller proportion of the total retained
landings, and therefore would be issued
a smaller percentage of the total QS
allocation, if retained catch were used
instead of total catch to calculate the
distribution of QS.
NMFS would assign legal landings to
the Amendment 80 vessel on which
those landings were made and not to
any other Amendment 80 vessel.
Furthermore, NMFS would not consider
Amendment 80 legal landings to be
directly or indirectly transferrable from
one Amendment 80 vessel to another
Amendment 80 vessel. As an example,
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30075
private contractual arrangements to
assign legal landings from one
Amendment 80 vessel to a specific
groundfish vessel moratorium permit
(for legal landings prior to 2000), or to
a specific LLP license (for legal landings
in 2000 through 2004), or any other
contract or other legal instrument that
might address assigning legal landings
from an Amendment 80 vessel to
another Amendment 80 vessel would
not be considered by NMFS for the
purposes of allocating QS. This
restriction would (1) Insure that claims
for specific legal landings are not in
dispute among Amendment 80 vessel
owners; (2) reduce the potential for
complicated and lengthy appeals; and
(3) be consistent with the clear intent of
the Program to assign legal landings to
specific Amendment 80 vessels based
on the catch physically made by an
Amendment 80 vessel.
5. Amendment 80 Official Record
As with other LAPPs developed by
the Council, such as the BSAI Crab
Rationalization Program, NMFS would
establish an Amendment 80 official
record containing all necessary
information concerning Amendment 80
legal landings made by all Amendment
80 vessels during the seven-year
qualifying period, Amendment 80 vessel
ownership, Amendment 80 LLP license
holdings, and any other information
needed for assigning QS. NMFS would
produce the official record from data
including NMFS WPRs, LLP licenses
assigned to the Amendment 80 sector,
and other relevant information. NMFS
would presume the official record is
correct and an applicant wishing to
amend the official record would have
the burden of establishing otherwise
through an evidentiary and appeals
process. That process is described in
Part D of this section below.
The official record would also be used
to establish the initial pool of QS that
would be distributed to participants in
the Amendment 80 sector. There are
several methods that have been used in
other LAPPs to establish an initial QS
pool: Fixing the initial QS pool amounts
based on past harvest patterns (e.g.,
BSAI Crab Rationalization Program), or
using a baseline year of harvests and
converting those harvests to quota share
units (e.g., Central GOA Rockfish
Program). Administratively, the
simplest and clearest method for
establishing the initial QS pool for a
given Amendment 80 species is to set
the initial QS pool at an amount equal
to the sum of the highest five of seven
years of legal landings, in metric tons
(mt), for all Amendment 80 vessels. This
method is similar to that used for
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30076
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
establishing the QS pool in the halibut
and sablefish IFQ program.
Each metric ton of legal landing
credited to an Amendment 80 vessel
would result in one QS unit, with
specific modifications for yellowfin
sole, flathead sole, and rock sole, as
discussed in Part I of this section below.
This initial QS pool would be adjusted
should the official record be amended
through successful claims brought by
Amendment 80 sector participants or
other corrections to the underlying data.
See Part D of this section below for more
detail. As with other LAPPs (e.g.,
Central GOA Rockfish Program), NMFS
would establish use caps using this
initial QS pool. Use caps are described
further under Section IX of this
preamble.
C. Application for Amendment 80 QS
A person would be required to submit
an application for Amendment 80 QS in
order to receive Amendment 80 QS
initially. NMFS would require an
application to ensure that QS is
assigned to the appropriate persons, and
to provide a process for resolving claims
for legal landings that are contrary to the
official record. Once a person submits
an application for QS that is approved
by NMFS, that person would not need
to resubmit an application for QS in
future years.
Unlike other LAPPs (e.g., Central
GOA Rockfish Program) that provided
only a single application period to
receive QS after which no additional
applications would be accepted by
NMFS, NMFS would accept
applications for Amendment 80 QS on
an annual basis. This change is
necessary to accommodate the specific
statutory language in the CRP that does
not grant NMFS the authority to
permanently deny eligibility to
participate in the Program for failure to
meet an application deadline. NMFS
would require that all applications for
Amendment 80 QS be received not later
than 5 p.m., Alaska local time, on
October 15 or postmarked by that date
if the application is mailed, to receive
QS for use in the following calendar
year. Although a person could apply to
receive Amendment 80 QS by October
15 of the following year if they missed
the application deadline for the
previous year(s), once NMFS approves
an application for QS, it would not need
to be resubmitted annually.
NMFS would mail an application
package to all potentially eligible
Amendment 80 vessel owners and
Amendment 80 LLP holders based on
the address on record at the time the
application period opens. NMFS would
facilitate the application process by
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
making the application form available
on the NMFS, Alaska Region Web site
at https://www.fakr.noaa.gov. Interested
persons also could contact NMFS to
request an application package. An
application could be submitted by mail,
fax, or hand delivery. The proposed
regulatory text at § 679.90(b) provides
addresses and delivery locations.
The proposed regulatory text at
§ 679.90(b) details the information
required in an application. Briefly, the
application would contain the following
elements:
• Identification and contact
information for the applicant;
• Information on the Amendment 80
vessel(s) owned by the applicant;
• Amendment 80 LLP licenses held
by the applicant;
• If applicable, clear and
unambiguous documentation that an
Amendment 80 vessel that has suffered
an actual total loss, constructive total
loss, or is permanently ineligible to fish
in U.S. waters;
• If applicable, a copy of a written
contract held by the applicant that
clearly and unambiguously provides
that the owner of the Amendment 80
vessel has transferred all eligibility to
participate in the Program based on the
Amendment 80 legal landings from that
Amendment 80 vessel to the person
holding the Amendment 80 LLP license
originally assigned to that Amendment
80 vessel;
• Any other information deemed
necessary by NMFS for assigning QS;
and
• The applicant’s signature and
certification. If the application is
completed on behalf of the potential QS
recipient, authorization for that person
to act on behalf of that person.
D. Reviewing and Appealing a QS
Application
NMFS would evaluate applications
submitted during the specified
application period and compare all
claims in an application with the
information in the official record. NMFS
would accept claims in an application it
determines to be consistent with
information in the official record. NMFS
would not accept inconsistent claims in
the applications, unless verified by
documentation. An applicant who
submits inconsistent claims, or an
applicant who fails to submit
information supporting his or her claims
with their application, would be
provided a single 30-day evidentiary
period to submit the supporting
information, evidence to verify his or
her inconsistent claims, or a revised
application with claims consistent with
information in the official record. An
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
applicant who submits claims that are
inconsistent with information in the
official record would have the burden of
proving that the submitted claims are
correct.
NMFS would evaluate additional
information or evidence to support an
applicant’s inconsistent claims
submitted prior to or within the 30-day
evidentiary period. If NMFS determines
that the additional information or
evidence proves that the applicant’s
inconsistent claims in his or her
application were indeed correct, NMFS
would amend the official record with
that information or evidence. NMFS
would use the amended official record
to determine the applicant’s eligibility.
However, if after the 30-day evidentiary
period, NMFS were to determine that
the additional information or evidence
did not prove that the applicant’s
inconsistent claims in his or her
application were correct, NMFS would
deny the appeal. NMFS would notify
the applicant that the additional
information or evidence did not meet
the burden of proof to change the
official record through an initial
administrative determination (IAD).
NMFS’ IAD would indicate the
deficiencies and discrepancies in the
application, or revised application,
including any deficiencies in the
information or the evidence submitted
in support of the information. NMFS’
IAD would indicate which claims could
not be approved based on the available
information or evidence, and provide
information on how an applicant could
appeal an IAD. The appeals process is
described under 50 CFR 679.43. An
applicant who appeals an IAD would
not receive any QS based on contested
landing data unless and until the appeal
was resolved in the applicant’s favor.
Once NMFS has approved an
application for Amendment 80 QS in its
entirety, an Amendment 80 QS permit
with a specified amount of Amendment
80 QS units derived from the amount of
legal landings of each Amendment 80
species attributable to a specific
Amendment 80 vessel would be
assigned to the applicant.
E. Assigning an Amendment 80 QS
Permit to an Amendment 80 Vessel
Owner
After reviewing applications for
Amendment 80 QS, comparing those
applications to the official record, and
resolving inconsistencies in claims for
legal landings, NMFS would issue an
Amendment 80 QS permit that lists the
total amount of QS units issued for each
Amendment 80 species for each
applicant. The legal landings from an
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
Amendment 80 vessel would give rise to
only one Amendment 80 QS permit.
Given existing information, NMFS
anticipates issuing 28 Amendment 80
QS permits based on the legal landings
of the 28 Amendment 80 vessels that
have been identified in NMFS’s WPR
database. If additional vessels not listed
under Table 1 of this preamble are
determined to be eligible for the
Program, additional Amendment 80 QS
permits could be issued to persons
based on legal landings from those
vessels. Once an Amendment 80 QS
permit is issued, the QS units assigned
to that QS permit would remain with
that QS permit and could not be severed
or otherwise be transferred
independently from the rest of the QS
permit. The Amendment 80 QS permit
would be issued to the person identified
in an approved application for QS. In
most cases, the person receiving the QS
would be the Amendment 80 vessel
owner.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
F. Assigning an Amendment 80 QS
Permit to an Amendment 80 LLP
License for Lost or Ineligible Vessels
The Program would ensure that an
Amendment 80 QS permit resulting
from the legal landings of an
Amendment 80 vessel could be used
even if an Amendment 80 vessel were
lost or became permanently ineligible to
fish in U.S. waters. Under certain
conditions, NMFS would issue an
Amendment 80 QS permit to the holder
of the Amendment 80 LLP license
originally assigned to an Amendment 80
vessel rather than the Amendment 80
vessel owner. The list of Amendment 80
LLP licenses originally assigned to an
Amendment 80 vessel is provided in the
proposed Table 31 to part 679. An
Amendment 80 QS permit would be
issued to the Amendment 80 LLP
license holder either (1) During the
initial allocation of QS; or (2) after the
initial issuance of QS as described
under the Part G of this section below.
This provision is intended to allow a
person to continue participation in the
Amendment 80 sector if otherwise
qualified. During the development of
the Program, this provision was
considered as a means for meeting the
overall intent of the Program to allow a
person to use QS under specific
conditions without contravening the
intent of the CRP. As an example, the F/
V ARCTIC ROSE has sunk, and the F/
V BERING ENTERPRISE cannot be
documented as a U.S. fishing vessel and
that vessel is not eligible for a fishery
endorsement under fishing vessel
documentation regulations at 46 U.S.C.
12108.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
The provision to assign a QS permit
to an Amendment 80 LLP license would
apply only if an Amendment 80 vessel
suffered an actual total loss,
constructive total loss, or became
permanently ineligible to fish in the
BSAI. The terms ‘‘actual total loss’’ and
‘‘constructive total loss’’ are commonly
used in the business of insuring marine
vessels. For additional clarity, NMFS is
considering defining these terms in a
separate rulemaking action that is
anticipated to be effective before the
Program. NMFS does not propose
defining those terms in the regulatory
text for the Program. Permanent
ineligibility to fish in U.S. waters would
apply only if an Amendment 80 vessel’s
USCG documentation has a permanent
restriction prohibiting that vessel from
holding a fishery endorsement under 46
U.S.C. 12108.
Temporary conditions that limit the
ability of an Amendment 80 vessel to
fish would not constitute permanent
ineligibility. As an example, an
Amendment 80 vessel that is not
designated on an LLP license, fails to
maintain adequate observer coverage, is
undergoing repair, fishes in another
fishery outside the BSAI, or any similar
temporary condition, would not be
considered to be permanently ineligible
to fish. All of the examples provided
above are temporary and could be
resolved. The Amendment 80 vessel
could be designated on an LLP license,
maintain adequate coverage, complete
repair, transit to the BSAI and begin
fishing, or otherwise address the
temporary condition. NMFS welcomes
comment on the proposed interpretation
of this specific provision.
NMFS would require that the
following conditions be met to assign an
Amendment 80 QS permit to an
Amendment 80 LLP license:
a. The Amendment 80 vessel has
suffered an actual total loss,
constructive total loss, or is
permanently ineligible to fish and that
fact can be verified by NMFS;
b. The owner of the Amendment 80
vessel that has been lost or is
permanently ineligible has transferred
the rights to receive QS to the holder of
the Amendment 80 LLP license
originally assigned to that Amendment
80 vessel through a clear and
unambiguous written contract, and a
copy of that contract is provided to
NMFS; and
c. The holder of the Amendment 80
LLP license originally assigned to that
Amendment 80 vessel applies to receive
the QS in a timely fashion and provides
the necessary information.
Once an Amendment 80 QS permit is
assigned to an Amendment 80 LLP
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30077
license, it is permanently affixed to that
LLP license. NMFS proposes to term
this modified Amendment 80 LLP
license with an affixed Amendment 80
QS permit an ‘‘Amendment 80 LLP/QS
license.’’
G. Transferring QS
1. Limits on Transferring QS Permits
Once issued, a QS permit assigned to
a specific Amendment 80 vessel or to an
Amendment 80 LLP license originally
assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel
could only be transferred in its entirety.
The Program would not allow an
Amendment 80 QS permit to be
subdivided once allocated.
Rather than allowing an Amendment
80 QS permit to be subdivided,
participants could form Amendment 80
cooperatives and transfer the annual CQ
among the cooperatives (see Section VII
of this preamble). Subdivision of QS
permits would subvert the clear intent
of the Program to maintain a fixed
number of Amendment 80 QS permits
and to encourage QS holders to form
cooperative harvest arrangements to
meet specific harvesting goals.
2. Methods for Transferring QS Permits
NMFS would approve all transfers of
QS permits to properly track ownership
and use cap accounting. Once issued,
QS could be transferred in one of three
ways:
a. An Amendment 80 vessel owner
assigned a QS permit could transfer (i.e.,
sell) the Amendment 80 vessel and the
QS permit assigned to that Amendment
80 vessel to another person eligible to
own a U.S. fishing vessel (i.e., document
that Amendment 80 vessel under
MARAD regulations);
b. Upon the actual total loss,
constructive total loss, or permanent
ineligibility of an Amendment 80 vessel
that is assigned a QS permit, the
Amendment 80 vessel owner could
transfer the QS permit to the
Amendment 80 LLP license originally
issued for that Amendment 80 vessel
(see Table 31 to part 679 in the
proposed regulatory text for a list of
those LLP licences); or
c. An Amendment 80 LLP license
with a QS permit assigned to it could be
transferred to another person through
the existing LLP transfer provisions
described in regulations at 50 CFR
679.4(k)(7).
3. Assigning an Amendment 80 QS
Permit to an Amendment 80 LLP
License
During the development of the
Program, the Council recommended that
QS be permitted to be transferred to the
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30078
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
LLP license originally issued for that
vessel, if a vessel were lost or
permanently ineligible to fish. NMFS
has interpreted this provision to allow
a QS permit to be assigned to the
permanent fully transferrable LLP
license that was originally derived from
the Amendment 80 vessel used to
originally qualify for the LLP in 2000,
with one exception.
All Amendment 80 vessels except the
F/V ENTERPRISE had documented
landings that resulted in an LLP license
being issued in 2000 based on the
fishing activities of those vessels. Using
the terms in the LLP, all Amendment 80
vessels except the F/V ENTERPRISE
were original qualifying vessels that
gave rise to LLP licenses endorsed for
trawl gear in the BSAI with a catcher/
processor designation (see regulations at
50 CFR 679.4(k) for additional detail).
The F/V ENTERPRISE did not give rise
to an LLP license. Because the F/V
ENTERPRISE did not give rise to an LLP
license, if NMFS were to permit a QS
permit to be transferred only to the LLP
license originally issued to an
Amendment 80 vessel, the QS permit
issued to the owner of the F/V
ENTERPRISE could not be assigned to
any LLP license. If the F/V ENTERPRISE
was lost or became permanently
ineligible to fish in U.S. waters, the QS
issued to the owner of the F/V
ENTERPRISE could be extinguished.
To address this apparently unique
situation, NMFS would propose
defining the LLP license to which the
QS permit issued to the owner of the F/
V ENTERPRISE could be transferred in
the event that vessel is lost or becomes
permanently ineligible to fish. Since the
implementation of the LLP in 2000, the
F/V ENTERPRISE has apparently fished
under the authority of one LLP license
(LLP license number LLG 4831).
Therefore, NMFS would permit the
transfer of an Amendment 80 QS permit
assigned to the owner of the F/V
ENTERPRISE to LLG 4831 should the F/
V ENTERPRISE suffer an actual total
loss, constructive total loss, or otherwise
become permanently ineligible to fish in
U.S. waters. NMFS welcomes comment
on this proposed requirement.
Table 31 to part 679 in the proposed
regulatory text lists the LLP licenses
originally assigned to each Amendment
80 vessel. An Amendment 80 QS permit
assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel
would only be assigned to these LLP
licenses.
4. Application To Transfer Amendment
80 QS
In order to transfer an Amendment 80
QS permit, an Amendment 80 QS
holder would have to submit to NMFS
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
an application to transfer Amendment
80 QS. NMFS would require that the
following information be submitted as
part of a transfer application:
• Transferor identification;
• Type of transfer (i.e., transfer of QS
permit and Amendment 80 vessel to
another person, transfer of QS to an
Amendment 80 LLP license if a vessel
has been lost);
• Information for transfers of
Amendment 80 QS to another person. If
transferring Amendment 80 QS permit
assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel to
another person, a USCG abstract of title
or certificate of documentation which
clearly and unambiguously indicates
that the Amendment 80 QS permit
transferee is named on the abstract of
title or USCG documentation as the
owner of the Amendment 80 vessel to
which that Amendment 80 QS permit is
assigned would need to be attached;
• Information for transfers of
Amendment 80 QS permits to an
Amendment 80 LLP license. If
transferring Amendment 80 QS permit
assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel to
the Amendment 80 LLP license
originally assigned to an Amendment 80
vessel, the applicant would need to
provide clear and unambiguous written
documentation that can be verified by
NMFS that the Amendment 80 vessel is
no longer able to be used in the Program
due to the actual total loss, constructive
total loss, or permanent ineligibility of
that vessel;
• Certification of transferor. The
transferor must sign and date the
application certifying that all
information is true, correct, and
complete to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief;
• Transferee information; and
• Certification of transferee. The
transferee must sign and date the
application certifying that all
information is true, correct, and
complete to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief.
An application to transfer
Amendment 80 QS could be submitted
by mail, fax or hand delivered (see
regulatory text at § 679.90(f) for detailed
information). Transfer forms would also
be posted on the NMFS Web site at
https://www.fakr.noaa.gov.
H. Issuance of QS After the Fishing Year
Begins
Any Amendment 80 QS permit, or
any additional Amendment 80 QS units
for an Amendment 80 species that is
assigned to an Amendment 80 QS
permit after NMFS has issued CQ or
ITAC to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery for that calendar year
would not result: (1) In any additional
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
CQ being issued to an Amendment 80
cooperative if that person has assigned
his Amendment 80 QS to an
Amendment 80 cooperative for that
calendar year; or (2) ITAC being issued
to the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery if that person has assigned his
Amendment 80 QS to the Amendment
80 limited access fishery for that
calendar year.
This requirement would ensure that if
an appeal, operation of law, or other fact
amends an Amendment 80 QS permit
after NMFS has issued CQ or ITAC for
the calendar year, NMFS would not be
required to remove a portion of the CQ
or ITAC issued to other participants in
the fishery during the fishing year, to
accommodate a change in one person’s
QS holdings. Any such adjustment
could adversely affect all other
Amendment 80 sector participants. The
following year, the person with the
amended Amendment 80 QS permit
could assign that permit to an
Amendment 80 fishery that would
result in either CQ if that QS was
assigned to a cooperative, or ITAC if
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery.
I. Method for Allocating QS—Specific
Provisions
The Council recommended that the
Program consider unique conditions
that may exist in each Amendment 80
species fishery or that may apply to
specific Amendment 80 vessels in the
allocation of QS. In particular, the
Program would establish specific
mechanisms to (1) Allocate Amendment
80 QS to Amendment 80 vessels that do
not have Amendment 80 legal landings
during the 1998 through 2004 period;
(2) assign legal landings and allocate QS
for Amendment 80 species, other than
Atka mackerel; and (3) allocate Atka
mackerel QS to accommodate the
harvest patterns of smaller Amendment
80 vessels.
1. Allocating QS to Amendment 80
Vessels With No Legal Landings
The CRP defines the Amendment 80
vessels eligible participate in the
Amendment 80 sector on three criteria,
one of which relates to the catch of
BSAI non-pollock groundfish between
1997 and 2002. However, the Council
recommended using catch during 1998
through 2004 as the qualifying years
that would be used to allocate QS. As
a result, NMFS has preliminarily
identified three Amendment 80 vessels,
the F/V BERING ENTERPRISE, F/V
HARVESTER ENTERPRISE, and F/V
PROSPERITY, that were not used to
catch Amendment 80 species during
1998 through 2004. All three vessels are
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
eligible to participate in the
Amendment 80 sector because the
vessels were active in 1997 and
harvested more than 150 mt of nonpollock groundfish. This circumstance
creates the odd condition of these
vessels being eligible to be used to fish
in the Amendment 80 sector, but not
eligible to generate any QS based on
their historic catch patterns.
Rather than adjust the qualifying
years for receiving QS, the Program
would accommodate these Amendment
80 vessels by assigning a small
percentage of the legal catch to them
that would then result in QS. The
amount selected would represent an
amount that could still provide a
limited economic benefit to the owners
of the Amendment 80 vessels, but that
would not unduly affect those fishery
participants by reducing their QS
allocations excessively. The Council
selected the specific allocations based
on recommendations provided by the
affected industry during the
development of the Program.
Each of these three Amendment 80
vessels would be assigned legal landings
equivalent to 0.5 percent of the total
yellowfin sole legal landings, 0.5
percent of the total rock sole legal
landings, and 0.1 percent of the flathead
sole legal landings. NMFS would make
this allocation to the three Amendment
80 vessels by a proportional reduction
to the total legal landings of yellowfin
sole, rock sole, and flathead sole for the
remaining 25 Amendment 80 vessels
that have been identified thus far.
2. Assigning Legal Landings and
Allocating QS for an Amendment 80
Species
For each Amendment 80 species,
NMFS would assign legal landings to
each Amendment 80 vessel based on the
five of seven years of the greatest
tonnage of legal landings for each
Amendment 80 species from the official
record to derive the ‘‘Highest Five
Years’’ for that Amendment 80 species.
This calculation would be based on all
catch in all management areas. (the
numerator in the following equation). If
an Amendment 80 vessel was not used
to make legal landings in at least five of
the seven years, NMFS would include
years with zero tons of legal landings, if
necessary. NMFS would also calculate
the five of seven years of the greatest
tonnage of legal landings for all
Amendment 80 vessels for that
Amendment 80 species from the official
record and sum that amount to derive
the ‘‘S All Highest Five Years’’ for that
Amendment 80 species (the
denominator in the following equation).
The result of this equation is the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
percentage of the total legal landings
that would be assigned to a specific
Amendment 80 vessel:
Highest Five Years for an Amendment
80 vessel/S All Highest Five Years
for all Amendment 80 vessels x 100
= Percentage of the total legal
landings for that Amendment 80
vessel.
To determine the amount of AI Pacific
ocean perch and Pacific cod QS units
derived from the legal landings made by
an Amendment 80 vessel, NMFS would
multiply the percentage of the total for
an Amendment 80 vessel by the initial
QS pool for that species. The amount of
QS units derived from this calculation
would be assigned to the Amendment
80 QS permit derived from that
Amendment 80 vessel.
However, to determine the amount of
yellowfin sole, rock sole, and flathead
sole QS units derived from the legal
landings made by an Amendment 80
vessel, NMFS would first need to
accommodate the three Amendment 80
vessels that would be assigned a defined
percentage of the legal landings
assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel for
these species. NMFS would need to
adjust the percentage of the total
yellowfin sole, rock sole, and flathead
sole legal landings for all Amendment
80 vessels that made legal landings from
1998 through 2004. Each of the three
vessels without legal landings in 1998
through 2004 would receive 0.5 percent
of the yellowfin sole legal landings, 0.5
percent of the rock sole legal landings,
0.1 of the flathead sole legal landings.
All other Amendment 80 vessels would
have their yellowfin sole and rock sole
legal landings reduced by 1.5 percent,
and flathead sole legal landings reduced
by 0.3 percent to accommodate those
three vessels. Once the legal landings
for rock sole, yellowfin sole, and
flathead sole have been adjusted for an
Amendment 80 vessel, NMFS would
calculate the initial allocation of QS
units for these species by multiplying
the Adjusted percentage for an
Amendment 80 vessel by the initial QS
pool for that species. The amount of QS
units derived from this calculation
would be assigned to the Amendment
80 QS permit derived from that
Amendment 80 vessel.
3. Assigning Atka Mackerel QS
Assigning Atka mackerel QS derived
from the legal landings of an
Amendment 80 vessel would require
several additional steps. After the
percentage of Atka mackerel legal
landings derived from an Amendment
80 vessel has been determined using the
process described above, the Program
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30079
would accommodate specific harvesting
conditions in the Atka mackerel fishery.
NMFS allocates Atka mackerel TAC to
three distinct management areas, Area
BS/541, Area 542, and Area 543, in
consideration of stock abundance,
distribution, and dynamics. Generally,
most of the Atka mackerel TAC
available for harvest is located in the
Central Aleutian Islands (Area 542) and
the Western Aleutian Islands (Area 543)
management areas. During the
qualifying years, these Atka mackerel
fisheries were typically prosecuted by
larger Amendment 80 vessels that
specifically targeted Atka mackerel.
These vessels are able to harvest and
process large quantities of fish in these
remote locations without frequent and
expensive trips to port facilities.
A smaller proportion of the overall
Atka mackerel TAC is available for
harvest in the Bering Sea and Eastern
Aleutian Islands management area (Area
BS/541). During the qualifying years for
the Program, a portion of the Atka
mackerel TAC in Area BS/541 was
harvested by relatively smaller
Amendment 80 vessels. These smaller
Amendment 80 vessels have not
historically harvested Atka mackerel in
Areas 542 or 543 due to the higher
expenses associated with operating in
more remote areas (e.g., increased fuel
costs to travel to the Aleutian Islands).
Many smaller vessels also targeted
Bering Sea flatfish that were open
during the same time as the Atka
mackerel fishery during the qualifying
years. In addition, smaller vessels are
less well suited than larger vessels to
operate in the adverse weather
conditions typical in Areas 542 and 543.
If Atka mackerel QS was allocated
such that the CQ or ITAC resulting from
that QS was divided proportionally over
all three management areas, some
smaller Amendment 80 vessels would
be assigned Atka mackerel CQ or ITAC
that could only be harvested in areas in
which they have not historically been
active. To address this concern, the
Council recommended that the Program
allocate Atka mackerel QS to smaller
vessels with limited catch of Atka
mackerel in proportion to the amount of
legal landings made by these smaller
vessels in specific management areas.
After reviewing the available catch
data in the draft EA/RIR/IRFA prepared
for this action (see ADDRESSES), the
Council noted that Atka mackerel catch
patterns indicated that Amendment 80
vessels less than 200 ft (61 m) LOA and
with less than 2 percent of the overall
‘‘Atka mackerel history’’ caught a
substantially greater proportion of their
Atka mackerel catch in Area BS/541 and
Area 542. For purposes of this proposed
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30080
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
rule, NMFS would interpret the phrase
‘‘Atka mackerel history’’ used by the
Council to mean an amount of catch of
Atka mackerel that would generate less
than 2 percent of the total Atka
mackerel legal landings. This
interpretation is consistent with the
phrasing used in the Council’s motion
supporting this action.
The Council termed Amendment 80
vessels less than 200 ft (61 m) LOA and
less than 2 percent of the Atka mackerel
legal landings as ‘‘non-mackerel
vessels.’’ The Council termed
Amendment 80 vessels greater than 200
ft (61 m) LOA or with catch resulting in
more than two percent of the Atka
mackerel legal landings as ‘‘mackerel
vessels.’’ For purposes of consistency
and clarity for the affected industry,
these phrases are used in this proposed
rule.
To assign Atka mackerel QS, NMFS
would first determine the number of
Amendment 80 vessels with the size
and percentage of Atka mackerel legal
landings that would define them as nonmackerel vessels. NMFS would
determine which Amendment 80
vessels are non-mackerel vessels based
on the official record. If an Amendment
80 vessel is a non-mackerel vessel,
NMFS would then determine the
percentage of the legal landings from
each Atka mackerel management area in
each year from 1998 through 2004 for
that non-mackerel vessel.
For example, if a non-mackerel vessel
were assigned 1 percent of the Atka
mackerel QS based on its best five of
seven years of legal landings, and
during the period from 1998 through
2004, a total of 70 percent of its legal
landings (this includes all seven years of
legal landings, not only the best five of
seven years) were made in Area BS/541
and 30 percent of its legal landings were
made in Area 542, then 70 percent of its
QS, or 0.7 percent of the total Atka
mackerel QS, would be assigned as Area
BS/541 QS, and 30 percent of its QS, or
0.3 percent of the total Atka mackerel
QS, would be assigned as Area 542 QS.
The specific amount of Atka mackerel
QS units assigned to each Atka mackerel
area would be noted on the Amendment
80 QS permit derived from a nonmackerel vessel. The sum of all Atka
mackerel QS units derived from the
legal landings of all non-mackerel
vessels in all management areas is the
non-mackerel QS pool.
After NMFS assigns Atka mackerel QS
to all non-mackerel vessels, NMFS
would assign the remaining amount of
the initial Atka mackerel QS pool to
mackerel vessels. Atka mackerel QS
derived from the legal landings of
mackerel vessels would not be assigned
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
by specific Atka mackerel management
area. The sum of all Amendment 80 QS
units derived from the legal landings of
all mackerel vessels would be the
mackerel QS pool. Additional detail on
the non-mackerel and mackerel QS pool
and the mechanism for allocating a
portion of the annual Atka mackerel
ITAC to non-mackerel and mackerel QS
holders is detailed in Section VII of this
preamble. A specific example describing
allocation of mackerel and nonmackerel CQ and ITAC using the 2008
Atka mackerel TAC is provided in
Section XI of this preamble.
4. The Initial QS pool
The initial QS pool for each
Amendment 80 species would be set at
an amount equivalent to the sum of All
Highest Five Years based on the official
record as of December 1, 2007. Because
the initial QS pool could be modified by
appeal, operation of law, or amendment
at a future date, NMFS would set the
initial pool at a fixed amount prior to
the 2008 fishing year so that NMFS
could determine specific QS allocations
for the 2008 fishing year. This would
permit NMFS to issue QS and issue CQ
to Amendment 80 cooperatives and
ITAC to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery. An example of
establishing an initial QS pool for each
Amendment 80 species is provided in
Section XI of this preamble. The initial
QS pool would also be used as the basis
for establishing use caps. Use caps are
discussed in greater detail in Section X
of this preamble.
VII. Amendment 80 Cooperatives
Once an Amendment 80 QS permit is
assigned to a person, it would authorize
that QS holder to fish in the
Amendment 80 sector. On an annual
basis, a QS holder would either have to
assign that QS to a harvesting
cooperative formed with other eligible
QS holders, or assign that QS permit to
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery. The QS holder would make this
annual selection through an application
process. An Amendment 80 cooperative
would receive an exclusive privilege to
catch a specific amount of Amendment
80 species and crab and halibut PSC.
The QS holders who are members of an
Amendment 80 cooperative would
decide how to catch and who among
them could catch the exclusive catch
privilege granted to the cooperative. An
Amendment 80 cooperative would
allow the members of that cooperative
to coordinate their fishing operations,
potentially reduce operational expenses,
possibly increase the quality and
revenue from the product, and realize
other benefits that a LAPP may provide.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
If an Amendment 80 QS permit is
assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative, the sum of the QS units of
all of the members assigning QS permits
to that cooperative would yield an
exclusive annual catch limit of
Amendment 80 species and crab and
halibut PSC that could be harvested by
the members of the Amendment 80
cooperative.
A. Requirements for Forming an
Amendment 80 Cooperative
As with other cooperative-based
LAPPs (e.g., Central GOA Rockfish
Program), specific requirements would
have to be met before QS holders could
form an Amendment 80 cooperative.
These requirements would ensure that
the cooperative is comprised of
multiple, independently operating
businesses; the Program does not result
in a level of consolidation that would
unduly affect employment opportunities
of vessel, crew; and that NMFS would
be able to properly account for any
amount of CQ assigned and used by a
cooperative.
During the development of the
Program, the Council considered a range
of alternative measures for forming a
cooperative and allocating annual
harvest privileges. A detailed discussion
of the range of allocation and
cooperative formation alternatives
considered is contained in the draft EA/
RIR/IRFA (see ADDRESSES) and is not
reiterated here.
The following list details the primary
requirements that would need to be met
to form an Amendment 80 cooperative:
• The cooperative must meet general
membership and organizational
requirements;
• A minimum of at least three unique
persons not affiliated with each other
through direct or indirect ownership or
control must assign their QS to an
Amendment 80 cooperative;
• At least nine QS permits, either
assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel or
an Amendment 80 LLP license (i.e., an
Amendment 80 LLP/QS license) must
be assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative;
• A complete application to join a
cooperative must be submitted by
November 1 of the year prior to fishing
in a cooperative; and
• Effective in 2009, a timely and
complete EDR must be submitted by
each cooperative member who wishes to
assign QS to a cooperative, as discussed
in Section XIII of this preamble.
1. Membership in an Amendment 80
Cooperative
Membership in an Amendment 80
cooperative would be voluntary. No
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
person may be required to join an
Amendment 80 cooperative.
Amendment 80 cooperatives would be
required to allow an eligible person to
join that cooperative upon receipt of
written notification that a person is
eligible and wants to join. All persons
who join Amendment 80 cooperatives
would be subject to the terms and
agreements that apply to the members of
the cooperative, as established in the
contract governing the conduct of the
Amendment 80 cooperative. All persons
who wish to join a cooperative would be
required to be listed on the annual
application for CQ. NMFS proposes a
November 1 deadline for the application
for CQ so that NMFS could properly
assign each person’s QS permit and
resulting CQ to the cooperative in time
for the upcoming fishing year.
Members of an Amendment 80
cooperative would be permitted to leave
during a calendar year, but any CQ
contributed to the cooperative by that
member would remain with that
Amendment 80 cooperative for the
remainder of the calendar year. If a
person becomes the owner of an
Amendment 80 vessel or a holder of an
Amendment 80 LLP/QS license that has
been assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative, then that person would be
permitted to join that Amendment 80
cooperative upon receipt of that
Amendment 80 vessel or Amendment
80 LLP/QS license. These provisions
would ensure that a cooperative would
not be adversely affected by the
decisions of a member to end
membership in the cooperative, or who
is no longer able to maintain
membership in the cooperative through
the sale of vessels, death, or dissolution.
Each cooperative may establish clauses
in their cooperative contract that
address these issues in specific detail.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
2. Organizational Requirements
An Amendment 80 cooperative would
have to meet the following requirements
before it would be eligible to receive
CQ:
a. Each Amendment 80 cooperative
must be formed as a partnership,
corporation, or other legal business
entity that is registered under the laws
of one of the 50 states or the District of
Columbia; and
b. Each Amendment 80 cooperative
must appoint an individual as the
designated representative. The
designated representative would act on
behalf of the Amendment 80
cooperative and serve as a contact for
NMFS. The designated representative
may be a member of the Amendment 80
cooperative, or some other individual
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
designated by the Amendment 80
cooperative to act on its behalf.
3. Minimum Number of Persons Needed
To Form a Cooperative
A minimum number of unique QS
holders would be required to ensure
that the Amendment 80 cooperatives are
truly comprised of multiple entities and
not simply one entity with multiple QS
permits. To form a cooperative, the
Program would require that it be
comprised of at least three unique
persons (e.g., individuals or
corporations) who do not share a 10
percent or greater direct or indirect
ownership or control interest. This
standard is intended to ensure that the
persons are truly distinct and not
merely commonly held corporations.
The 10 percent common ownership and
control standard has been commonly
used in North Pacific LAPPs as a
reasonable means of defining distinct
corporate entities and ownership (i.e,
AFA, BSAI Crab Rationalization
Program), and is commonly referred to
as the ‘‘AFA 10 percent threshold’’ after
the first LAPP to apply this standard.
NMFS would require ownership and
control information from each QS
holder to be submitted as part of the
annual application for CQ to ensure that
this standard is met.
4. Minimum Number of QS Permits
Needed To Form a Cooperative
As noted earlier, NMFS would issue
only one QS permit based on the
Amendment 80 legal landings from each
Amendment 80 vessel. NMFS has
initially identified a total of 28
Amendment 80 vessels with legal
landings that would result in 28 unique
Amendment 80 QS permits. The
Council recommended that a minimum
number of QS permits would be
required to be assigned to a cooperative
in order for it to be allowed to receive
CQ. The Council recommended this
requirement to ensure that cooperatives
are comprised of a substantial number
of the total number of the participants
in the fishery. The Council wished to
encourage economic efficiency in the
Amendment 80 sector through
cooperative harvesting arrangements,
and to minimize the potential for small
cooperatives to form, frustrating the
goals of creating cooperation among
participants in the Amendment 80
sector.
The Council recommended that at
least 30 percent of the QS permits
issued, which includes Amendment 80
LLP/QS licenses, must be assigned to a
cooperative for it to form, be approved
by NMFS, and be assigned CQ. Thirty
percent of the 28 (i.e., the number of QS
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30081
permits that NMFS has initially
identified that may be issued) is 8.4. In
order to ensure that at least 30 percent
of the QS permits are assigned to the
cooperative, at least nine QS permits
would need to be assigned to the
cooperative to meet the minimum
requirements recommended by the
Council. Because QS permits may not be
subdivided, eight QS permits would
represent only 28.57 percent of all of the
QS permits. Nine QS permits represents
32.14 percent of all of the QS permits,
and is greater than the 30 percent of the
total QS permit requirement
recommended by the Council.
Therefore, at least nine QS permits
would have to be assigned to an
Amendment 80 cooperative for it be
approved by NMFS to receive CQ.
B. Application for Cooperative Quota
(CQ)
NMFS would require that QS holders
wishing to form an Amendment 80
cooperative submit an annual
application for CQ prior to the start of
the fishing year to ensure that NMFS
would know how much CQ would be
assigned to cooperatives, how much of
the Amendment 80 species ITAC would
be assigned to the Amendment 80
limited access fishery, and which
vessels would need to be tracked to
properly account for all catch. As with
other LAPPs (e.g., BSAI Crab
Rationalization Program, Central GOA
Rockfish Program), this application
would be used to review ownership and
control information for various QS
holders to ensure that QS and CQ use
caps are not exceeded. (See Section IX
of this preamble for additional detail on
use caps).
The application for CQ would need to
be received by NMFS not later 5 p.m.,
Alaska local time, on November 1 of the
year prior to fishing under the CQ
permit to be considered timely. The
cooperative’s designated representative
would be responsible for submitting the
application for CQ on behalf of all the
members. If the designated
representative for the cooperative were
to fail to submit a timely application for
CQ, the members of the cooperative
would not be permitted to assign their
QS permits, any associated Amendment
80 vessels, or any Amendment 80 LLP
licenses, to another Amendment 80
cooperative or the Amendment 80
limited access fishery the following
year. This requirement would encourage
all participants in the Amendment 80
sector to complete an application, and
avoid actions that could delay the
issuance of CQ or the Amendment 80
limited access fishery ITAC. NMFS
would have limited time to issue CQ
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30082
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
and establish the Amendment 80
limited access fishery ITAC and any
delays could adversely affect other
fishery participants.
The application for CQ could be
submitted by mail, fax, or in person (see
regulatory text at § 679.91(b) for more
details). The information that would be
required in the application is detailed in
the proposed regulatory text at
§ 679.91(b). The following list
summarizes the proposed information
that would be required:
• Applicant’s information;
• Amendment 80 Vessel
identification;
• Amendment 80 LLP identification;
• Amendment 80 QS information (the
Amendment 80 QS permit number(s)
held by the members of the
cooperative);
• Amendment 80 QS ownership
documentation;
• Amendment 80 cooperative
identification;
• Members of the Amendment 80
cooperative;
• Vessel identification, including the
name(s) and USCG documentation
number of vessel(s) on which the CQ
issued to the Amendment 80
cooperative will be used;
• Certification that an EDR has been
submitted by all cooperative members;
• Designated representative and
cooperative members signatures and
certification; and
• Authorization for the designated
representative to act on behalf of the
cooperative to complete the application.
Under the Program, if a person
applies to fish for an Amendment 80
cooperative, NMFS would assign all
Amendment 80 QS permits,
Amendment 80 LLP licenses, and
Amendment 80 vessels associated with
the Amendment 80 QS permit held by
that person to that Amendment 80
cooperative. Based on past experience,
this ‘‘all in’’ requirement for assigning
QS permits, LLP licenses, and vessels to
a cooperative would encourage the
cooperative behavior the Program is
designed to achieve. This requirement
would encourage the formation of
cooperatives by reducing the incentives
for persons with multiple QS permits
from applying some QS permits and
vessels to one, or several, cooperative(s)
and others to the Amendment 80
limited access fishery in an effort to
quickly harvest the Amendment 80
limited access fishery ITAC using
vessels with greater fishing capacity.
The Council recommended the Program
specifically to discourage fishing
practices that accelerate the race for fish
in the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery. Requiring a QS holder to fully
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
commit to a cooperative would provide
additional incentives to achieve the
Program’s objectives.
C. Economic Data Report (EDR)
Submission and CQ
Effective in 2009, NMFS would not
issue CQ to an Amendment 80
cooperative derived from QS permits
held by cooperative members who have
not submitted a timely and complete
EDR for each Amendment 80 QS permit
they hold. The specific requirements for
submitting an EDR are provided in
Section XIII of this preamble. The EDR
submission requirement would not
penalize members of an Amendment 80
cooperative who have submitted an
EDR, but would limit the ability of a
cooperative to use CQ derived from a
QS holder who fails to comply with this
provision.
D. Issuing Amendment 80 Species CQ
Once NMFS has approved an
application for CQ, NMFS would issue
a CQ permit to the cooperative. The CQ
permit would list the metric tons of
Amendment 80 species that the
cooperative may catch, and the metric
tons of halibut PSC and number of crab
PSC that the cooperative may use during
the fishing year. The following is a brief
description of the process NMFS would
use for calculating the amount of CQ
issued to a cooperative. This description
assumes that NMFS has already
determined the amount of ITAC that
would be assigned to the Amendment
80 sector for the year (see Section IV of
this preamble). A more detailed
description with an example of CQ
allocation to a hypothetical cooperative
is provided in Section XI of this
preamble.
1. Allocating CQ and ITAC for
Amendment 80 Species Other than Atka
Mackerel
For each Amendment 80 species
except Atka mackerel, the metric tons
that the cooperative may harvest in a
calendar year would be based on the
following general formula:
CQ for that Amendment 80 cooperative
= Amendment 80 sector ITAC for a
management area × (S Amendment
80 QS held by all cooperative
members / Amendment 80 QS
pool).
Pacific cod, flathead sole, rock sole, or
yellowfin sole CQ would be issued for
use by the cooperative in the BSAI.
These four species re not managed with
separate TACs in each management
area. AI POP CQ would be assigned to
a cooperative for each management area
in the Aleutian Islands subarea (i.e.,
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Areas 541, 542, and 543) proportional to
the amount of ITAC assigned to that
area. For example, if an Amendment 80
cooperative is assigned 10 percent of the
AI POP QS pool, that cooperative would
receive 10 percent of the ITAC assigned
to the AI POP fishery for the
Amendment 80 sector in Areas 541, 542,
and 543. A detailed example of CQ
allocation is provided in Section XI of
this preamble.
Once NMFS determines the amount of
CQ issued to each cooperative for each
Amendment 80 species, the ITAC
remaining in a management area would
be assigned to the Amendment 80
limited access fishery as follows:
Amendment 80 Limited Access
Fishery ITAC in a management area =
Amendment 80 Sector ITAC in a
management area—(S CQ issued to all
Amendment 80 cooperatives in a
management area).
2. Allocating CQ and ITAC for Atka
Mackerel
As noted in Section VI of this
preamble, specific provisions are
proposed to allocate Atka mackerel QS
derived from non-mackerel vessels. If an
Amendment 80 QS permit with nonmackerel QS is assigned to a
cooperative, NMFS would assign Atka
mackerel CQ derived from that nonmackerel QS by management area first.
NMFS would determine the amount of
CQ for Atka mackerel assigned to each
Amendment 80 cooperative in a
management area as the sum of the CQ
derived from non-mackerel QS and
mackerel QS using the following
process:
• Step 1: Assigning the non-mackerel
and mackerel QS pools. NMFS would
first determine the total non-mackerel
QS pool, and the percentage of the nonmackerel QS pool, and number of QS
units that would be assigned to each
management area. The remaining
amount of Atka mackerel QS units
would be assigned to the mackerel QS
pool, which would not be designated for
specific management areas.
• Step 2: Allocating CQ to each
Amendment 80 cooperative. For each
Amendment 80 cooperative, NMFS
would determine the amount of CQ
assigned to that cooperative in each
management area based on the amount
of non-mackerel QS units and mackerel
QS units assigned to that cooperative.
The series of calculations that follow are
shown in a specific example in Section
XI of this preamble:
First, NMFS would determine the
amount of non-mackerel ITAC in each
management area using the following
equation:
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
Non-mackerel ITAC in a management
area = (Non-mackerel QS units
designated for that management area /
Total mackerel and non-mackerel QS
pool) × Amendment 80 sector ITAC in
all management areas.
Second, NMFS would determine the
amount of mackerel ITAC in each
management area using the following
equation:
Mackerel ITAC in a management area =
Amendment 80 sector ITAC in that
management area ¥ non-mackerel
ITAC in that management area.
Third, NMFS would determine the
amount of non-mackerel CQ assigned to
an Amendment 80 cooperative in a each
Atka mackerel management area (i.e,
Area BS/541, Area 542, and Area 543)
using the following equation:
Non-mackerel CQ assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative = (Nonmackerel QS units designated for
that management area assigned to
that Amendment 80 cooperative /
Non-mackerel QS pool in that
management area) × Non-mackerel
ITAC for that management area.
Fourth, NMFS would determine the
amount of mackerel CQ assigned to the
Amendment 80 cooperative in each
Atka mackerel management area using
the following equation:
Mackerel CQ in a management area =
(Mackerel QS units assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative /
Mackerel QS pool) × Mackerel ITAC
in that management area.
Fifth, the total Atka mackerel CQ
(non-mackerel CQ and mackerel CQ
combined) assigned to a cooperative
would be the sum of calculations
presented in the third and fourth steps
described above.
Finally, NMFS would allocate the
amount of ITAC remaining in a
management area after allocation to all
of the Amendment 80 cooperatives to
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery as follows:
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
ITAC in a management area =
Amendment 80 sector ITAC ¥ S
mackerel and non-mackerel CQ
issued to all Amendment 80
cooperatives in that management
area.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
E. Issuing Prohibited Species Catch
(PSC) CQ
1. Method for PSC CQ Issuance
The Council considered various
alternatives to assign crab and halibut
PSC to the Amendment 80 cooperatives
in the draft EA/RIR/IRFA (see
ADDRESSES) prepared for this action.
The primary rationale for assigning PSC
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
as proposed in the Program is to ensure
that there is adequate PSC available to
support existing PSC rates while fishing
for non-pollock groundfish, with some
reduction in the amount of PSC
assigned to accommodate the
anticipated improvements in bycatch
rates made possible by cooperative
management.
The Program would authorize NMFS
to issue halibut and crab PSC CQ to
each Amendment 80 cooperative based
on the following procedure: (1)
Determine the historic use of PSC by the
Amendment 80 sector during the same
period used to allocate Amendment 80
QS (1998 through 2004); (2) determine
the amount of halibut and crab PSC that
has been historically used during the
catch of each Amendment 80 species;
(3) assign each Amendment 80
cooperative an amount of PSC based on
the proportion of QS assigned to that
cooperative for that Amendment 80
species; and (4) sum the result from
each Amendment 80 species to derive a
total PSC allocation that would be
assigned as PSC CQ to Amendment 80
cooperative to support PSC needs for
any groundfish fishing conducted by the
cooperative in the BSAI. PSC assigned
to a cooperative as CQ would be used
while the cooperative catches any
Amendment 80 species and any nonallocated groundfish species (e.g.,
Alaska plaice, arrowtooth flounder, and
Greenland turbot).
The amount of PSC assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector would be based
on the Amendment 80 sector’s historic
PSC use rates during the 1998 through
2004 time period, with adjustments to
reduce PSC limits. Section IV of this
preamble describes the amount of PSC
allocated to the Amendment 80 sector in
greater detail. The amount of PSC that
is apportioned to each Amendment 80
species would be based on historic PSC
use while Amendment 80 vessels were
directed fishing for that Amendment 80
species during the 1998 through 2004
time period. The percentage of PSC used
in each Amendment 80 fishery is shown
in Section XI of this preamble.
Amendment 80 species, such as
Pacific cod, that have relatively high
rates of halibut PSC use, would be
apportioned a relatively greater portion
of the total halibut PSC assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector. Crab PSC and
halibut PSC would be apportioned
among cooperatives based on the
amount of QS assigned to that
cooperative. For example, a cooperative
assigned a relatively greater amount of
Pacific cod QS would receive a larger
proportion of the PSC apportioned to
Pacific cod than a cooperative assigned
a lesser amount of Pacific cod QS.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30083
For each Amendment 80 species,
NMFS would divide the amount of
Amendment 80 QS that would be
assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative by the Amendment 80 QS
pool for that species. This would yield
the percentage of Amendment 80 QS
units that would be assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative. This
percentage would be multiplied by the
total PSC apportioned to that
Amendment 80 species. This
calculation would be repeated for each
of the six Amendment 80 species. The
sum of these calculations would result
in an amount in metric tons that would
be the total halibut or crab species PSC
CQ issued to a specific Amendment 80
cooperative. After allocating PSC to
each Amendment 80 cooperative, NMFS
would allocate the remaining PSC to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery. A
detailed example of this process of
assigning PSC to an Amendment 80
cooperative is provided in Section XI of
this preamble.
Under this process, Amendment 80
cooperatives would receive an amount
of PSC that reflects the aggregate
historic use of PSC for each of the
Amendment 80 species QS assigned to
that cooperative. The PSC CQ that is
derived from a specific Amendment 80
species would not be required to be
used solely for the prosecution of that
Amendment 80 species. As an example,
halibut PSC attributed to a specific
Amendment 80 species for a specific
Amendment 80 cooperative is intended
to be used to support the harvest of
Amendment 80 species and nonAmendment 80 species (e.g., arrowtooth
flounder and Greenland turbot) by that
cooperative.
2. Use of Halibut PSC CQ by an
Amendment 80 Cooperative
Halibut PSC CQ issued to an
Amendment 80 cooperative could only
be used by the members of the
Amendment 80 cooperative to which it
is assigned, unless modified by transfer
according to the procedures in the
proposed regulatory text in § 679.91(f).
(See Part I of this section below for more
detail). Halibut PSC CQ would not be
subject to seasonal apportionment. This
flexibility would aid cooperatives by
allowing them to minimize catch with
high halibut PSC rates during specific
time periods, modify fishing patterns,
and fish in areas with lower halibut PSC
rates to maximize the benefits derived
from their halibut PSC CQ.
3. Use of Crab PSC CQ by an
Amendment 80 Cooperative
As with halibut PSC CQ, only
cooperative members could use crab
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30084
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
PSC CQ, unless transferred. Crab PSC
QS would not be subject to seasonal
apportionment. Because crab PSC
would be assigned for use in specific to
geographic regions, cooperative
managers would need to properly track
and monitor the use of crab PSC by
cooperative vessels to ensure that
adequate crab PSC CQ is available. For
example, Zone 1 C. bairdi PSC CQ
would be deducted when C. bairdi PSC
CQ is used in Zone 1, and the Zone 2
C. bairdi PSC CQ would be deducted
when C. bairdi PSC CQ is used in Zone
2. The specific geographic regions to
which these crab PSC limits apply are
defined in regulation in § 679.2. Any
crab PSC caught by a vessel outside of
these geographic areas would not be
debited against the crab PSC CQ
assigned to a cooperative.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
F. Restrictions While Fishing for
Amendment 80 Cooperatives
In addition to the M&E requirements
described in Section XII of this
preamble, several other requirements
are proposed for Amendment 80
cooperatives and their members. These
requirements would include the
following:
• Restrictions on vessels, QS, and
LLP licenses assigned to an Amendment
80 cooperative;
• Meeting the GRS at the cooperative
level;
• Fishing during the trawl fishing
season;
• Compliance with Steller sea lion
protection measures; and
• Recordkeeping and reporting
requirements.
1. Restrictions on Vessels, QS, and LLP
Licenses Assigned to an Amendment 80
Cooperative
NMFS would prohibit the use of an
Amendment 80 vessel, Amendment 80
LLP license, or Amendment 80 QS
permit assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative to harvest, process, receive,
or use (1) Any CQ assigned to any other
Amendment 80 cooperative; or (2) any
Amendment 80 species, crab PSC, or
halibut PSC assigned to the Amendment
80 limited access fishery. This
prohibition would ensure that NMFS
could track CQ assigned to a specific
cooperative. This would not
compromise the ability of an
Amendment 80 cooperative to transfer
catch to another Amendment 80
cooperative should such an arrangement
be more profitable or necessary.
Similarly, catch from the Amendment
80 limited access fishery could not be
caught, processed, or received by a
vessel assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative to ensure that NMFS can
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
track and assign catch to the appropriate
CQ or limited access fishery account.
Any Amendment 80 vessel that is
used to catch CQ for a cooperative
would have to carry a copy of the valid
CQ permit onboard the vessel while the
vessel is fishing in the BSAI and
adjacent State waters during the parallel
fishery. Because some Amendment 80
species, halibut PSC, and crab PSC CQ
are likely to be harvested while fishing
for non-Amendment 80 species (e.g.,
halibut PSC is used during the harvest
of arrowtooth flounder), a CQ permit
would need to be onboard an
Amendment 80 vessel fishing for a
cooperative whenever that vessel is
fishing in the BSAI.
An Amendment 80 cooperative could
not catch in excess of the amount of
Amendment 80 species, crab PSC CQ, or
halibut PSC CQ assigned to the CQ
permit for an Amendment 80
cooperative. If an Amendment 80
cooperative wished to catch more CQ
than initially issued, additional CQ
could be received by transfer.
2. Meeting the GRS at the Cooperative
Level
Under the Program, NMFS would
apply the GRS to an Amendment 80
cooperative as an aggregate standard,
and not as a vessel specific standard.
Applying the GRS as an aggregate limit
is likely to help reduce operational costs
incurred for vessels in the cooperative
to meet the GRS, particularly for vessels
under 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA while
continuing to achieve the goal of the
GRS to increase retention and reduce
discard of fish. Cooperative managers
and members would need to track total
and retained catch of all vessels fishing
for the cooperative to ensure
compliance with the GRS.
NMFS would calculate the GRS based
on the aggregate groundfish retention
and catch by all vessels in the
cooperative. Section 679.28 in the
proposed regulatory text describes that
calculation. NMFS would monitor the
cooperative as a whole, and violations
of the GRS applicable to the cooperative
would be enforced on the cooperative
and individual cooperative members
through joint and several liability (see
Part G of this section of the preamble
below).
Practically, this provision would
require the Amendment 80 cooperative
manager to monitor total catch by
vessels in the cooperative, including
Amendment 80 species caught under
the CQ permit as well as non-allocated
species (e.g., arrowtooth flounder), to
ensure that the retention standard
applicable for a given year is achieved
by the cooperative as a whole. See
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 679.27(j)(4) in the proposed rule text
for additional detail. The specific
method for negotiating and managing
retention rates among the members of
the cooperative could be addressed
through private contractual
arrangements. Vessels used by the
cooperative that have higher groundfish
retention rates in some fisheries (e.g.,
Atka mackerel) could offset lower
retention rates in other fisheries, like
rock sole, by the other vessels used by
the cooperative.
Because membership in a cooperative
is voluntary, if the owner of an
Amendment 80 vessel less than 125 ft
(38.1 m) LOA chooses not to join a
cooperative, that vessel would be
subject to the GRS while fishing in the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
and would have to comply with GRS
requirements without the potential
benefits of an aggregate retention rate.
3. Fishing During the Trawl Fishing
Season
Current regulations prohibit the use of
trawl gear in the BSAI prior to January
20. Vessels harvesting CQ for an
Amendment 80 cooperative would
continue to be limited to fishing for CQ
during the current open periods for
vessels using trawl gear (from January
20 through December 31). The rationale
for maintaining the current trawl fishing
season for Amendment 80 vessels is
based on the fact that the vast majority
of the legal landings used to generate
the QS allocated under the Program
were caught during the trawl fishery.
Allowing Amendment 80 vessels to
harvest prior to January 20 would
increase the risk for gear conflicts with
existing fisheries (e.g., fixed gear Pacific
cod fisheries), run counter to specific
protection measures for Steller sea lions,
and provide a harvest opportunity that
was not previously available to nonAFA trawl catcher/processors.
4. Compliance With Steller Sea Lion
Protection Measures
Nothing in the Program would modify
existing restrictions to protect Steller
sea lions (Eumetopias jubatus).
Amendment 80 cooperatives and vessels
would continue to be subject to area
closures and seasonal harvest limits
established as part of the Steller sea lion
protection measures. Primarily, these
measures would continue to affect catch
of Atka mackerel and Pacific cod
because these species are identified as
key prey species for Steller sea lions and
are subject to more restrictive
management than other groundfish
species.
As an example, Steller sea lion
protection measures seasonally
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
apportion the Atka mackerel and Pacific
cod ITAC to disperse directed fishery
harvests during the fishing year.
Temporally dispersing harvests reduces
potentially adverse effects on Steller sea
lion populations from the groundfish
fisheries. NMFS would issue an amount
of ‘‘A season CQ’’, and ‘‘B season CQ’’
for Atka mackerel in proportion to the
amount of ITAC assigned to each
season. A CQ permit issued for the B
season could not be used to catch Atka
mackerel in the A season. However, if
a cooperative did not fully use it’s A
season CQ permit during that season,
the remaining CQ amount could be used
during the B season, subject to the total
CQ limit for that cooperative. Similar
measures would apply to Pacific cod CQ
permits. These provisions would ensure
that harvests of Atka mackerel and
Pacific cod by Amendment 80
cooperatives do not exceed seasonal
harvest limits consistent with the Steller
sea lion protection measures. The
seasonal and ITAC apportionments are
specified in the general limitations at 50
CFR 679.20(a).
Additionally, Amendment 80 vessels
wishing to harvest Atka mackerel would
continue to be subject to harvest limit
area (HLA) regulations under
§ 679.20(a)(8)(ii)(C). Those regulations
require vessels to register to fish for
Atka mackerel in either Area 542 or 543
and prohibit those vessels from
participating in any groundfish directed
fishery until the first HLA fishery is
closed. For purposes of applying these
restrictions, NMFS would continue to
define directed fishing as that term is
defined under § 679.2. Amendment 80
vessels harvesting CQ and ITAC in the
Atka mackerel fishery in Area 542 or
543 must comply with the existing HLA
requirements at § 679.20(a)(8)(iii)(E).
Amendment 80 vessels fishing under
a CQ permit could catch and retain
Amendment 80 species, including Atka
mackerel and Pacific cod during the
entire fishing year provided there is
adequate CQ. NMFS would not open
and close directed fishing for
Amendment 80 cooperatives. However,
this condition would not alter the
method NMFS uses to define directed
fishing for purposes of applying Steller
sea lion protection measures. Steller sea
lion protection measures prohibit a
vessel using trawl gear from directed
fishing for Atka mackerel, Pacific cod,
or pollock after November 1. (See
§ 679.23(e) for additional detail). For
Amendment 80 vessel operators, this
requirement would limit the retention of
Pacific cod or Atka mackerel greater
than an amount that would meet the
definition of directed fishing. If an
Amendment 80 vessel retains an
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
amount of Atka mackerel or Pacific cod
greater than 20 percent of the total
groundfish open for directed fishing
onboard the vessel, that Amendment 80
vessel would be considered directed
fishing for Atka mackerel or Pacific cod
for purposes of enforcing Steller sea lion
protection measures.
Additionally, Amendment 80 vessels
using trawl gear would be restricted
from directed fishing for Atka mackerel,
Pacific cod, or pollock, as that term is
defined in § 679.2, within a specific area
during specific times of year. Directed
fishing is defined as any fishing that
results in retention of any species
greater than the maximum retainable
amount for that species. Areas subject to
directed fishing closures to trawl gear to
protect Steller sea lions are described
under § 679.22.
5. Recordkeeping and Reporting
Requirements
Amendment 80 vessels assigned to
Amendment 80 cooperatives would be
required to submit catch reports
necessary to track catch. In addition to
specific M&E requirements detailed
under Section XII of this preamble,
Amendment 80 vessels would need to
submit the following information,
which is detailed in the regulatory text
in § 679.5 of this proposed rule:
a. Logbook;
b. Check-in/check-out report;
c. Weekly production report (WPR);
and
d. Product transfer report (PTR).
NMFS intends to submit a separate
proposed rule to require use of an
Interagency Electronic Reporting System
(IERS) for BSAI groundfish fisheries. If
approved, IERS would supersede some
of the recordkeeping and reporting
requirements proposed in this rule. The
IERS is currently required in the BSAI
crab fisheries, and is used by processors
in the halibut and sablefish IFQ program
to report catch electronically in a timely
fashion. A detailed description of IERS
is available on the NMFS Web site at:
https://www.fakr.noaa.gov/rr/
default.htm.
An Amendment 80 cooperative would
be required to submit by March 1 of
each year an annual Amendment 80
cooperative report detailing the use of
the cooperative’s CQ and fishing
activities during the prior calendar year.
The first annual cooperative report
would be due on March 1, 2009, and
every March 1 thereafter. Section 679.5
in the proposed regulatory text details
the information that would be required
in the report. Briefly, this information
includes the following:
• The cooperative’s actual retained
and discarded catch of CQ, and GOA
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30085
sideboard limited fisheries (if
applicable) by statistical area and on a
vessel-by-vessel basis;
• A description of the method used
by the cooperative to monitor fisheries
in which cooperative vessels
participated; and
• A description of any actions taken
by the cooperative in response to any
members that exceeded their catch as
allowed under the Amendment 80
cooperative agreement.
G. Joint and Several Liability
As with other cooperative-based
LAPPs (e.g., Central GOA Rockfish
Program) NMFS would enforce
violations of an Amendment 80
cooperative jointly and severally on the
members of the cooperative. Each
member of an Amendment 80
cooperative would be subject to joint
and several liability for any violations of
the Program regulations while fishing
under authority of a CQ permit. This
liability could extend to any persons
who are hired to catch or receive CQ
assigned to a Amendment 80
cooperative. Each member of an
Amendment 80 cooperative would be
responsible for ensuring that all
members of the cooperative comply
with all regulations applicable to fishing
under the Program. Joint and several
liability encourages better compliance
by ensuring that members of an
Amendment 80 cooperative would not
be immune from legal responsibility
from violations of the regulations that
would directly benefit them.
H. Rollover of Initial Total Allowable
Catch (ITAC), Incidental Catch
Allowance (ICA), and PSC From the
BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector
To reduce the possibility that a
substantial portion of the ITAC of
Amendment 80 species is unharvested,
or PSC is unused, NMFS would have
the authority to rollover any projected
unharvested portion of ITAC or ICA or
unused PSC from the BSAI trawl limited
access sector to the Amendment 80
sector under specific conditions. Based
on historic and current catch patterns
analyzed in the draft EA/RIR/IRFA
prepared for this action, a portion of the
Amendment 80 species ITAC or ICA
assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector is likely to be unharvested
or unused. Similarly, it is possible that
a portion of the halibut PSC or crab PSC
assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector would not be fully used if
that sector continues to target species
such as pollock that have relatively low
PSC use rates. The proposed rule would
provide NMFS the flexibility to
implement rollovers on a species-by-
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30086
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
species basis, or to rollover different
species at different times of the year to
accommodate the fishing patterns of
Amendment 80 cooperatives.
Although the harvest patterns of nonpollock groundfish by participants in
the BSAI trawl limited access sector
have varied, the rollover provision
would help ensure that fishery
resources would be allocated and
available for harvest to the extent
practicable. Recently, favorable stock
abundance and market conditions in
other fisheries such as pollock and
Pacific cod have encouraged nonAmendment 80 sector participants to
target these stocks. These conditions are
likely to continue for the foreseeable
future and the emphasis on targeting
pollock and Pacific cod is unlikely to
shift soon.
The Program would maximize the
likelihood that a rollover would be used
by assigning that rollover only to
Amendment 80 cooperatives and not to
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery. Amendment 80 cooperatives are
likely to be more efficient at harvesting
small allocations through their
cooperative arrangements, whereas the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery is
likely to be less efficient as it harvests
under a race for fish. The purpose of the
rollover is to encourage efficient harvest
of allocated resources, and allocating to
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery would be unlikely to accomplish
that goal.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
1. Criteria for Rolling Over ITAC, ICA,
or PSC
Before rolling over any portion of
ITAC, ICA, or PSC, NMFS would
carefully review several criteria to
ensure that the BSAI trawl limited
access sector would not be adversely
affected. Specifically, NMFS would
consider the following factors:
• The risk of biological harm to a
groundfish species or species group;
• The risk of socioeconomic harm to
other domestic fishery participants;
• The impact that the allocation
might have on the socioeconomic wellbeing of Amendment 80 cooperatives;
• Current catch and PSC use in the
BSAI trawl limited access sector;
• Historic catch and PSC use in the
BSAI trawl limited access sector;
• Harvest capacity and any stated
intent on the future harvesting patterns
of vessels in the BSAI trawl limited
access sector;
• Administrative requirements to
reissue CQ permits; and
• Any other relevant biological,
socioeconomic, or administrative
factors.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
NMFS would review the potential of
rolling over ITAC, ICA, or PSC
periodically during the year. The
Council recommended reviews on or
before May 1 and August 1 each year,
and at other times after August 1 as
NMFS deems appropriate. This phrasing
used by the Council has been
interpreted to give NMFS broad latitude
in determining the timing of a rollover.
NMFS would consider rollover
provisions at its discretion.
2. Rollover Provisions for ITAC and ICA
Other Than Pacific Cod
The amount of ITAC or ICA of an
Amendment 80 species assigned to the
BSAI trawl limited access sector that
would be reallocated as CQ to an
Amendment 80 cooperative would
equal the ratio of CQ initially assigned
to the cooperative as a proportion of all
CQ initially assigned to all cooperatives
for that calendar year. For example, if
NMFS rolled over Atka mackerel ICA
from the BSAI trawl limited access
sector to Amendment 80 cooperatives, a
cooperative that was initially issued 10
percent of the Atka mackerel CQ at the
start of the fishing year would receive
10 percent of this rollover CQ.
This method for assigning rollover CQ
would reduce administrative burdens
and speed reissuance of CQ. For
example, if an intercooperative transfer
is pending at the time a CQ rollover is
planned, apportioning the rollover CQ
to cooperatives based on the amount of
CQ initially issued to that cooperative
would avoid potential delays.
Otherwise, to ensure that the amount of
rollover CQ is properly assigned, NMFS
would likely wait until the transfer is
reviewed and approved, which could
further delay issuance of rollover CQ.
The following formula describes the
proposed rollover allocation to a
cooperative:
Amount of rollover CQ issued to an
Amendment 80 cooperative =
Amount of Amendment 80 species
available for reallocation to
Amendment 80 cooperatives ×
(Amount of CQ for that Amendment
80 species initially assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative/S CQ
for that Amendment 80 species
initially assigned to all Amendment
80 cooperatives).
3. Rollover Provisions for Pacific Cod
Section IV of this preamble describes
in detail the rollover provisions that
would apply to Pacific cod should
Amendment 85 be implemented. That
discussion is not repeated here.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
4. Rollover Provisions for Halibut PSC
If, during a fishing year, NMFS
reallocates halibut PSC from the BSAI
trawl limited access sector to
Amendment 80 cooperatives as rollover
CQ, NMFS would issue a revised CQ
permit to each Amendment 80
cooperative according to the following
procedure.
First, NMFS would multiply the
amount of halibut PSC limit to be
reallocated by 95 percent (0.95). This
yields the maximum amount of halibut
PSC that may be rolled over to
Amendment 80 cooperatives. The
rollover amount of halibut PSC would
be reduced by five percent as a means
of reducing bycatch and leaving some
additional halibut PSC unused or ‘‘in
the water.’’
After this five percent deduction is
made, the amount of halibut PSC rolled
over to each Amendment 80 cooperative
would be calculated using the following
formula:
Amount of halibut PSC rollover CQ
reallocated to an Amendment 80
cooperative = Amount of halibut
PSC CQ available for reallocation to
Amendment 80 cooperatives ×
(Amount of halibut PSC CQ initially
assigned to that Amendment 80
cooperative/S halibut PSC CQ
assigned to all Amendment 80
cooperatives).
5. Rollover Provisions for Crab PSC
If, during a fishing year, NMFS
reallocates a crab PSC from the BSAI
trawl limited access sector to
Amendment 80 cooperatives as CQ,
NMFS would issue a revised CQ permit
to each Amendment 80 cooperative
according to the following procedure:
Amount of crab PSC rollover CQ
reallocated to an Amendment 80
cooperative = Amount of crab PSC
CQ available for reallocation to
Amendment 80 cooperatives ×
(Amount of that crab PSC CQ
initially assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative / S that
crab PSC CQ assigned to all
Amendment 80 cooperatives).
Because the Program substantially
reduces the amount of crab PSC that is
available for use by the Amendment 80
sector (see Section IV of this preamble),
the Council determined that and
additional PSC reductions would not be
required when crab PSC is rolled over.
Therefore, NMFS would not deduct a
portion of the crab PSC that is rolled
over to Amendment 80 cooperatives, as
is proposed for halibut PSC rollovers
(i.e., there is no five percent reduction).
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
I. CQ Transfers
An Amendment 80 cooperative may
transfer all or part of its CQ to another
Amendment 80 cooperative. Transfer
provisions have been part of all LAPPs
adopted by NMFS in the North Pacific,
and the Program would provide the
same flexibility for Amendment 80
cooperatives to trade species for harvest
or PSC for use as required for particular
fishing operations or to accommodate
unforeseen circumstances.
The CQ intercooperative transfer
would require the submission of an
application for CQ transfer which would
be available on the NMFS Web site at
https://www.fakr.noaa.gov. NMFS would
review and approve the transfer
application to ensure proper catch
accounting. NMFS would notify the
transferor and transferee once the
application has been received and
approved. A transfer of CQ would not be
effective until approved by NMFS. The
proposed regulatory text (see
§ 679.92(g)) details the information that
would have to be submitted in an
application for CQ transfer. The
requirements are briefly summarized
here:
• Identification of transferor;
• Identification of transferee;
• Identification of CQ type and
amount to be transferred;
• Identification of Amendment 80
cooperative member receiving CQ.
NMFS would require the name of the
cooperative member(s) and the amount
of Amendment 80 species CQ applied to
each member, for purposes of applying
Amendment 80 species use caps;
• Certification of transferor. The
Amendment 80 cooperative transferor’s
designated representative must sign and
date the application certifying that all
information is true, correct, and
complete to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief; and
• Certification of transferee. The
Amendment 80 cooperative transferee’s
designated representative must sign and
date the application certifying that all
information is true, correct, and
complete to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
J. Fishing Non-Allocated Groundfish
Species
Non-pollock groundfish species not
allocated as Amendment 80 species to
the Program (e.g., Greenland turbot)
could be harvested by vessels assigned
to an Amendment 80 cooperative if
NMFS establishes a TAC for those
species that would be sufficient to allow
directed fishing during the annual
harvest specification process. An
Amendment 80 cooperative could only
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
directed fish on such non-pollock
groundfish species if the cooperative
has sufficient Amendment 80 species
and PSC CQ to account for any
incidental harvest of Amendment 80
species or PSC used while directed
fishing for that non-allocated species.
Although NMFS would monitor the
use of any CQ assigned to a cooperative,
vessel operators in an Amendment 80
cooperative could choose to use some
amount of CQ for incidental catch needs
while targeting non-allocated species.
This could increase the potential for
participants in Amendment 80
cooperatives to modify current harvest
patterns or the share of harvests of nonallocated groundfish species among
vessels using various gear types (e.g., a
greater percentage of the Greenland
turbot TAC could be harvested by
Amendment 80 vessels using trawl gears
than is currently the case). This issue
was reviewed by the Council during the
development of the Program. The
Council did not recommend specifically
restricting participation of Amendment
80 cooperatives in these non-allocated
groundfish fisheries due to the limited
percentage of the TAC currently
harvested in these fisheries (e.g., Alaska
plaice, arrowtooth flounder, Greenland
turbot) and the lack of a clear race for
fish.
VIII. Amendment 80 Limited Access
Fishery
A. Membership in the Amendment 80
Limited Access Fishery
The Amendment 80 limited access
fishery would be comprised of
Amendment 80 QS holders who are
unwilling or unable to form cooperative
arrangements with other Amendment 80
QS holders. The Amendment 80 limited
access fishery would be assigned the
amount of ITAC, crab PSC, and halibut
PSC assigned to the Amendment 80
sector that remains after allocations of
CQ have been made to Amendment 80
cooperatives. Unlike Amendment 80
cooperatives, participants in the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
would not receive an exclusive harvest
privilege and would continue to
compete for the ITAC and use of crab
PSC and halibut PSC. The specific
process for issuing ITAC and PSC to
cooperatives is described in Section VII
of this preamble and is not reiterated
here.
Amendment 80 QS holders, vessel
owners, and LLP license holders who
participate in the Amendment 80
limited access fishery could not assign
or otherwise use those QS permits,
Amendment 80 vessels, or LLP licenses
to fish for an Amendment 80
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30087
cooperative during the same calendar
year for the remainder of the calendar
year.
B. Application for the Amendment 80
Limited Access Fishery
Amendment 80 QS holders wishing to
assign their QS to the limited access
fishery would need to submit an annual
application, by November 1 of the year
prior to fishing. The application process
and contents are similar to those
proposed for the application for CQ
described under Section VII of this
preamble. Specific proposed
requirements are described in
§ 679.91(b) of the proposed regulatory
text. In order to participate in the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery, a
complete application would have to be
submitted in a timely manner. Failure to
submit a complete application would
prevent the use of any QS permits,
Amendment 80 vessels, or LLP licenses
from being used to fish in the
Amendment 80 sector. This requirement
to submit a complete application would
encourage compliance and ensure that
Amendment 80 sector ITAC is properly
allocated for the upcoming fishing
season.
C. Management of the Amendment 80
Limited Access Fishery
1. Fishery Openings and Closings
NMFS would manage openings and
closings of the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery much as it currently
manages the existing fisheries. NMFS
would open directed fishing for an
Amendment 80 species only if there is
sufficient ITAC assigned to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery.
In addition, halibut PSC and crab PSC
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery would continue to be
apportioned among target fishery
categories, and halibut PSC would
continue to be based on seasonal
apportionments as established in
§ 679.21.
NMFS would close a fishery for an
Amendment 80 species if the ITAC
assigned to the fishery is taken, or
projected to be taken. Similarly, NMFS
could close the Amendment 80 limited
access fisheries if the halibut PSC or
crab PSC limit assigned to a target
fishery category within the Amendment
80 limited access fishery is taken, or
projected to be taken. Catch or PSC use
inside State waters would accrue against
the ITAC or PSC limit assigned to an
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
consistent with the catch accounting
procedures for CQ use by Amendment
80 cooperatives and other LAPPs (e.g.,
Central GOA Rockfish Program).
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30088
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
2. Steller Sea Lion Protection Measures
Steller sea lion protection measures
would continue to apply to Amendment
80 vessels assigned to the Amendment
80 limited access fishery, including
seasonal harvest limits for Akta
mackerel and Pacific cod, Atka mackerel
HLA limits, and restrictions on directed
fishing for Atka mackerel and Pacific
cod using trawl gear after November 1,
and in specific areas as described under
§ 679.22. See Section VII of this
preamble for more detail on this issue.
3. GRS Requirements
Amendment 80 vessels assigned to
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery would be subject to the GRS on
an individual vessel basis, including
Amendment 80 vessels that are less than
125 ft (38.1 m) LOA. As noted in the
IRFA prepared to support this action
(see ADDRESSES), under the Program,
Amendment 80 vessels that were
previously exempted from the GRS (i.e.,
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
vessels less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA)
due to the compliance costs for these
vessels would have the option of
participating in a cooperative to help
offset any costs that may be associated
with the GRS.
4. Monitoring and Enforcement (M&E)
Requirements
The M&E requirements and
recordkeeping and reporting provisions
that would be applicable to Amendment
80 vessels assigned to an Amendment
80 cooperative also apply to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery.
The specific M&E requirements
applicable to Amendment 80 vessels
fishing in the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery are described in greater
detail in Section XII of this preamble.
NMFS notes that Amendment 80 vessels
fishing in the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery would be required to
submit the same recordkeeping and
reporting documents required for
Amendment 80 vessels assigned to
Amendment 80 cooperatives with one
exception, the annual cooperative catch
report would not be required. See
Section VII of this preamble for a
proposed list of recordkeeping and
reporting requirements.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
D. ITAC and PSC Assigned to the
Amendment 80 Limited Access Fishery
1. Amount of ITAC and PSC Assigned
The Amendment 80 limited access
fishery would be assigned that amount
of Amendment 80 sector ITAC, crab
PSC, and halibut PSC not assigned to
the Amendment 80 cooperatives.
Section VII of this preamble describes
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
the allocation to cooperatives and the
Amendment 80 limited access sector.
Section IV of this preamble provides a
detailed example of the allocation of
ITAC and PSC to the Amendment 80
limited access fishery. As noted in
Sections IV and VII of this preamble,
Amendment 80 vessels assigned to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
would be restricted from processing
catch assigned to either the BSAI trawl
limited access fishery, or an
Amendment 80 cooperative. This
requirement would appear to best meet
the Council intent of providing clear
and distinct allocations, minimize the
complexities of tracking multiple quota
types onboard a single vessel, and
reduce complications that could arise
when assessing minimum GRS
standards on a vessel that is receiving
catch subject to different regulatory
requirements. Specifically, Amendment
80 cooperatives are assessed the GRS on
an aggregate basis, whereas Amendment
80 vessels in the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery do not. NMFS has not
proposed a mechanism to assess
management of these conflicting GRS
standards on the same vessel.
2. Economic Data Report (EDR)
Submission
Effective in 2009, an Amendment 80
QS holder wishing to participate in the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
would need to submit a timely and
complete EDR, as described in Section
XIII of this preamble. If an Amendment
80 QS holder failed to submit a timely
and complete EDR, NMFS would not
issue that person an Amendment 80
limited access fishery permit for that
calendar year.
E. Fishing for Non-Allocated Groundfish
Species
Non-pollock groundfish species not
allocated to the Program would be
subject to status quo management for
participants in the Amendment 80
limited access fishery. NMFS would
establish the TAC for these species
during the annual harvest specification
process. The Council would also
recommend the amount of PSC that is
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery participants while
harvesting non-allocated groundfish
fisheries through the annual
specification process.
IX. Use Caps
A. LAPPs and Use Caps
LAPPs developed in the North Pacific
have included specific provisions to
establish limits, or use caps, on the
amount of consolidation of harvest or
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
processing privileges. Use caps have
been incorporated in LAPPs to reduce
the risk of excessive consolidation to a
few persons, which could unduly
restrict the ability of smaller
competitors to effectively compete. The
Program would include use caps
consistent with past practice and
consistent with the MSA that requires
consideration of use limits to prevent a
person from holding an excessive share
of any harvest privilege. The levels of
the use caps established under the
Program were deliberated throughout
the Program’s development (see draft
EA/RIR/IRFA in ADDRESSES for
additional detail). The specific use cap
limits that would be established under
the Program were designed with the
goal of constraining the Amendment 80
QS holders likely to receive the greatest
amount of QS in the initial allocation
process from using more than this
amount.
The Program would establish use caps
that apply to a person, and another use
cap that applies to the operation of an
Amendment 80 vessel. Specifically,
there would be two types of person use
caps: one type of person use cap would
limit the amount of Amendment 80 QS
units that a person could hold on his or
her Amendment 80 QS permits; the
other type of person use cap would limit
the amount of Amendment 80 species
CQ that may be used by a person. The
vessel use cap would limit the amount
of the Amendment 80 sector ITAC that
could be harvested on an Amendment
80 vessel.
The regulations would prohibit
persons from exceeding the person and
vessel use caps. The regulations would
provide one exemption to this
prohibition in the case of person use
caps. A person could exceed a person
use cap only if that person received an
initial allocation of QS that exceeds the
use cap. A provision that allows a
person to exceed a person use cap is
commonly known as a ‘‘grandfather
clause’’ in other LAPPs. The Program’s
grandfather clause would apply only to
person use caps, not to the vessel use
cap. The Program would not apply a
grandfather clause to the Amendment
80 vessel use cap because data reviewed
by the Council and NMFS indicate that
no Amendment 80 vessel been used to
harvest more Amendment 80 species
than the proposed vessel use cap
historically, and there does not appear
to be any need to exempt Amendment
80 vessels from this proposed
restriction.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
B. Person Use Caps
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
1. QS Holding Cap—30 Percent Cap
With the exception of person’s
qualifying under the proposed
grandfather clause, a person would not
be permitted to individually or
collectively hold more than 30 percent
of the aggregate Amendment 80 QS
units initially assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector. As with other
LAPPs (e.g., Central GOA Rockfish
Program), NMFS would use the
Amendment 80 initial QS pool as the
basis for calculating the person QS use
cap. Because the Amendment 80 initial
QS pool would not fluctuate due to
appeals, enforcement actions, or other
operations of law, it would provide a
fixed measure of the maximum amount
of QS that could be held by a person.
The number of Amendment 80 QS
units for each Amendment 80 species in
the Amendment 80 initial QS pool
would be based on the Amendment 80
official record as of December 31, 2007.
Fixing the initial QS pool by this date
would give NMFS time to review
applications for QS, resolve those
claims, and adjust the Amendment 80
official record accordingly. Once the
Amendment 80 initial QS pool is
determined, the person QS use cap
would be set at 30 percent of the total
aggregate QS units for all Amendment
80 species. Section XI of this preamble
provides a detailed example of how the
Amendment 80 initial QS pool would
be established and provides an estimate
of the 30 percent cap.
2. QS Holding Cap Exemption—The
Grandfather Clause
A person would be allowed to exceed
the QS holding cap only if that person
receives Amendment 80 QS permits
based on Amendment 80 legal landings
derived from Amendment 80 vessels
owned, or Amendment 80 LLP licenses
held by that person prior to June 9,
2006, and at the time of application for
Amendment 80 QS. This provision is
commonly known as a grandfather
clause, and has been applied in all other
North Pacific LAPPs to accommodate
harvesters likely to receive relatively
large harvest shares, but restrict them
from increasing their QS holdings
beyond the amount initially received.
A person who wishes to acquire an
Amendment 80 vessel or Amendment
80 LLP license and any legal landings
assigned to that vessel or LLP license
after June 9, 2006 (the date of final
Council action recommending
Amendment 80), would not be allowed
to hold Amendment 80 QS in excess of
the 30 percent cap. The Council
recommended these conditions to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
prevent speculative purchases of any
Amendment 80 vessels or Amendment
80 LLP licenses that could give rise to
Amendment 80 QS after the date of final
Council action. Prior to June 9, 2006, a
person could not have reasonably
predicted the precise cap that would
apply, and the transfer of purchases of
any Amendment 80 vessels or
Amendment 80 LLP licenses prior to
that date would not be limited.
3. CQ Use Cap—30 Percent Limit
The second type of person use cap
would limit the amount of CQ that a
person could use. Each year QS could
yield either CQ that would be assigned
to a cooperative, or ITAC that would be
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery. Because CQ could be
used exclusively by one person within
a cooperative, the Program would limit
the amount of CQ that could be used by
a person. The limit on the amount of CQ
a person can use would be calculated by
summing the total amount of CQ that is
derived from 30 percent of the
Amendment 80 initial QS pool. A
person’s CQ use would include the
amount of CQ that results from a
person’s QS holdings, and any amount
of CQ assigned to that person through
an intercooperative transfer of CQ. Even
though a member of a cooperative may
not directly harvest the CQ derived from
his or her QS allocation, NMFS would
consider the act of assigning QS and
generating CQ for use by a cooperative
as that person’s use of CQ.
As part of an intercooperative transfer
of CQ, NMFS would require CQ to be
assigned to a specific member(s) of the
cooperative receiving CQ to meet the
overall goal of the CQ use cap—
prevention of undue consolidation of
harvest privileges. This would allow
NMFS to track compliance with the use
cap.
Because ITAC can fluctuate, and
therefore the amount of CQ derived
from each QS unit would fluctuate, the
amount of CQ used by a person would
need to be scaled to the amount of QS
that gave rise to that CQ. For example,
30 percent of the total Amendment 80
QS pool would be a fixed amount of QS
units. However, the amount of CQ in
metric tons that would be generated
from that 30 percent of the Amendment
80 initial QS pool would vary with the
total ITAC of all Amendment 80 species,
and the relative ITAC among each
Amendment 80 species. Determining
how much CQ a person is using is
particularly problematic in the case of
assigning CQ to a person in an
intercooperative transfer. The metric
tons of CQ derived from one unit of
Atka mackerel QS, may differ from the
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30089
metric tons of CQ derived from one unit
of Aleutian Islands POP QS. If a
cooperative transferred 10 metric tons of
Atka mackerel CQ, that amount of Atka
mackerel CQ could have been derived
from more QS units than a transfer of 10
metric tons of AI POP CQ.
To ensure that CQ assigned to a
cooperative member (i.e., used by that
person) is not unduly affected by such
fluctuations in ITAC, NMFS would
calculate the CQ use cap by determining
the amount of Amendment 80 QS units
that were necessary to generate that
amount of CQ for that Amendment 80
species. This amount of QS units would
be added to the amount of aggregate
Amendment 80 QS units held by the
cooperative members to whom that CQ
is assigned. If that summed amount of
QS units is greater than 30 percent of
the aggregate Amendment 80 initial QS
pool for all Amendment 80 species,
NMFS would not approve the
intercooperative CQ transfer. For
example, if the QS holding cap were 100
QS units, 100 QS units being equivalent
to 30 percent of the Amendment 80
initial QS pool for all Amendment 80
species, and a cooperative member held
60 QS units, that cooperative member
could not be assigned an amount of CQ
that is greater than an amount derived
from 40 QS units. If 80 Atka mackerel
QS units yielded 10 metric tons of CQ,
the cooperative member could only be
assigned 40 QS units, equivalent to 5
metric tons of Atka mackerel CQ, in
order to avoid exceeding the CQ use
cap, and receive approval from NMFS
for the transfer.
C. Vessel Use Cap
The Program would impose a 20
percent vessel use cap on Amendment
80 vessels. The vessel use cap would
prevent consolidation of catch onboard
Amendment 80 vessels. Unlimited
consolidation could adversely affect
harvesting crew through lost
employment opportunities. In proposing
the vessel use cap, the Council
considered historic harvest levels
aboard the existing Amendment 80
vessels to balance economic efficiency
goals and employment opportunities.
Those considerations are detailed in the
draft EA/RIR/IRFA prepared for this
proposed action (see ADDRESSES).
Vessel use caps would apply only to
Amendment 80 species and would be
calculated using the aggregate ITAC for
all Amendment 80 species. An
Amendment 80 vessel would be
prohibited from catching an amount of
Amendment 80 species in an amount
greater than 20.0 percent of the
aggregate Amendment 80 species ITACs
assigned to the Amendment 80 sector.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30090
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
This amount would include ITAC that
is assigned as CQ and to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery.
To calculate the vessel use cap, NMFS
would use the following procedure:
a. Determine the ITAC assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector for each
Amendment 80 species;
b. Sum the ITACs for each
Amendment 80 species to derive a total
Amendment 80 sector ITAC for all
Amendment 80 species; and
c. Multiply the total Amendment 80
sector ITAC by 20 percent (0.2). This
amount would represent the maximum
tonnage of all Amendment 80 species
that an Amendment 80 vessel could
catch.
A vessel owner and operator would be
subject to possible enforcement action if
a vessel is used to catch more
Amendment 80 species in excess of the
vessel use cap in any calendar year. The
vessel use cap would not apply to the
halibut PSC or crab PSC assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector or to nonallocated species in the BSAI, such as
arrowtooth flounder.
D. Transfer Limitations
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
1. QS Transfer Limitations
NMFS would not approve transfers of
Amendment 80 QS permits if the
transfer would cause a person to exceed
the 30 percent QS holding cap. If an
Amendment 80 QS holder is
grandfathered above the QS holding
cap, NMFS would not approve any
Amendment 80 QS permit transfers to
that person unless and until that
person’s holdings of aggregate
Amendment 80 QS in that sector are
reduced to an amount below the QS use
cap.
If an Amendment 80 QS holder is
grandfathered above the 30 percent QS
holding cap and transfers an
Amendment 80 QS permit to another
person, the transferor could not hold
more than the greater of either (1) the
amount of Amendment 80 QS units held
by the transferor after the transfer if the
amount of QS held is still greater than
the use cap: or (2) the amount equal to
the use cap.
2. CQ Transfer Limitations
NMFS would not approve transfers of
CQ to a person if it would cause that
person to exceed a CQ use cap.
Specifically, NMFS would not approve
an application to transfer CQ if that
transfer application designated a person
who is limited by the CQ use cap to
receive that CQ. Any person limited by
the CQ use cap could not receive any
additional CQ unless and until the CQ
assigned to that person is below the CQ
use cap.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
X. Gulf of Alaska (GOA) Sideboard
Limits
A. Need for GOA Sideboard Limits
In the development of North Pacific
LAPPs, NMFS and the Council have
attempted to mitigate potentially
adverse effects on non-LAPP fisheries
that could be caused by the increased
economic and operational efficiencies
that LAPPs can provide participants.
Specifically, once a harvest privilege is
allocated, QS holders may consolidate
their operations through cooperative
management and use Amendment 80
vessels in other fisheries. This would
increase competition and the race for
fish in those fisheries. The Program
would establish a suite of protection
measures, commonly called sideboard
limits, for non-Program participants in
other federally managed groundfish
fisheries.
The Council identified the GOA as the
area most likely to be at risk of
increased harvest pressures with
implementation of the Program. The
GOA would likely be subject to
increased fishing pressure from
Amendment 80 vessels, without
sideboards limiting their harvest,
because of (1) the harvest patterns of the
Amendment 80 sector, (2) the lack of
other fisheries in the BSAI that can be
targeted by Amendment 80 vessels (i.e,
pollock is managed under the AFA, crab
is managed under the BSAI Crab
Rationalization Program, and Pacific
cod is proposed to be allocated to
specific sectors under Amendment 85),
and (3) the lack of specific gear or sector
allocations for many species in the
GOA. Therefore, the Program includes
sideboard limit protections for the GOA
groundfish fisheries.
B. GOA Sideboard Management
1. Overview
Generally, sideboard limits in other
LAPPs, such as the Central GOA
Rockfish Program, have been managed
so that any vessel or license that gave
rise to QS, would be subject to a
sideboard limit. A linkage between
vessel and LLP license prevents a vessel
operator from assigning a license,
derived from a vessel subject to
sideboard limits, to a different vessel in
order to circumvent sideboard
restrictions. In most North Pacific
fisheries, an LLP license with the
necessary endorsement is more difficult
to obtain than a vessel and limiting the
use of LLP licenses is necessary to
reduce the risk for an increased race for
fish.
The Program would maintain this
method for managing sideboard limits.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
It is important to note that the number
of Amendment 80 LLP licenses would
be limited to the LLP licenses originally
issued for an Amendment 80 vessel as
shown in Table 31 to part 679 in the
proposed regulatory text, and any LLP
licenses named as Amendment 80 LLP
licenses in an application for QS.
Additionally, an Amendment 80 vessels
would be required to use an
Amendment 80 LLP while fishing in the
BSAI or GOA.
NMFS would apply GOA groundfish
sideboard limits to all catch by
Amendment 80 vessels in the GOA.
Catch of a GOA sideboard species
during a directed fishery as well as
incidental catch of a GOA sideboarded
species, such as Pacific cod caught
during a rex sole fishery, would apply
against the GOA sideboard limit for that
species. In addition, any catch of a GOA
sideboard species or halibut PSC used
within State waters during the State
parallel fishery would apply against the
sideboard limit. State parallel fisheries
occur in State waters and are opened at
the same time as Federal fisheries in
Federal waters. State parallel fishery
harvests are considered part of the
Federal TAC and federally permitted
vessels move between State and Federal
waters during the concurrent, or
parallel, State and Federal fisheries. The
State opens parallel fisheries through
emergency order by adopting the
groundfish seasons, bycatch limits, and
allowable gear types that apply in the
adjacent Federal fisheries. Accounting
for catch in the State parallel fishery
ensures that all catch is debited against
a sideboard limit whether that harvest
occurs in State or Federal waters.
The Program would establish three
types of GOA sideboard limits.
• The GOA groundfish sideboard
limit would restrict the maximum
amount of pollock, Pacific cod, and
rockfish that Amendment 80 vessels
could harvest. The GOA groundfish
sideboard limits would restrict the catch
of Amendment 80 vessels to their
average aggregate catch from 1998
through 2004.
• The GOA halibut PSC limit, would
restrict the maximum amount of halibut
PSC that all Amendment 80 vessels
could use based on historic halibut PSC
use during 1998 through 2004 with
some modification for specific
conditions.
• The GOA flatfish fishery
prohibition, would restrict the number
of Amendment 80 vessels and
Amendment 80 LLP licenses that could
be used to conduct directed fishing for
flatfish.
Detailed information about historic
catch and halibut PSC use of the
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30091
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
Amendment 80 sector in the GOA and
the basis for these sideboard limits is
included in the draft EA/RIR/IRFA
prepared for this proposed action (see
ADDRESSSES).
During the development of the
Program, the data reviewed by the
Council indicated that at least one
Amendment 80 vessel had a unique
harvest pattern in the GOA, that could
warrant specific GOA sideboard
measures for Amendment 80 vessels
with similar harvest patterns. NMFS has
initially identified one Amendment 80
vessel, the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE that
met these criteria. The F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE, and any other vessel with
similar harvest patterns that has not yet
been identified through NMFS’s data,
would be prohibited from directed
fishing for GOA pollock, Pacific cod,
and rockfish, but would be exempted
from the GOA halibut PSC sideboard
limit applicable to all other Amendment
80 vessels. NMFS notes that the
proposed regulations refer specifically
to the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE whose
owner has identified his vessel as
meeting these criteria. Should other
vessels be determined to meet the
criteria recommended by the Council for
these specific GOA sideboard measures
during the proposed rule comment
period, NMFS would modify the
regulations to accommodate any such
vessel. Additionally, references to the F/
V GOLDEN FLEECE in this preamble
would apply to any similarly situated
vessel that may be identified.
C. GOA Groundfish Sideboard Limits
All Amendment 80 vessels, other than
the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE, would be
collectively limited to catching an
amount of groundfish no greater than
the limits shown in Table 37 to part 679
in the proposed regulatory text.
NMFS would manage the GOA
groundfish sideboard limits in the
aggregate for all Amendment 80 vessels.
Once a sideboard limit for a groundfish
species is reached, or projected to be
reached, NMFS would close that fishery
to directed fishing by Amendment 80
vessels. Amendment 80 vessels could
retain incidental catch of that sideboard
species subject to existing maximum
retainable amount (MRA) regulations
while targeting other groundfish
fisheries that are not closed to directed
fishing. If the rate of incidental catch of
a GOA groundfish sideboard limited
species is expected to be high relative to
the sideboard limit, NMFS would limit
directed fishing for this species by
Amendment 80 vessels to accommodate
this incidental catch. NMFS would
manage the GOA sideboard limits with
the goal of keeping all directed and
incidental catch of a sideboard species
by Amendment 80 vessels below the
sideboard limit.
As noted in Table 37 to part 679 in
the proposed regulatory text, catch of
Central GOA Pacific ocean perch,
pelagic shelf rockfish, and northern
rockfish is subject to regulation under
the Central GOA Rockfish Program. The
Central GOA Rockfish Program limits
directed fishing in these fisheries to
participants qualified under that
program. A number of Amendment 80
participants are qualified to participate
in the rockfish program, and would be
subject to the regulations in effect for
that program when fishing. Amendment
80 participants not qualified under the
rockfish program would be excluded
from conducting directed fishing for
Pacific ocean perch, pelagic shelf
rockfish, and northern rockfish in the
Central GOA.
Under the Program, The F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE would be prohibited from
directed fishing for pollock, Pacific cod,
Pacific ocean perch, pelagic shelf
rockfish, and northern rockfish species
in the GOA (see Part F of this section
below).
D. GOA Halibut PSC Sideboard Limits
The Program would establish halibut
PSC sideboard limits in the GOA for
Amendment 80 vessels except the F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE. NMFS manages
halibut PSC limits in the GOA by setting
a limit on halibut PSC use for trawl gear
through the annual harvest specification
process, currently 2,000 mt. NMFS
subdivides this amount of halibut PSC
by the number of seasons (currently
five), and into two species complexes,
the shallow-water and the deep-water
fishery species complexes NMFS would
establish Amendment 80 halibut PSC
sideboard limits that are apportioned
among seasons and fishery complexes
through the annual specification
process.
A shallow-water halibut PSC
sideboard limit would limit the use of
halibut PSC in the shallow-water fishery
complex, which includes pollock,
Pacific cod, shallow-water flatfish,
flathead sole, Atka mackerel, and ‘‘other
species.’’ A deep-water halibut PSC
sideboard limit would limit the use of
halibut PSC in the deep-water fishery
complex which includes all species not
in the shallow-water complex: all
rockfish species, rex sole, deep-water
flatfish, sablefish, and arrowtooth
flounder.
The proposed halibut PSC sideboard
limits would be based on the historic
use of halibut PSC of all Amendment 80
vessels, except the F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE in each season, and by fishery
complex during the period from 1998
through 2004. The halibut PSC
sideboard limits that would be
established are slightly lower than
historic halibut PSC use by Amendment
80 vessels in the GOA from 1998
through 2004 to accommodate two
factors: allocation of halibut PSC CQ
under the Central GOA Rockfish
Program; and the exemption of the F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE from this restriction.
Table 10 lists the proposed halibut PSC
sideboard limits by fishery complex and
season as a percentage of the GOA trawl
halibut PSC limit. Table 10 also
computes the metric ton amount of the
halibut PSC sideboard limit by season
based on the current 2,000 mt trawl
halibut PSC limit. Because the annual
halibut trawl PSC limit is subject to
change through the annual harvest
specification process, the metric tons
displayed in Table 10 are only provided
as an example.
TABLE 10.—GOA AMENDMENT 80 SIDEBOARD LIMIT FOR HALIBUT PSC FOR THE AMENDMENT 80 SECTOR USING THE
CURRENT 2,000 METRIC TONS OF TRAWL HALIBUT PSC AS AN EXAMPLE
The maximum percentage, and amount in mt, of the total GOA Pacific halibut PSC limit that may be
used by all Amendment 80 qualified vessels subject to the halibut PSC sideboard limit in each season
is . . .
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
In the . . .
Season 1
Shallow-water species fishery complex in the GOA and State parallel
fishery.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Season 2
Season 3
Season 4
0.48% ...................
9.6 mt ...................
1.89% ...................
37.8 mt .................
1.46% ...................
29.2 mt .................
0.74% ...................
14.8 mt .................
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Season 5
2.27%
45.4 mt
30092
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 10.—GOA AMENDMENT 80 SIDEBOARD LIMIT FOR HALIBUT PSC FOR THE AMENDMENT 80 SECTOR USING THE
CURRENT 2,000 METRIC TONS OF TRAWL HALIBUT PSC AS AN EXAMPLE—Continued
The maximum percentage, and amount in mt, of the total GOA Pacific halibut PSC limit that may be
used by all Amendment 80 qualified vessels subject to the halibut PSC sideboard limit in each season
is . . .
In the . . .
Season 1
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Deep-water species fishery complex
in the GOA and State parallel fishery.
Season 2
Season 3
Season 4
1.15% ...................
23 mt ....................
10.72% .................
214.4 mt ...............
5.21% ...................
104.2 mt ...............
0.14% ...................
2.8 mt ...................
Many of the participants in the
catcher/processor sector in the Central
GOA Rockfish Program would be
participants in the Amendment 80
Program. NMFS would need to
coordinate catch accounting between
the Central GOA Rockfish Program and
the Amendment 80 sector to avoid
unduly constraining participants in
either LAPP. NMFS would coordinate
management of the two LAPPs by
reducing the third season deep-water
halibut PSC sideboard limit under the
Program by the amount of halibut PSC
that is available for allocation as halibut
PSC CQ under the Central GOA
Rockfish Program. Deep-water halibut
PSC from the third season is specifically
assigned to support PSC CQ allocations
to the catcher/processor sector under
the Central GOA Rockfish Program.
Additionally, NMFS would establish
regulations that specify that the use of
halibut PSC CQ in the Central GOA
Rockfish Program would not be debited
from the Amendment 80 halibut PSC
sideboard limit. Some of the deep-water
halibut PSC in the Central GOA is
specifically assigned to support PSC CQ
allocations to the catcher/processor
sector under the Central GOA Rockfish
Program. Much of the halibut PSC that
was historically used in the deep-water
complex during the third season, which
begins on July 1, was used in the Central
GOA rockfish fisheries. This adjustment
would ensure that a Central GOA
Rockfish Program participant fishing
under a CQ permit would not be
constrained by the GOA sideboard
limits established under this Program.
Amendment 80 vessels not fishing
under a Central GOA Rockfish Program
CQ permit would continue to be subject
to the halibut PSC sideboard limit
proposed under this Program.
The percentages listed in Table 10
also have been modified to remove the
historic use of halibut PSC attributed to
the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE. The F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE would not be subject
to the Amendment 80 halibut PSC
sideboard limits so the historic halibut
PSC used by the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE
would not be included in the halibut
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PSC sideboard limit. As with the GOA
groundfish sideboard limits, use of
halibut PSC in State parallel fisheries
would count against the halibut PSC
sideboard limit. NMFS would monitor
halibut PSC use by fishery complex and
season. If the shallow-water halibut PSC
sideboard limit is reached, all directed
fishing for all species in the shallowwater complex would be closed in the
GOA for that season. Similarly, if the
deep-water sideboard limit is met, all
directed fishing for all species in the
deep-water complex is closed in the
GOA for that season. NMFS would
reopen a fishery complex in the
following season with the halibut PSC
sideboard limit applicable for that
season.
E. GOA Flatfish Fisheries Prohibition
The Program would limit the number
of Amendment 80 vessels and
Amendment 80 LLP licenses that could
be used for directed fishing in GOA
flatfish fisheries. During the
development of the Program, the
Council and NMFS reviewed historic
harvest patterns during the 1998
through 2004 qualifying years. The EA/
RIR/IRFA developed for this action
clearly indicates that a specific group of
Amendment 80 vessels traditionally had
been used in GOA flatfish fisheries.
Specifically, certain Amendment 80
vessels were clearly active in the GOA
flatfish fisheries, with more than 10
weeks of conducting directed fishing in
the GOA from 1998 through 2004 as
recorded on WPRs, and appeared to be
substantially more dependent on those
fisheries than other Amendment 80
vessels with more sporadic
participation.
The Program would reduce fishing
pressure in the GOA by Amendment 80
vessels on non-Amendment 80 sector
harvesters with substantial flatfish
participation by authorizing only those
Amendment 80 vessels: (1) With more
than 10 weeks conducting directed
fishing for GOA flatfish fisheries during
1998 through 2004; and (2) that are
designated on an Amendment 80 LLP
license that was originally assigned to
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Season 5
3.71%
74.2 mt
one of the Amendment 80 vessels
meeting that 10 week minimum
requirement to be used to directed fish
for flatfish in the GOA. Based on the
criteria recommended by the Council
and NMFS’ WPR records, NMFS would
establish a list indicating those
Amendment 80 vessels and Amendment
80 LLP licenses that could be used to
directed fish for GOA flatfish. Table 11
identifies those Amendment 80 vessels
and LLP licenses that meet the proposed
criteria. NMFS encourages the public to
review this proposed list and provide
comments during the public comment
period (see DATES) to ensure that the
proposed list of Amendment 80 vessels
and Amendment 80 LLP licenses
eligible to directed fish for GOA flatfish
is complete and accurate.
TABLE 11.—AMENDMENT 80 VESSELS
AND AMENDMENT 80 LLP LICENSES
THAT MAY BE USED TO DIRECTED
FISH FOR FLATFISH IN THE GOA
Column A: Name of
Amendment 80 vessels qualified to directed fish for GOA
flatfish
ALLIANCE .................
AMERICAN NO I ......
DEFENDER ..............
GOLDEN FLEECE ....
LEGACY ....................
OCEAN ALASKA ......
OCEAN PEACE ........
SEAFREEZE ALASKA.
U.S. INTREPID .........
UNIMAK ....................
VAERDAL .................
Column B: Amendment 80 LLP licenses
that must be used on
an Amendment 80
vessel listed in Column A to directed fish
for GOA flatfish
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
2905.
2028.
3217.
2524.
3714.
4360.
2138.
4692.
LLG 3662.
LLG 3957.
LLG 1402.
If an Amendment 80 vessel listed in
Table 11 is not designated on an
Amendment 80 LLP license also listed
in Table 11, that vessel would be
prohibited from directed fishing in GOA
flatfish fisheries. Similarly, if an
Amendment 80 vessel not listed in
Table 11 is designated on an
Amendment 80 LLP license also listed
in Table 11, that vessel also would be
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
prohibited from directed fishing in GOA
flatfish fisheries.
F. Provisions for the F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE
During the development of the
Program, the Council analyzed harvest
patterns of Amendment 80 vessels in
the GOA. These data identified at least
one vessel with historic harvest patterns
during the 1998 through 2004 qualifying
years that differed substantially from all
other Amendment 80 vessels.
Specifically, the Council reviewed catch
data that identified at least one vessel
with catch in GOA flatfish fisheries in
far greater proportion to its catch in the
BSAI. This Amendment 80 vessel fished
in GOA flatfish fisheries for at least 80
percent of all weeks that the vessel was
used to fish during the 2000 through
2003 time period. The draft EA/RIR/
IRFA describes the unique harvest
history of this vessel in greater detail.
The Council recognized that any
vessel that met the 2000 through 2003
GOA flatfish harvest criteria described
above was an Amendment 80 vessel
primarily dependent on GOA flatfish
fisheries. To reduce the potentially
adverse effects that the proposed GOA
halibut PSC sideboard measures could
have on the ability of such a vessel to
continue fishing in GOA flatfish
fisheries, the Council recommended an
exemption to the GOA halibut PSC
sideboard limits for any Amendment 80
vessel that met these criteria. Based on
data currently available, NMFS has
identified only one Amendment 80
vessel, the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE, with
the distinctive harvest pattern that
would qualify that vessel to be granted
an exemption from the GOA halibut
PSC sideboard limit. NMFS requests
that the public provide comment during
the public comment period if an
Amendment 80 vessel other than the F/
V GOLDEN FLEECE shares the same
harvest pattern in the GOA flatfish
fisheries and should be eligible for a
similar exemption.
The Program would accommodate the
harvest activities of the F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE by prohibiting the F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE from directed fishing
for Pacific cod, pollock, or in any
rockfish fishery in the GOA. However,
the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE would not be
subject to the GOA halibut PSC
sideboard limit. These restrictions
would allow the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE
to continue fishing as it has historically,
while limiting the potential for the
vessel to expand its effort into other
groundfish fisheries in which it has not
traditionally participated.
The exemption to the halibut PSC
sideboard limit would only apply if the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
F/V GOLDEN FLEECE used the LLP
license originally issued for the F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE (LLP license number
LLG 2524). This provision would ensure
that only the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE
would be exempted from the halibut
PSC sideboard limits. Exempting the F/
V GOLDEN FLEECE from the halibut
PSC limits would not be expected to
increase the amount of halibut PSC used
by Amendment 80 vessels overall. It is
anticipated that the F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE would maintain its current
fishing patterns, including its halibut
PSC use rates, and the overall use of
PSC by all Amendment 80 vessels
would not be expected to be greater than
currently. Exempting the F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE from the halibut PSC limits
would ensure that the F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE would not be adversely affected
by other Amendment 80 vessels that
could choose to fish in the GOA, use
halibut PSC, and potentially, cause the
GOA halibut PSC sideboard limit to be
reached, thereby limiting the ability of
the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE to fully
harvest its traditional flatfish fisheries.
Additionally the F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE would not be subject to the
proposed M&E requirements for other
Amendment 80 vessels while fishing in
the GOA. Many of the M&E
requirements established for
Amendment 80 vessels would be
necessary to properly track halibut PSC
use. This same degree of precision
would not be required for the F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE. The M&E
requirements applicable to the F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE are described in
Section XII of this preamble.
XI. Example of Allocations Under the
Program
To aid the reader, the following is an
example of the process NMFS would
follow to assign ITAC and PSC to the
BSAI trawl limited access and
Amendment 80 sectors; to allocate
Amendment 80 QS permits; and to issue
CQ to Amendment 80 cooperatives and
ITAC to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery. This section also
provides an example of assigning AFA
sideboard limits in the BSAI.
A. Example of Annual TAC and PSC
Allocations
The following section provides an
example of TAC and PSC allocation to
the CDQ Program and Amendment 80
and BSAI trawl limited access sectors.
The TAC and PSC used in this example
are based on the 2008 TACs and PSC
limits established in the 2007 and 2008
final harvest specifications for
groundfish of the BSAI (March 2, 2007;
72 FR 9451). The 2008 TACs, PSC
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30093
limits, and ICA used in this example are
subject to future regulatory change
through the 2008 and 2009 annual
harvest specification process.
For purposes of this example, NMFS
has assumed that (1) The regulations
allocating Pacific cod to specific sectors,
Pacific cod ICA management, and
seasonal apportionment of the Pacific
cod ITAC to the Amendment 80 sector,
would be the same as those described in
the proposed rule to implement
Amendment 85 to the FMP (February 7,
2007; 72 FR 5654), and (2) the final
regulations implementing Amendment
85 would be effective prior to the
implementation of the Program.
1. Step 1: Allocate TAC to the CDQ
Program
First, NMFS would allocate portions
of the 2008 TACs to the CDQ Program
according to the procedure described in
Section III of this preamble. The
allocations of the 2008 TACs to the CDQ
Program in this example are the same as
the allocations in the 2007 and 2008
final harvest specifications. Table 13
below displays the allocation of TAC to
the CDQ Program based on the 2008
TACs.
2. Step 2: Assign ICA and the Atka
Mackerel Jig Allocation
For all Amendment 80 species except
Pacific cod, NMFS would establish, in
the annual harvest specifications, an
ICA for use by the BSAI trawl limited
access sector and non-trawl fisheries.
The ICA amounts specified in this
example are subject to change through
the annual harvest specification process
and may not reflect actual ICA
requirements or amounts established in
subsequent adjustments to the 2008
TAC or PSC limits during the 2008 and
2009 annual harvest specification
process.
NMFS would establish the ICA
amounts based on projected incidental
catch needs in non-target fisheries. For
simplicity, the ICA amounts used in this
example are calculated based on a
percentage of the TAC after allocation to
the CDQ Program. The ICA percentages
used in this example were based on a
review of incidental catch patterns
during 2002 through 2006 by the AFA
catcher/processor, AFA catcher vessel,
non-AFA catcher vessel trawl, and nontrawl sectors in the BSAI.
In this example, NMFS has
considered likely changes in ICA needs
with the implementation of the
Program. As noted in the draft EA/RIR/
IRFA prepared for this proposed action
(see ADDRESSES), NMFS would set ICA
amounts in a precautionary fashion
during the first year of implementation
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30094
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
of the Program and review future ICA
needs during the annual harvest
specification process. As described in
Section IV of this preamble, NMFS
would not establish an ICA amount for
Pacific cod before allocating Pacific cod
to the Amendment 80 sector and other
trawl sectors.
In this example, the Atka mackerel jig
allocation required under existing
regulations at § 679.20(a)(8)(i) is
assigned before the Atka mackerel ITAC
for Area BS/541 is allocated to the
Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited
access sectors. Current regulations allow
NMFS to allocate up to two percent of
the Atka mackerel TAC in Area BS/541
for harvest by jig gear. Based on historic
harvest patterns by jig gear vessels and
past recommendations by the Council
during previous annual harvest
specification processes, NMFS is likely
to establish an Atka mackerel jig
allocation of less than two percent of the
TAC in Area BS/541. This example
assumes an allocation for harvest by jig
gear of one percent of Area BS/541 TAC
after subtraction for allocation to the
CDQ Program. This allocation is the
same percentage of the Area BS/541
ITAC that is recommended for
allocation for jig gear in the 2007 and
2008 final harvest specifications.
Table 13 below displays the projected
ICA amounts established for each
Amendment 80 species except Pacific
cod, and the Atka mackerel jig
allocation based on the 2008 TACs.
3. Step 3: Apportion ITAC to the
Amendment 80 and BSAI Trawl Limited
Access Sector
The ITAC for an Amendment 80
species is the amount of the TAC
remaining after subtraction for CDQ
allocations, ICA requirements for the
BSAI trawl limited access sector and
non-trawl fisheries, and the Atka
mackerel jig allocation. Table 13
displays the allocation of ITAC for each
Amendment 80 species based on the
2008 TACs.
TABLE 13.—PROJECTED ALLOCATION OF TAC, CDQ RESERVES, ICA, ATKA MACKEREL JIG ALLOCATION, AND ITAC
USING 2008 HARVEST SPECIFICATIONS
Amendment 80 species and area
CDQ
(10.7% TAC)
(mt)
2008 TAC
(mt)
ICA
(% of TAC after CDQ allocation)
(mt)
ITAC
= TAC¥(CDQ & ICA)
(mt)
Atka Mackerel BS/541 ....................
17,600
1,883
Area 542 .........................................
22,000
2,354
1,257 (8%) + 157 jig set-aside
(1%) = 1,402.
196 (1%) ........................................
Area 543 .........................................
15,300
1,637
116 (1%) ........................................
AI POP:
Area 541 ..................................
Area 542 ..................................
Area 543 ..................................
Pacific cod ......................................
Flathead sole ..................................
Rock sole ........................................
Yellowfin sole ..................................
4,900
5,000
7,620
127,070
45,000
75,000
150,000
524
535
815
13,596
4,815
8,025
16,050
175 (4%) ........................................
45 (1%) ..........................................
68 (1%) ..........................................
0 .....................................................
3,215 (8%) .....................................
3,349 (5%) .....................................
2,679 (2%) .....................................
Once ITAC is determined for each
Amendment 80 species, NMFS would
assign the ITAC to the Amendment 80
and BSAI limited access fishery sectors
according to the proportions established
in Table 33 and Table 34 to part 679 in
the proposed regulatory text.
For this example, NMFS has assumed
that the seasonal apportionment of
Pacific cod described in the proposed
rule for Amendment 85 (February 9,
2007; 72 FR 5654) would be effective in
2008.
The ITAC for Atka mackerel would be
allocated for use during specific seasons
as specified in § 679.20.
Yellowfin sole ITAC would be
assigned to the Amendment 80 sector
according to the formula established in
Table 34 to part 679 in the proposed
regulatory text. The remaining ITAC
would be assigned to the BSAI trawl
limited access sector. The calculation
based on the 2008 TAC and the formula
set forth in Table 34 to part 679 in the
proposed regulatory text is calculated
below:
(A
(B
(A
(B
(A
(B
season
season
season
season
season
season
=
=
=
=
=
=
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
of
of
of
of
of
of
ITAC)
ITAC)
ITAC)
ITAC)
ITAC)
ITAC)
7,151.
7,151.
9,725.
9,725.
5,749.
5,749.
4,201.
4,420.
6,737.
113,474.
36,970.
63,626.
131,271.
S [(87,499 * 0.93) + (94,999¥87,500)
*0.875 + (102,499¥95,000) * 0.82 +
(109,999¥102,500) * 0.765 +
(117,499¥110,000) * 0.71 +
(124,499¥117,500) * 0.655 +
(131,271¥125,000) * 0.6] = 113,493
mt to the Amendment 80 sector.
Table 14 summarizes the amount of
ITAC for each Amendment 80 species
that would be assigned to the
Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited
access sectors.
TABLE 14.—PROJECTED ITAC ASSIGNED TO THE AMENDMENT 80 AND BSAI TRAWL LIMITED ACCESS SECTORS
Metric tons and % of ITAC assigned to the . . .
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Amendment 80 species and
management area
2008 ITAC in mt
(from Table 13)
Atka Mackerel ..................................................................
BS/541 ......................................................................
Area 542 ...................................................................
A season = 7,151 ..............
B season = 7,151 ..............
A season = 9,725 ..............
B season = 9,725 ..............
A season = 5,749 ..............
B season = 5,749 ..............
4,201 ..................................
Area 543 ...................................................................
AI POP .............................................................................
Area 541
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
BSAI trawl limited access
sector
143 (2%) ............................
143 (2%) ............................
194 (2%) ............................
194 (2%) ............................
0 (0%) ................................
0 (0%) ................................
210 (5%) ............................
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Amendment 80 sector
7,008
7,008
9,530
9,530
5,749
5,749
3,991
(98%).
(98%).
(98%).
(98%).
(100%)
(100%).
(95%).
30095
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 14.—PROJECTED ITAC ASSIGNED TO THE AMENDMENT 80 AND BSAI TRAWL LIMITED ACCESS SECTORS—
Continued
Metric tons and % of ITAC assigned to the . . .
Amendment 80 species and
management area
2008 ITAC in mt
(from Table 13)
Area 542 ...................................................................
Area 543 ...................................................................
Pacific cod (Allocations and seasons based on Amendment 85).
4,420 ..................................
6,737 ..................................
15,205 ................................
221
135
N/A
N/A
Flathead sole ...................................................................
Rock sole .........................................................................
Yellowfin sole ...................................................................
36,970 ................................
63,626 ................................
131,271 ..............................
0 (0%) ................................
0 (0%) ................................
17,778 (13.5%) ..................
4,199 (95%).
6,602 (98%).
A season = 11,404 (75%
of allocation).
B season = 3,801 (25% of
allocation).
36,970 (100%).
63,626 (100%).
113,493 (86.5%).
Total mt of ITAC allocated to the Amendment
80 sector.
............................................
............................................
288,660.
20% of the total mt of ITAC allocated to the
Amendment 80 sector: Amendment 80 vessel use cap.
............................................
............................................
57,732.
For this example, the total
Amendment 80 sector ITAC for all
Amendment 80 species is 288,660 mt,
and 20 percent of that amount, which is
the Amendment 80 vessel use cap, is
57,728 mt.
4. Step 4: Assign Halibut PSC and Crab
PSC to the CDQ Program and Between
the Sectors
NMFS would allocate a portion of the
halibut PSC limit to the CDQ Program
according to the criteria described under
Section III of this preamble. The
remaining amount of the trawl halibut
BSAI trawl limited access
sector
(5%) ............................
(2%) ............................
.....................................
.....................................
PSC limit set forth in regulations in
§ 679.21(e) would be assigned to the
Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited
access sector based on Table 35 to part
679 in the proposed regulatory text. For
this example, the projected
apportionment of halibut PSC for 2008
is described in Table 15.
The crab PSC limit for Zone 1 red
king crab, Zone 1 C. bairdi crab, Zone
2 C. bairdi crab, and C. opilio is based
on a percentage of the crab abundance
estimated for each crab species
annually, as set forth in regulations in
Amendment 80 sector
§ 679.21(e). Once the crab PSC limit is
established, NMFS would allocate a
portion of the annual crab PSC limit as
PSQ for the CDQ Program according to
the criteria described under Section III
of this preamble. The remaining amount
of crab PSC limit would be assigned to
the Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl
limited access sectors according to the
PSC allocation percentages listed in
Table 35 to part 679 in the proposed
regulatory text. For this example, the
projected apportionment of crab PSC for
2008 is described in Table 15.
TABLE 15.—PROJECTED APPORTIONMENT OF HALIBUT PSC AND CRAB PSC TO THE CDQ PROGRAM AND AMENDMENT
80 AND BSAI TRAWL LIMITED ACCESS SECTORS
PSC remaining after CDQ
PSQ allocation
(mt)
Total trawl
PSC allocation
(mt)
CDQ PSQ allocation
(mt)
Halibut ......................................................
Red king crab ...........................................
n/a
182,225
C. opilio (COBLZ) PSC limit ....................
4,023,750
Zone 1 C. bairdi crab PSC limit ...............
906,500
Zone 2 C. bairdi crab PSC limit ...............
2,747,250
343 ..........................
19,498 .....................
(10.7%)
430,541 ...................
(10.7%)
96,996 .....................
(10.7%)
293,956 ...................
(10.7%)
B. Example of Amendment 80 QS
Allocations
Amendment 80 sector participants or
actual data from specific persons.
NMFS has estimated the Amendment
80 QS pools for each Amendment 80
species to describe the allocation of
Amendment 80 QS permits. NMFS has
also created hypothetical QS permit
holders and a cooperative. NMFS notes
that the QS allocation to hypothetical
persons is not based on specific
1. Step 1: Determine the Total Legal
Landings for All Amendment 80 Vessels
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
PSC species
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
n/a
162,727
3,593,209
809,505
2,453,294
Using the official record, NMFS
would sum the best five of seven years
of legal landings for all Amendment 80
vessels during the 1998 through 2004
qualifying years for each Amendment 80
species. NMFS’s estimate of the best five
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Amendment 80
sector
allocation (mt)
2,525 .......................
101,672 ...................
(62.48%)
2,207,667 ................
(61.44%)
426,123 ...................
(52.64%)
725,930 ...................
(29.59%)
BSAI trawl limited
access fishery allocation (mt)
875
49,761
(30.58%)
1,154,857
(32.14%)
380,386
(46.99%)
1,148,387
(46.81%)
of seven years of legal landings for all
Amendment 80 vessels is detailed in
Table 16. The legal landings shown in
Table 16 are based on total catch data
from WPRs for each Amendment 80
species for all known Amendment 80
vessels in metric tons. This estimate
may not reflect an actual initial best five
of seven years of legal landings for all
Amendment 80 vessels due possible
changes in the official record that may
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30096
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
occur if the official record is adjusted
based on information provided through
the application for QS process.
TABLE 16.—ESTIMATED SUM OF THE
BEST FIVE OF SEVEN YEARS OF
CATCH FROM 1998 THROUGH 2004
FOR EACH AMENDMENT 80 SPECIES
BY ALL KNOWN AMENDMENT 80
VESSELS
Amendment 80
species
Total legal landings (the
sum of the best five of
seven years) for all
Amendment 80 vessels
(mt)
Atka mackerel .......
AI POP ..................
Pacific cod ............
Flathead sole ........
Rock sole ..............
Yellowfin sole ........
Sum of all legal
landings .............
256,438
57,882
155,280
84,492
169,023
350,173
1,073,287
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
2. Step 2: Assign a Percentage of the
Total Legal Landings to Each
Amendment 80 Vessel
NMFS would determine the best five
of seven years of legal landings for each
Amendment 80 species for each
Amendment 80 vessel and the
percentage of the total legal landings for
each Amendment 80 species attributed
to each Amendment 80 vessel. This
estimate assumes that 28 Amendment
80 vessels are qualified to receive QS,
and that three Amendment 80 vessels
had no legal landings during the
qualifying period of 1998 through 2004.
NMFS would assign each of the three
Amendment 80 vessels without any
legal landings 0.5 percent of the flathead
sole and yellowfin sole total legal
landings, and 0.1 percent of the rock
sole total legal landings. All other
Amendment 80 vessels would have
their aggregate legal landings reduced
by 1.5 percent for rock sole and
yellowfin sole, and by 0.3 percent for
flathead sole to accommodate these
three Amendment 80 vessels.
For legal landings from non-mackerel
vessels, NMFS would determine the
percentage of legal landings of Atka
mackerel from 1998 through 2004 in
each Atka mackerel management area
made by that Amendment 80 vessel.
3. Step 3: Establish the Initial
Amendment 80 QS Pools
NMFS would determine the
Amendment 80 initial QS pools based
on the legal landings verified through
the applications for Amendment 80 QS.
NMFS would set the Amendment 80
initial QS pool for each Amendment 80
species equal to the sum of the best five
of seven years of legal landings assigned
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
to each Amendment 80 vessel in metric
tons as of December 31, 2007. Each
metric ton of legal landing in NMFS’s
official record on this date would yield
one QS unit.
For this example, NMFS has assumed
that all potentially eligible persons
applied, NMFS reviewed the
applications, provided an opportunity
for each applicant to challenge the
official record, the official record was
not challenged by any applicant, and
NMFS did not amend the official record.
Therefore, the initial QS pool would be
equal to the amount of legal landings
from WPRs for all Amendment 80
vessels from 1998 through 2004 as
shown in Table 16 above. For this
example, the total initial QS units for all
Amendment 80 species is 1,073,287 QS
units, and 30 percent of that amount,
which is the Amendment 80 QS person
use cap, is 321,986 QS units.
4. Step 4: Assign Legal Landings to an
Amendment 80 Vessel
This example follows four
hypothetical qualified applicants; Andy,
Jon, Mark, and Mary, who submitted
complete applications for Amendment
80 QS by October 15, 2007. Andy and
Mark each own one Amendment 80
vessel. Mary owns seven Amendment
80 vessels. Jon holds the LLP license
originally issued to an Amendment 80
vessel that sank, therefore the vessel is
an actual total loss. Jon also holds a
contract from the owner of sunk
Amendment 80 vessel stating that he
holds the rights to receive any QS that
may be derived from the vessel. All of
these persons owned their vessels, and
held their LLP licenses prior to June 9,
2006 and at the time of application.
Therefore, if any of them receive an
initial allocation of QS units in excess
of the QS use cap, they would be subject
to the grand father clause (see Section
XI for more detail on use caps).
NMFS would review each person’s
applications and determine the amount
of legal landings and Amendment 80 QS
units that would be derived from the
Amendment 80 vessels they own, or, in
Jon’s case, from the Amendment 80
vessel for which he holds the right to
receive QS. The percentage of the QS
pool that would be assigned to each
applicant is based on the legal landings
assigned to each Amendment 80 vessel
for which they have applied. For each
Amendment 80 species, the five of
seven years from 1998 through 2004
with the greatest amount of legal
landings for each Amendment 80 vessel
is divided by the sum of the best five of
seven years from 1998 through 2004 for
all Amendment 80 vessels (shown in
Table 16 of this preamble). For purposes
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of this example, the flathead sole, rock
sole, and yellowfin sole legal landings
assigned to the Amendment 80 vessels
for which Andy, Jon, Mark, and Mary
have applied are assumed to have been
adjusted to account for the three
Amendment 80 vessels without any
legal landings (see Section VI of this
preamble for more detail on this
adjustment process).
At this time, NMFS would also
determine if any of the Amendment 80
vessels for which Andy, Jon, Mark, or
Mary have applied would qualify as
non-mackerel vessels. For this example,
the Amendment 80 vessels for which
Andy, Jon, and Mary have applied are
assumed to be mackerel vessels. Mark is
assumed to own a non-mackerel
vessel—an Amendment 80 vessel less
than 200 ft (61 m) LOA that made less
than two percent of the total Atka
mackerel legal landings. Under this
example, all of the Atka mackerel legal
landings assigned to Mark’s
Amendment 80 vessel (1.0 percent of
the total Atka mackerel legal landings in
this example) would be assumed to be
derived from Area BS/541. Mark would
receive non-mackerel QS designated for
Area BS/541 based on these legal
landings.
This example assumes that 6.0
percent of the total Atka mackerel legal
landings would be assigned to nonmackerel vessels, of which 4.6 percent
would be assigned to Area BS/541, 1.2
percent to Area 542, and the remaining
0.2 percent to Area 543. This estimate
of the amount of legal landings assigned
to non-mackerel vessels in each
management area is consistent with the
estimate provided in the draft EA/RIR/
IRFA prepared for this action and on
NMFS’s WPR records.
Once the percentage of the sum of the
best five of seven years of legal landings
for each Amendment 80 species for each
Amendment 80 vessel for which Andy,
Jon, Mark, and Mary have applied is
known, that amount is multiplied by the
initial QS pool. The percentage of the
Amendment 80 initial QS pool for each
Amendment 80 species and the total
amount of Amendment 80 QS units that
would be assigned to Andy, Jon, Mark,
and Mary is shown in Table 17 of this
preamble.
5. Step 5: Assign Amendment 80 QS
Permits
NMFS would assign an Amendment
80 QS permit to each person who
submits a timely and complete
application by October 15. The
Amendment 80 QS permit would
designate the number of QS units for
each Amendment 80 species. Andy,
Mark, and Mary would be issued an
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
Amendment 80 QS permit for each
Amendment 80 vessel they own. Jon
would be issued an Amendment 80 QS
permit that is permanently affixed to the
LLP license originally assigned to the
Amendment 80 vessel that sank. Jon
holds an LLP license was originally
assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel
with legal landings, Jon submitted a
timely and complete application to
receive QS based on those legal
landings, and Jon holds a contract to
receive QS derived from those legal
landings. Therefore, Jon’s LLP license
would be reissued as an Amendment 80
LLP/QS license.
C. Example of Allocations to an
Amendment 80 Cooperative and the
Amendment 80 Limited Access Fishery
1. Step 1: Form a Cooperative
In this example, Andy, Jon, Mark, and
Mary form a corporation for a harvesting
cooperative—Cooperative X, establish a
membership agreement, and designate
an individual to serve as the
representative who is responsible for
acting on behalf of the cooperative. The
representative of Cooperative X
submitted a complete application for CQ
by November 1, 2007. For simplicity,
this example assumes that only one
Amendment 80 cooperative
(Cooperative X) has formed in the
Amendment 80 sector. Any ITAC or
PSC allocated to the Amendment 80
sector and not assigned to Cooperative
X would be assigned to the Amendment
80 limited access fishery.
Andy, Jon, Mark, and Mary are not
linked through a 10 percent or greater
common ownership or control. All of
the Amendment 80 QS permits,
Amendment 80 vessels, and
Amendment 80 LLP licenses they hold
are assigned to Cooperative X. Andy,
Jon, and Mark each hold one
Amendment 80 permit. Mary holds
30097
seven Amendment 80 QS permits. A
total of 10 Amendment 80 QS permits
are assigned to the cooperative. This
example assumes that no other
sanctions or limits would prevent these
four people from forming a cooperative.
2. Approve the Application for CQ
NMFS would approve the application
for CQ for Cooperative X because it
meets the requirements of being a
registered corporation with a designated
representative, it is comprised of a
minimum of three unique members, and
more than the minimum of nine
Amendment 80 QS permits have been
assigned to Cooperative X. Table 17
displays the amount of QS units
assigned to each member of Cooperative
X, and the total amount of QS units
assigned to the cooperative.
Table. 17. Amendment 80 QS issued
to Andy, Jon, Mark, and Mary and
assigned to Cooperative X.
Andy
Atka mackerel .........................................................................
AI POP ....................................................................................
Pacific cod ...............................................................................
Flathead sole ...........................................................................
Rock sole ................................................................................
Yellowfin sole ..........................................................................
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Total QS units (% of QS pool) ................................................
Note that in this example, Mary has
been allocated Amendment 80 QS
permits with a sum of Amendment 80
QS units that is greater than 30 percent
of the aggregate Amendment 80 initial
QS pool. The use cap is 321,986 QS
units (see Step 3 above for additional
detail). NMFS would initially issue
Mary more QS units than the QS unit
cap because she is subject to the
grandfather clause. Mary would not be
eligible to receive any additional
Amendment 80 QS permits by transfer
unless and until she transfers a QS
permit, or several QS permits, until she
holds an amount of QS units on all of
her QS permits that is less than 30
percent of the aggregate QS pool. (See
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Mark
Mary
Cooperative X
Vessel A QS
units and (%
of QS pool)
Amendment 80 Species
Jon
Vessel B QS
units and (%
of QS pool)
Vessel C QS
units and (%
of QS pool)
Vessels D—I
QS units and
(% of QS
pool)
Total QS units
and (% of QS
pool) assigned to
Cooperative X
12,822
(5%)
2,894
(5%)
3,882
(2.5%)
845
(1%)
5,071
(3%)
14,007
(4%)
39,521
3.68%
12,822
(5%)
579
(1%)
8,540
(5.5%)
3,380
(4%)
8,451
(5%)
17,509
(5%)
51,281
4.78%
2,560
(1%)
289
(0.5%)
11,646
(7.5%)
2,535
(3%)
8,451
(5%)
17,50
(5%)
42,994
4.00%
64,110
(25%)
14,760
(25.5%)
44,255
(28.5%)
31,262
(37%)
64,229
(38%)
175,087
(50%)
393,701
36.68%
Section IX of this preamble for more
detail on use caps).
Cooperative X would receive a
specific amount of the Amendment 80
ITAC as CQ for each Amendment 80
species based on the proportion of the
aggregate Amendment 80 QS pool
assigned to the cooperative.
3. Step 3: Assign Atka Mackerel CQ to
Cooperative X
NMFS would need to calculate the
allocation of Atka mackerel ITAC to
non-mackerel QS holders first and then
apportion the remaining amount of the
ITAC to mackerel QS holders. For each
management area, the Atka mackerel
ITAC assigned to non-mackerel QS
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
92,318.
36% of QS pool.
18,522.
37% of QS pool.
68,323.
44% of QS pool.
38,021.
45% of QS pool.
86,202.
51% of QS pool.
224,111.
64% of QS pool.
527,497.
49.15% of total
aggregate QS
units.
holders would be determined using the
following formula:
Non-mackerel ITAC in a management
area = (Non-mackerel QS
designated for that management
area / Total mackerel and nonmackerel QS pool) x Amendment
80 sector ITAC in all management
areas.
Based on the assumed distribution of
non-mackerel QS as a percentage of total
non-mackerel and mackerel QS
described in Step 4 in Part B of this
section, and the amount of ITAC in each
Atka mackerel management area
described in Table 14 above, the result
from this formula for this example is
shown in Table 18.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30098
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 18.—EXAMPLE OF NON-MACKEREL ITAC ASSIGNED TO EACH MANAGEMENT AREA
Column A
Non-mackerel QS in
an Area (% of total QS
pool)
Area
BS/541
Column B
Total ITAC (mackerel and non-mackerel) in
all areas
4.6 %
BS/541 A season = 1,041 mt.
BS/541 B season = 1,041 mt.
A season = 22,625 mt
542
1.2 %
543
0.2 %
Column C
Non-mackerel ITAC in that area = (Column A
× Column B)
542 A season = 271 mt.
542 B season = 271 mt.
B season = 22,625 mt
Mark holds Atka mackerel QS derived
from a non-mackerel vessel that yielded
1 percent of the total Atka mackerel QS
pool. All of Mark’s QS units are
assigned to Area BS/541. The amount of
Area BS/541 CQ derived from Mark’s
non-mackerel QS and assigned to the
cooperative as Area BS/541 CQ is
shown in the following formula:
Non-mackerel CQ assigned to that
cooperative = (Non-mackerel QS
designated for that management
area assigned to that Amendment
80 cooperative / Non-mackerel QS
pool in that management area) ×
Non-mackerel ITAC for that
management area.
In this example, 21.7 percent of the
non-mackerel QS pool in Area BS/541 is
assigned to Mark. The percent of the
non-mackerel QS pool assigned to the
cooperative is equal to one percent of
Area BS/541 total QS pool, divided by
4.6 percent, which is the non-mackerel
QS pool in management Area BS/541.
This would result in 21.7 percent of the
A and B season non-mackerel ITAC
(1,041 mt × 21.7 percent = 226 mt per
season) in Area BS/541 being assigned
to Cooperative X as Area BS/541 Atka
mackerel CQ based on Mark’s nonmackerel QS holdings. Under this
example, the remaining non-mackerel
543 A season = 45 mt.
543 B season = 45 mt.
ITAC in Areas BS/541, Area 542, and
Area 543 would be assigned to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery.
The total amount of Area 541/BS ITAC
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery from non-mackerel
vessels is shown in the following
equation:
Non-mackerel ITAC assigned to the
Amendment 80 limited access
fishery in a management area =
Non-mackerel ITAC in a
management area—S of nonmackerel CQ assigned to all
Amendment 80 cooperatives in that
management area.
After deducting the non-mackerel
ITAC in Areas BS/541, 542, and 543 the
remaining ITAC, the mackerel ITAC,
would be assigned to mackerel QS
holders in the cooperative (Andy, Jon,
and Mary) in proportion to the mackerel
QS assigned to the cooperative. The
mackerel ITAC from all three
management areas would be equally
apportioned among these mackerel QS
holders based on their percentage of the
mackerel QS pool. The amount of Area
BS/541, Area 542, and Area 543
mackerel ITAC assigned to the
cooperative is computed using the
following equation:
Mackerel CQ in a management area =
(Amendment 80 sector ITAC in a
management area—Non-mackerel
ITAC in a management area) ×
(Mackerel QS units assigned to that
cooperative / Mackerel QS pool).
For simplicity, the percentage of the
total mackerel QS pool in each area can
be shown as a percentage of the total QS
pool (i.e, the combined mackerel and
non-mackerel QS pools). In this
example, the mackerel QS pool
comprises 94 percent of the total Atka
mackerel QS pool, and the nonmackerel QS pool comprises 6 percent
of the total Atka mackerel QS pool.
Therefore, if cooperative X is assigned
35 percent of the mackerel QS pool, and
the mackerel QS pool is equal to 94
percent of the combined mackerel and
non-mackerel QS pool, dividing 35
percent by 94 percent equals 37.2
percent, which is the percent of the
mackerel QS pool assigned to
Cooperative X. The following Table 19
shows the results of this calculation. In
addition, Table 19 shows the total CQ
assigned to Cooperative X that would be
derived from mackerel Qs held by
Andy, Jon, and Mary, and non-mackerel
QS held by Mark.
TABLE 19.—EXAMPLE OF ATKA MACKEREL CQ ASSIGNED TO COOPERATIVE X
Column A = Mackerel ITAC in an
area
Column B = Percentage of mackerel
QS assigned to the cooperative
Atka mackerel CQ = Non-mackerel
CQ (Column A x Column B) + mackerel CQ from Mark in Area BS/541
BS/541 .............................
A and B seasons = 5,967 mt (7,008
mt—1,041 mt).
37.2% (35% of total QS pool / 94%)
A season = 2,448 mt (2,222 mt +
226 mt from Mark).
B season = 2,448 mt (2,222 mt +
226 mt from Mark).
542 ...................................
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Area
A and B seasons = 9,259 mt (9,530
mt—271 mt).
A and B seasons = 5,703 mt (5,749
mt—45 mt).
37.2% (35% of total QS pool / 94%)
A
B
A
B
543 ...................................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00048
37.2% (35% of total QS pool / 94%)
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
season
season
season
season
30MYP2
=
=
=
=
3,447
3,447
2,124
2,124
mt.
mt.
mt.
mt.
30099
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
4. Step 4: Assign Atka Mackerel ITAC to
the Amendment 80 Limited Access
Fishery
After allocating Atka mackerel CQ to
all cooperatives (there is only one
cooperative, Cooperative X, in this
example), the remaining Atka mackerel
ITAC in each area, both the nonmackerel and mackerel ITAC would be
allocated to the Amendment 80 limited
access fisheries. Table 20 shows the
amount of Atka mackerel ITAC assigned
to the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery.
TABLE 20.—TOTAL ATKA MACKEREL ITAC ASSIGNED TO THE AMENDMENT 80 LIMITED ACCESS FISHERY
Column A
Amendment
80 ITAC (mt)
Area and season
BS/541 A season .........................................................................................................................
B season ......................................................................................................................................
542 A season ...............................................................................................................................
B season ......................................................................................................................................
543 A season ...............................................................................................................................
B season ......................................................................................................................................
5. Step 5: Assign CQ to Cooperative X
and ITAC to the Amendment 80 Limited
Access Fishery (All Amendment 80
Species Except Atka Mackerel)
NMFS would assign CQ for each
Amendment 80 species, except Atka
mackerel, to Cooperative X based on the
percentage of that Amendment 80
species QS pool assigned to Cooperative
Column B CQ
assigned to
Cooperative X
(mt)
X multiplied by the Amendment 80
sector ITAC. The Amendment 80 ITAC
for AI POP in Areas 541, 542, and 543,
would be assigned to the cooperative
based on the percentage of that AI POP
QS pool assigned to the cooperative
(shown in Table 17 of this preamble).
The ITAC for Pacific cod would be
assigned to the cooperative based on the
percentage of the Pacific cod QS pool
Column C
ITAC for
Amendment
80 limited access fishery
(mt) (Column
A—Column B)
2,448
2,448
3,447
3,447
2,124
2,124
4,560
4,560
6,083
6,083
2,124
2,124
7,008
7,008
9,530
9,530
5,749
5,749
held by the cooperative and assigned on
a seasonal basis. Flathead sole, rock
sole, and yellowfin sole would be
assigned to the cooperative based on the
percentage of the Amendment 80 QS
held by the cooperative for those
species. These three species are not
currently subject to seasonal
apportionment. The allocation of CQ to
cooperative X is shown in Table 21.
TABLE 21.—CQ ASSIGNED TO COOPERATIVE X AND THE AMENDMENT 80 LIMITED ACCESS FISHERY ITAC FOR ALL
AMENDMENT 80 SPECIES, EXCEPT ATKA MACKEREL
Amendment 80 species
Amendment 80 Sector ITAC (mt)
CQ assigned to Cooperative X
(mt) and (% of Amendment 80
ITAC)
AI POP Area 541 ...........................
Area 542 ........................................
Area 543 ........................................
Pacific cod .....................................
3,971 .............................................
4,194 .............................................
6,594 .............................................
A season = 11,404 .......................
B season = 3,802 .........................
36,970 ...........................................
63,626 ...........................................
113,493 .........................................
1,477 (37 %) .................................
1,554 (37%) ..................................
2,443 (37%) ..................................
5,017 (44%) ..................................
1,673 (44%) ..................................
16,637 (45%) ................................
32,449 (51%) ................................
72,635 (64%) ................................
Flathead sole .................................
Rock sole .......................................
Yellowfin sole .................................
6. Step 6: Attribute PSC to Each
Amendment 80 Species
NMFS would attribute the
Amendment 80 sector halibut and crab
PSC to each Amendment 80 species for
purposes of determining how much
halibut and crab PSC would be assigned
to an Amendment 80 cooperative and
the Amendment 80 limited access
sector. The process for assigning an
amount of halibut and crab PSC has
been apportioned to the CDQ Program,
Amendment 80 sector, and BSAI trawl
limited access sector is described in
Section IV of this preamble. The results
Amendment 80 limited access
fishery ITAC (mt) and (% of
Amendment 80 ITAC)
2,514 (63%).
2,646 (63%).
4,159 (63%).
6,387 (56%) .
2,129 (56%).
20,334 (55%).
31,177 (49%).
40,857 (36%).
of that process are shown in Table 15 of
this preamble. The amount of the
Amendment 80 sector halibut and crab
PSC that is attributed to each
Amendment 80 species, based on
historic use of that PSC species by the
Amendment 80 sector, is shown in
Table 22.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
TABLE 22.—PERCENTAGE OF PSC LIMIT ATTRIBUTED TO EACH AMENDMENT 80 QS SPECIES
For the following PSC species
and Amendment 80 sector allocation . . .
The amount (and percentage) of the Amendment 80 sector PSC limit attributed to each Amendment 80 QS
species is . . .
Atka mackerel
AI POP
Pacific cod
Flathead sole
Rock sole
Row 1: Halibut 2,575 mt .............
102 mt .............
(3.96%) ............
142 ...................
(0.14%) ............
48 mt ...............
(1.87%) ............
569 ...................
(0.56%) ............
638 mt .............
(24.79%) ..........
6,995 ................
(6.88%) ............
347 mt .............
(13.47%) ..........
448 ...................
(0.48%) ............
623 mt .............
(24.19%) ..........
62,823 ..............
(61.79 %) .........
Row 2: Red king crab Zone 1
101,672 animals.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Yellowfin sole
817 mt.
(31.72%).
30,664.
(30.16%).
30100
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 22.—PERCENTAGE OF PSC LIMIT ATTRIBUTED TO EACH AMENDMENT 80 QS SPECIES—Continued
For the following PSC species
and Amendment 80 sector allocation . . .
The amount (and percentage) of the Amendment 80 sector PSC limit attributed to each Amendment 80 QS
species is . . .
Atka mackerel
AI POP
Pacific cod
Flathead sole
Rock sole
Row 3: C. opilio crab (COBLZ)
2,207,667 animals.
Row 4: Zone 1 C. bairdi crab
426,123 animals.
Row 5: Zone 2 C. bairdi crab
725,930 animals.
Row 6: % of Amendment 80 QS
assigned to Cooperative X.
0 .......................
(0%) .................
0 .......................
(0%) .................
73 .....................
(0.01%) ............
36% .................
1325 .................
(0.06%) ............
0 .......................
(0%) .................
218 ...................
(0.03%) ............
37% .................
138,642 ............
(6.28%) ............
72,484 ..............
(17.01%) ..........
57,494 ..............
(7.92%) ............
44% .................
395,393 ............
(17.91%) ..........
13,338 ..............
(3.13%) ............
270,844 ............
(37.31%) ..........
45% .................
217,234 ............
(9.84%) ............
239,268 ............
(56.15%) ..........
51,033 ..............
(7.03%) ............
51% .................
7. Step 7: Assign PSC to the Cooperative
NMFS would assign halibut and crab
PSC to the cooperative in proportion to
the amount of Amendment 80 QS held
by the cooperative. The steps in this
process include (1) multiplying the
amount of PSC attributed to each
Amendment 80 QS species as shown in
Table 22 by the percentage of the
Amendment 80 QS assigned to
Cooperative X for that Amendment 80
species (i.e., For each PSC species,
multiply the amount of PSC listed in
Rows 1 through 5 by the percentage of
Yellowfin sole
1,455,074.
(65.91%).
101,034.
(23.71%).
346,269.
(47.70%).
64%.
the Amendment 80 QS assigned to
Cooperative X in Row 6); and (2)
summing the amount of PSC derived
from all Amendment 80 species. The
result of these calculations is the total
PSC assigned to Cooperative X and is
described in Table 23.
TABLE 23.—CRAB AND HALIBUT PSC ASSIGNED TO COOPERATIVE X
Allocation to
Cooperative X
PSC species
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Row
Row
Row
Row
Row
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
Halibut .........................................................................................................................................................................
Red king crab Zone 1 .................................................................................................................................................
C. opilio crab (COBLZ) ...............................................................................................................................................
Zone 1 C. bairdi crab ..................................................................................................................................................
Zone 2 C. bairdi crab ..................................................................................................................................................
NMFS notes that these amounts of
PSC CQ would be used by Cooperative
X while fishing for all groundfish in the
BSAI. This would include Amendment
80 species and other non-pollock
groundfish, if there is available TAC
(e.g., Greenland turbot).
NMFS would assign the amount of
Amendment 80 halibut and crab PSC
that remains after allocation to
Cooperative X to the Amendment 80
limited access fishery. NMFS would
further apportion the PSC assigned to
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery by season and fishery according
to the annual harvest specification
process. PSC apportioned to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
would be managed by NMFS inseason
staff. The seasonal and fishery specific
apportionment of halibut and crab PSC
for the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery cannot be predicted at this time
because that process is dependent on
input from the regulated industry.
Therefore, this example does not
describe the seasonal or fishery
apportionment of PSC to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery.
8. Step 8: Begin Fishing
The members of Cooperative X could
fish under its CQ permit beginning
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
January 20, 2008. Cooperative X, would
have to ensure that their vessels did not
exceed the Amendment 80 vessel use
cap of 57,732 mt of Amendment 80
species while catching their CQ. Any
Amendment 80 vessels used by the
cooperative members would need to
meet all of the M&E requirements
detailed in Section XII of this preamble.
Effective with the 2009 fishing year,
each cooperative member would have to
submit a timely and complete EDR for
the cooperative to receive any CQ
derived from the QS permits held by
those members (see Section XIII of this
preamble for more detail).
D. Example of AFA Sideboard Limits
1. AFA Groundfish Sideboard Limits
The AFA sideboard limits for
Amendment 80 species would be
calculated based on the amount of TAC
remaining after the deduction of 10.7
percent of the TAC for the CDQ
Program, but prior to the designation of
the ICA. This amount of the TAC is then
multiplied by the AFA catcher/
processor sideboard ratio and the AFA
catcher vessel sideboard ratio
established in regulation in § 679.64.
The result of this calculation is the AFA
groundfish sideboard limit for that
Amendment 80 species for that AFA
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1,332 mt PSC CQ.
55,224 animals.
1,281,456 animals.
224,583 animals.
394,922 animals.
sector. For example, the AFA catcher/
processor rock sole sideboard limit
would be 2,478 mt: ((75,000 mt
TAC¥8,025 mt CDQ Program
allocation) × AFA catcher/processor
sideboard ratio of 0.037 = 2,478 mt).
This calculation method would be used
for establishing the AFA catcher/
processor and AFA catcher vessel
sideboard limits for all Amendment 80
species, except Atka mackerel for the
AFA catcher/processor sector, and
Pacific cod for the AFA catcher/
processor and AFA catcher vessel
sectors.
Section V of this preamble notes that
the BSAI Atka mackerel sideboard limit
for AFA catcher/processors is not
modified by the Program and would not
be calculated using this method. Section
IV of this preamble notes that the
Program would not alter the existing
method for calculating Pacific cod AFA
sideboard limits. The proposed rule for
Amendment 85 proposes to remove
Pacific cod sideboard limits for the AFA
catcher/processors (February 7, 2007; 72
FR 5654). Under this example, NMFS
has assumed that a final rule
implementing Amendment 85 as
proposed has been published and
Pacific cod AFA catcher/processor
sideboards would not apply.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
This example also assumes that
pending a final rule implementing
Amendment 85, NMFS would calculate
the AFA catcher vessel sideboards based
on current regulations in
§ 679.64(b)(3)(ii). These regulations
require NMFS to calculate the AFA
catcher vessel sideboard limit for Pacific
cod by multiplying the AFA catcher
vessel Pacific cod sideboard ratio (i.e.,
0.8609 based on calculations previously
conducted) by the BSAI Pacific cod TAC
available to catcher vessels in the year
or season in which the harvest limit will
be in effect.
The amount of BSAI Pacific cod
available to catcher vessels could be
derived by reviewing the allocation of
BSAI Pacific cod approved by the
Secretary under Amendment 85 and
described in Table 8 in this preamble.
Table 8 displays the allocation of TAC
among various fishery sectors. Exclusive
allocations made for the CDQ Program
would not be considered as available to
catcher vessels because CDQ Program
allocations are exclusive to specific
vessels and are not accessible to catcher
vessels generally. Based on the
allocations detailed in Table 8, 65.9
percent of the BSAI Pacific cod TAC
after allocation to the CDQ Program is
assigned to catcher/processors (e.g.,
Amendment 80 sector, pot catcher/
processors, etc.), the remaining 34.1
percent of the BSAI Pacific cod TAC
may be harvested by catcher vessels
(trawl catcher vessels, pot catcher
vessels, etc.). Using the 2008 BSAI
Pacific cod TAC, the AFA catcher vessel
Pacific cod sideboard limit as proposed
under Amendment 85 would be 38,695
mt (From Table 13: 113,474 mt of BSAI
Pacific cod TAC remains after allocation
to the CDQ Program × 34.1 percent =
38,695 mt). This example, assumes that
the AFA catcher vessel sideboard limit
for Pacific cod in the Program would be
the same as that proposed under
Amendment 85.
Additionally, under this example, the
yellowfin sole ITAC in 2008 would be
30101
greater than 125,000 mt. As noted in
Section V of the preamble, at that
yellowfin sole ITAC level, NMFS would
not apply AFA sideboard limits for
yellowfin sole. Tables 24 and 25
summarize the AFA groundfish
sideboard limits in 2008 for
Amendment 80 species based on the
assumptions presented here. AFA
sideboard limits for Atka mackerel and
Pacific cod may be apportioned by
season during the annual harvest
specification process. For simplicity,
Tables 24 and 25 do not apportion the
AFA sideboard limits for Atka mackerel
or Pacific cod by season. Presumably,
the AFA sideboard limits for Atka
mackerel and Pacific cod would
continue to be apportioned by season.
AFA sideboard limits that apply to nonAmendment 80 groundfish species
would continue to be calculated under
existing regulations. Non-Amendment
80 groundfish species AFA sideboard
limits are not displayed in Tables 24
and 25.
TABLE 24.—PROJECTED AFA CATCHER/PROCESSOR SIDEBOARD LIMITS IN THE BSAI
TAC available
for AFA catcher/processor
sideboards
(mt)
Species or species group
AI POP:
Area 541 ...............................................................................................................................
Area 542 ...............................................................................................................................
Area 543 ...............................................................................................................................
Flathead sole ................................................................................................................................
Rock sole .....................................................................................................................................
Yellowfin sole ...............................................................................................................................
Atka mackerel ..............................................................................................................................
Area BS/541 ..........................................................................................................................
Area 542 ...............................................................................................................................
Area 543 ...............................................................................................................................
Pacific cod ....................................................................................................................................
AFA catcher/
processor
sideboard ratio
4,376
4,465
6,805
40,185
66,975
133,950
0.020
0.001
0.004
0.036
0.037
0.230
2008 AFA
catcher/processor
sideboard
limit (mt)
88
4
27
1,447
2,478
N/A (See
above)
Sideboard limits subject to further seasonal
apportionment
17,600
22,000
15,300
0
0.115
0.200
0
2,530
3,060
Sideboard limits subject to further seasonal
apportionment
BSAI ......................................................................................................................................
N/A
N/A
N/A (Proposed
under
Amendment 85).
TABLE 25.—PROJECTED AFA CATCHER/PROCESSOR SIDEBOARD LIMITS IN THE BSAI
TAC available
for AFA catcher vessel
sideboards
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Species or species group
AI POP:
Area 541 ...............................................................................................................................
Area 542 ...............................................................................................................................
Area 543 ...............................................................................................................................
Flathead sole(BS trawl gear) .......................................................................................................
Rock sole .....................................................................................................................................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
AFA catcher
vessel
sideboard ratio
4,376
4,465
6,805
40,185
66,975
0.0077
0.0025
0
0.036
0.0341
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
2008 AFA
catcher vessel sideboard
limit (mt)
34
11
0
2,029
2,284
30102
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 25.—PROJECTED AFA CATCHER/PROCESSOR SIDEBOARD LIMITS IN THE BSAI—Continued
TAC available
for AFA catcher vessel
sideboards
Species or species group
Yellowfin sole ...............................................................................................................................
Atka mackerel ..............................................................................................................................
AFA catcher
vessel
sideboard ratio
133,950
0.0647
15,717
19,646
13,663
AFA halibut PSC limits would be
fixed in regulation as listed in Table 40
to part 679 in the proposed regulatory
text. During the annual harvest
specification process, the Council could
recommend assigning halibut PSC by
season (e.g., halibut PSC in the
yellowfin sole fishery), if that is deemed
necessary.
3. AFA Crab PSC Sideboard Limits
AFA crab sideboard limits would be
based on the AFA ratios as listed in
0.0032
0.0001
0
50
2
0
Sideboard limits subject to further seasonal
apportionment
38,695
2. AFA Halibut PSC Sideboard Limits
N/A (See
above).
Sideboard limits subject to further seasonal
apportionment
Area BS/541 ..........................................................................................................................
Area 542 ...............................................................................................................................
Area 543 ...............................................................................................................................
Pacific cod (BSAI trawl gear) .......................................................................................................
2008 AFA
catcher vessel sideboard
limit (mt)
0.8609
33.313
Table 41 to part 679 in the proposed
regulatory text multiplied by the
amounts of crab PSC listed under the
‘‘PSC remaining after CDQ PSQ
allocation’’ column in Table 15 of this
preamble. The result of that calculation
is shown in Table 26 below.
TABLE 26.—PROJECTED AFA CRAB PSC SIDEBOARD LIMITS
[in numbers of animals]
The AFA catcher/
processor crab
PSC sideboard
limit is . . .
For the following crab species in the following areas . . .
Red king crab Zone 1 ..................................................................................................................................
C. opilio crab (COBLZ) ................................................................................................................................
Zone 1 C. bairdi crab ...................................................................................................................................
Zone 2 C. bairdi crab ...................................................................................................................................
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
XII. Monitoring and Enforcement (M&E)
As is the case for any LAPP, NMFS
must be able to monitor the use of all
CQ, catch relative to GOA sideboard
limits, and use caps. The primary tools
for monitoring the Program would
include the following: (1) The use of
observers aboard vessels; (2) weighing
all catch on NMFS approved scales; and
(3) specified procedures when handling
catch prior to processing. For purposes
of this section, Amendment 80 vessels
are referred to as non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors when referring to
M&E provisions applicable in the BSAI.
The term ‘‘non-AFA trawl catcher/
processor’’ includes all Amendment 80
vessels, and any non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors that may enter the fishery,
such as those that could be used by CDQ
groups to harvest Amendment 80
species. In addition to the requirements
listed above, all non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors would continue to be subject
to existing vessel monitoring system
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
(VMS) requirements described in
§ 679.28(f).
A. Observers
Observers would be required aboard
vessels to adequately account for catch
and bycatch in the fishery. Observer
coverage would increase from existing
coverage levels in most cases to ensure
that catch accounting is adequate for a
quota based fishery. Because this is a
new program, ensuring adequate
observer coverage would be particularly
important for monitoring the complex
suite of allocations and GOA sideboard
limits. Adequate observer coverage
would be essential to monitor halibut
PSC rates in the fishery and ensure that
a cooperative does not exceed its halibut
PSC CQ allocation. Observer coverage
also would be essential for monitoring
the use of CQ by the Amendment 80
cooperatives, the amount of ITAC
caught and PSC used in Amendment 80
limited access fishery, and to monitor
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1,140
549,760
113,330
122,670
The AFA catcher
vessel crab PSC
sideboard limit is
. . .
48,660
603,660
267,140
455,31
GOA sideboard limits applicable to
Amendment 80 vessels.
Observer coverage would be increased
from existing requirements on all nonAFA trawl catcher/processors while
fishing under a CQ permit for a
cooperative, in the Amendment 80
limited access fishery, for the CDQ
Program, or when subject to GOA
sideboard limits. Observer coverage
requirements were discussed and
reviewed during the development of the
Program, and are described in the EA/
RIR/IRFA analysis prepared to support
this action (see ADDRESSES for more
information). Generally, the level and
type of observer coverage required
under this Program follows models that
have been developed for monitoring
catcher/processor vessels under the
Central GOA Rockfish Program (see
§ 679.84 for additional detail). Vessels
would be required to fish in a manner
such that observer workload restrictions
are not exceeded.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Additionally, NMFS proposes to
revise regulations at § 679.50(a) to
clarify observer coverage levels for
individual management programs.
Generally, observer coverage regulations
for individual programs are outlined in
§ 679.50(c) and (d). As management
programs which require additional or
separate observer coverage are
implemented, regulations governing
observer coverage for each of these
programs have been added to these
sections. To assist the various program
participants in finding the appropriate
observer coverage, NMFS proposes to
add a table to the introductory text of
§ 679.50 that provides the location of
observer coverage regulations for each
management program. Vessel owners
and operators should note that if a
vessel is subject to M&E requirements
for more than one LAPP, (e.g., an
Amendment 80 vessel is subject to
observer requirements under the Central
GOA Rockfish Program and the
Program), the most restrictive observer
coverage and M&E requirements would
apply to that vessel.
1. Observer Coverage for All Non-AFA
Catcher/Processors Fishing in the BSAI
Observer coverage would differ in
Amendment 80 cooperatives from the
existing requirements for several
reasons. As noted above, increased
observer coverage is necessary to
account for CQ. All catch of
Amendment 80 species, and use of
halibut and crab PSC in the BSAI must
be debited from an Amendment 80
cooperative’s CQ account. Additionally,
the Program would provide exclusive
harvest privileges for a multiple species
fishery where catches generally consist
of heterogeneously mixed Amendment
80 species and non-quota species or
species groups (e.g., arrowtooth
flounder) in the same haul. Under the
Program, vessels engaged in fishing for
Amendment 80 species may alter their
fishing behavior to maximize their nonquota species (e.g., arrowtooth
flounder). As the relative TACs and
economic value of various groundfish
targets change, the value of these nonallocated species could become
significant. This could increase the
harvest of non-allocated species and the
halibut PSC CQ incidentally used
during the harvest of non-allocated
species.
Because of the magnitude of hauls,
diversity of species, and range of vessel
characteristics, catch accounting would
depend on species composition that is
derived from observer samples. NMFS
currently bases its calculation of species
composition, including halibut and crab
PSC, for catcher/processor vessels on
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
basket samples of approximately 300 kg
(approximately 660 lb) or less,
depending on the time and space
available to the observer. Catch
composition data are extrapolated (the
term commonly used is ‘‘expanded’’) to
determine species composition, and
PSC use for the entire haul. The
sampled hauls are expanded to
determine the quantity of a given
groundfish species and PSC that would
be attributed to the unsampled hauls
during a trip. NMFS then calculates the
species composition and PSC catch rate
from the sampled hauls for each
directed fishery. These species
composition estimates and PSC catch
rates are then applied to all unobserved
catch to determine total species
composition and PSC use. The degree to
which a given quantity of groundfish or
PSC in a sample is expanded varies
enormously depending on the fraction
of total observed hauls and the fraction
of sampled catch in each of the observed
hauls. Increasing observer coverage so
that most hauls are observed would
decrease the proportion of unobserved
hauls and the need to expand observer
sample estimates.
Additionally, unobserved vessels may
have a strong incentive to under-report
PSC. PSC may not be retained by the
vessel and thus has no economic value.
However, it is quite possible that the
lack of sufficient PSC, specifically
halibut PSC, could limit the amount of
allocated species harvested by Program
participants and under-reported halibut
PSC could potentially allow the underreporting vessel or Amendment 80
cooperative to harvest a larger amount
of target species. This is particularly
true for vessels in Amendment 80
cooperatives because this Program
would allocate a share of available
halibut PSC to the cooperatives as CQ.
Lack of sufficient halibut PSC CQ could
limit the ability of Amendment 80
cooperatives to fully harvest their CQ
for Amendment 80 and nonAmendment 80 species, (e.g., Greenland
turbot), that may be constrained by
amount of PSC CQ held by the
cooperative. This could create an
incentive to under report PSC CQ. This
incentive increases the need for
monitoring catch composition.
To ensure adequate observation and
sampling of hauls for species
composition and PSC use, observer
coverage for Amendment 80 vessels
fishing for Amendment 80 cooperatives
would be similar to requirements for
catcher/processor vessels fishing under
a CQ permit under the Central GOA
Rockfish Program. The specific level of
observer coverage required for catcher/
processor vessels is detailed in Table 27.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30103
Observer coverage requirements in the
limited access fishery would be the
same as those for vessels assigned to
cooperatives. Observer coverage
required for non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors participating in limited
access fisheries is detailed in Table 27.
NMFS would require observer coverage
adequate to ensure proper management
of the TAC and PSC. This would be
particularly critical in the limited access
fisheries because the TAC assigned is
likely to be small and could be
prosecuted by relatively few vessels.
Limited observer coverage could reduce
the ability of NMFS to close fisheries in
a timely manner, thereby increasing the
potential for Amendment 80 vessels to
catch more than the ITAC of
Amendment 80 species, or PSC assigned
to the Amendment 80 limited access
sector. Should Amendment 80 vessels
exceed the ITAC assigned to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery,
NMFS could be required to limit harvest
opportunities in other fisheries,
including Amendment 80 cooperatives,
should the excess catch approach the
overfishing level (OFL) for a given
species. Increased observer coverage
requirements would reduce that risk by
providing more timely and complete
data.
Observer coverage requirements in the
CDQ fishery would be the same as those
for vessels assigned to cooperatives.
Vessels fishing in the CDQ fishery are
currently subject to these observer
coverage requirements. Therefore, there
would be no change for these vessels
under this proposed action.
The observer requirements for nonAFA trawl catcher/processors proposed
for the Program would supercede the
observer coverage requirements
established under the GRS. The observer
coverage requirements for vessels
subject to the GRS are essentially the
same as those under the Amendment 80
Program, except that under the GRS,
both observers onboard non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors are required to be
level two observers specially trained in
catcher/processor operations (i.e. two
lead level two observers). That
requirement is not necessary to
effectively obtain catch data and would
be removed under Amendment 80. If
this action is approved, only one of the
two required observers would be
required to be a lead level 2 observer for
vessels subject to the GRS. The other
observer would not need to be a level
two observer.
Additionally, the GRS allows vessels
to submit for approval to NMFS an
alternative processing plan. An
approved alternative processing plan
would allow reduced observer coverage
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30104
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
if the plan would allow sampling of all
hauls by only one observer. However,
according to some members of industry,
these vessels must operate 24 hours a
day to be profitable, and it is unlikely
that they would utilize an alternative
processing plan. Additionally, because
all vessels subject to Amendment 80
would also be subject to the GRS
program, allowing an alternative
processing plans under the GRS
program, but not Amendment 80, could
result in considerable confusion for
Amendment 80 participants. Therefore,
this provision is removed from observer
coverage regulations for non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors in the BSAI.
For these reasons and to avoid
confusion among Amendment 80
participants, NMFS proposes to apply
Amendment 80 observer coverage
regulations to vessels subject to the
GRS.
2. Observer Coverage for GOA
Sideboard Fisheries
With the exception of the F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE, NMFS would require
observers on all Amendment 80 vessels
subject to GOA sideboard limits.
Observer requirements applicable to the
F/V GOLDEN FLEECE are addressed in
Part F of this section. Observer coverage
for Amendment 80 vessels fishing in the
GOA would help to ensure that vessels
do not exceed the GOA sideboard limits.
Observer coverage is the only currently
available method for gathering data on
species composition and halibut PSC
rates that are not self-reported. As noted
above, NMFS would rely on expanded
observer composition sampling to assess
species composition and halibut PSC
rates.
Under current regulations, vessels
under 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA have limited
observer coverage which increases the
amount of expansion required to
estimate species composition and
halibut PSC rates. Given the relatively
small halibut PSC sideboard limit in the
GOA under the Program, NMFS would
require more timely and accurate
observer data. NMFS proposes to
increase the reliability of halibut PSC
rates by requiring 100 percent observer
coverage aboard the vessels subject to
GOA sideboard limits. The level of
observer coverage proposed under the
Program provides a minimum amount of
coverage necessary to track overall
groundfish harvests and halibut PSC use
by season with enough accuracy to
manage the sideboard limits in the GOA
for vessels that have substantial harvest
and PSC use rates. NMFS notes that the
observer coverage levels proposed for
Amendment 80 vessels fishing in the
GOA are identical to the observer
coverage requirements necessary to
manage groundfish and halibut PSC
sideboard limits applicable to catcher/
processor vessels participating in the
opt-out fishery in the Central GOA
Rockfish Program. An extensive
discussion of observer coverage
requirements for managing sideboard
limits in the Central GOA Rockfish
Program is provided in the final rule for
that program (November 20, 2006; 71 FR
67210). The rationale for these observer
coverage requirements is the same as the
rationale for observer coverage levels to
manage sideboard limits in the
Amendment 80 program.
Non-Amendment 80 trawl catcher/
processors would continue to be subject
to existing observer coverage levels in
the GOA. Any such vessels are not
subject to GOA sideboard limits and
would not require the same intensive
level of halibut PSC monitoring.
Table 27 summarizes the observer
monitoring requirements for the various
components of the Program.
TABLE 27.—OBSERVER REQUIREMENTS FOR AMENDMENT 80 VESSELS IN THE PROGRAM
Fishing location
Observer coverage requirements
BSAI—All non-AFA trawl catcher/processors ....
Must have aboard at least two NMFS-certified observers for each day that the vessel is used
to harvest, receive, or process fish in the BSAI. At least one of these observers must be endorsed as a lead level 2 observer. More than two observers are required if observer workload restrictions would preclude adequate sampling (i.e., 200% observer coverage).
Must have aboard at least one NMFS-certified observer for each day that the vessel is used to
harvest, receive, or process fish in the GOA or any additional requirements applicable under
the Central GOA Rockfish Program (i.e., 100% observer coverage, or other observer requirements applicable when fishing under the Central GOA Rockfish Program).
Subject to existing regulations in § 679.50(c)(1)(v) or (c)(7)(i) while fishing in the GOA (i.e.,
30% observer coverage, or other requirements when fishing under the Central GOA Rockfish Program).
GOA—All Amendment 80 vessels except for
the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE.
GOA—F/V GOLDEN FLEECE only ...................
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
B. Flow Scales
Non-AFA trawl catcher/processors in
the BSAI would be required to install
and weigh each haul individually on a
motion compensated flow scale. Flow
scales are intended to provide accurate
records of total catch, and have been
used successfully in directed pollock
fisheries and CDQ Program groundfish
fisheries. NMFS-approved scales would
be inspected annually and tested daily
when in use to ensure they are accurate
within an approved range. Because
observer samples would be expanded to
the entire haul, catch from each haul
would be required to be weighed
separately on the scale. To facilitate
separate weighing, catch from each haul
would be prohibited from being mixed
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
with other hauls at any location prior to
the scale and the location at which an
observer would collect his or her
sample.
C. Observer Sampling Station
Non-AFA trawl catcher/processors in
the BSAI would be required to provide
an observer work station where an
observer can work safely and effectively.
Observer sampling stations would need
to meet specifications for size and
location and be equipped with an
observer sampling station scale, a table,
adequate lighting, floor grating, and
running water. Details of the sampling
station requirements are included in
§ 679.28 of the proposed regulatory text.
Each observer sampling station would
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
be inspected and approved by NMFS
annually.
D. Special Catch Handling
Requirements for Non-AFA Trawl
Catcher/Processors
1. Rationale
As discussed earlier, NMFS
recognizes that there would be a strong
incentive for Program participants to
under-report the amount of halibut
caught as bycatch. The opportunity to
under-report halibut PSC CQ would be
great on non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors due to the current placement
of observer sampling stations and
construction of the vessels. These
factors reduce the ability of observers to
adequately monitor the passage of fish,
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
particularly halibut PSC, from the
codend throughout the processing
facilities until that catch is available for
sampling.
2. Movement of Fish
In order to ensure proper catch
accounting on non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors, NMFS has developed a set
of special catch handling requirements
for these vessels. In brief, these special
catch handling requirements would:
a. Prohibit a vessel from having fish
remain on deck outside of the codend;
b. Prohibit the mixing of hauls; and
c. Prohibit the use of multiple lines
for conveying fish between the bins and
the area where unsorted catch is
sampled by the observer.
Because the distribution of organisms
by size and species often differs among
hauls, an aggregation of hauls (i.e.,
mixing two or more hauls) could create
errors in the calculation of total
groundfish catch. For example, if a
vessel mixes hauls from two different
areas or depths, the species catch
composition and relative weight of these
hauls could differ substantially, and a
composite sample taken at specific
times as the catch moves through the
processing facilities may not be
representative of each individual haul.
The lack of representative samples
would increase the potential for
erroneously assigning a specific species
composition to a specific amount of
fish. Any errors would be exacerbated as
the composite sample is expanded to
represent the total weight of the mixed
hauls.
Adequate accounting of CQ and PSC
under the Program would rely heavily
on observer species composition
samples. NMFS must have confidence
that the data collected represent random
collections of catch and that potential
sources of bias have been minimized.
Because the mixing of hauls could
create unrepresentative species
composition samples as described
above, NMFS would prohibit the mixing
of hauls.
Additionally, observers face many
sampling difficulties when hauls are not
kept separate inside fish bins. When
multiple hauls are mixed, it is
sometimes impossible for the observer
to determine which catch is from a
particular haul and the observer may
not collect a discrete sample from each
of the mixed hauls. As noted above, bias
introduced into the sample by mixing of
hauls is exacerbated when the sample is
expanded to the weight of the entire
hauls. Observers have several sampling
tools available to them to determine the
total catch of multiple mixed hauls.
However, all of these tools result in
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
reduced accuracy and precision for total
catch determinations, especially when
each of the mixed hauls has
significantly different actual catch
compositions.
The prohibition of mixing hauls could
be accommodated in a number of ways
that would not result in loss of fish
quality or affect overall vessel
operations. For example, under the
Program, vessels could slow fishing
effort and the frequency with which
gear is deployed. Recent enforcement
actions concerning intentional
presorting of catch to bias observed
halibut PSC use rates document the
practice of biasing observer samples to
optimize groundfish catch relative to
constraining PSC or other groundfish
catch. However, NMFS expects that
opportunities to bias observer samples
would be reduced under the Program in
comparison to the status quo because of
the enhanced monitoring provisions
established under this rule.
The use of more than one operational
line could lead to improperly sampled
catch because catch could be diverted or
otherwise conveyed in a manner that
would limit adequate sampling. This
could result in inaccurate accounting of
CQ and PSC species. Therefore, vessels
would be prohibited from the use of
multiple lines for conveying fish
between the bins and the area where
unsorted catch is sampled by the
observer.
Unsorted catch could not remain on
deck outside of the codend without an
observer present, except for fish
accidentally spilled from the codend
during hauling and dumping. NMFS
believes that fish that remain in a
codend do not present a large
opportunity for presorting activities.
However, unsorted catch on deck
outside of a codend could easily be
presorted.
3. Bin Monitoring
The Program would require
observation and monitoring of all crew
activities within any bin or tank prior to
the observer sampling unsorted catch on
all non-AFA trawl catcher/processors.
This would reduce the incentive and
ability to under-report halibut catch.
Catcher/processors may facilitate
observation and monitoring of crew
activities within a bin or tank by using
at least one of the three following
options:
a. Prohibit crew members from
entering bins unless the observer is
provided an opportunity to monitor all
crew activities within the bin;
b. Install viewing ports in the bins; or
c. Install video monitoring system in
the bins.
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30105
Each vessel operator fishing in the
BSAI must choose one of these options.
Vessel operators that choose the first
option must ensure that crew members
do not enter a fish bin when fish are in
it, unless the observer has been given a
chance to observe the activities of the
crew inside the bin. Based on
conversations with vessel owners and
operators in this sector, a crew member
may be required to be inside the bin to
facilitate the movement of fish from the
bin. Crew members would be allowed
inside bins if the flow of fish has been
stopped between the tank and the
location where the observer collects
unsorted catch, all catch has been
cleared from all locations between the
tank and the location where the
observer collects unsorted catch, and
the observer has been given notice that
the vessel crew must enter the tank.
When informed by an observer that all
sampling has been completed for a
given haul, crew would be able to enter
a tank containing fish from that haul
without stopping the flow of fish or
clearing catch between the tank and the
observer sampling station. Vessel
operators may be able to use water to
facilitate the movement of fish in some
fisheries. However, industry
participants have indicated that water
may degrade the quality and value of
some fish species (e.g., AI POP).
Therefore, NMFS developed options to
allow an observer to see inside the bin
while fish are exiting the bin, and
ensure that presorting activities would
not occur.
Vessel operators that choose the
second option would be required to
provide a viewing window into the bin.
The observer must be able to see all
actions of the crew member inside the
bin from the same position they are
conducting their normal sampling
duties. For example, while the observer
is sorting catch at the observer sample
station table, crew member activities
inside the bin must be viewable by the
observer from the sample station table.
This option would be acceptable for
vessels that may not need a crew
member in the bin frequently or have
uniformly shaped bins and an observer
sampling station in close proximity to
the bin area.
Vessel operators that choose the third
option would be required to develop
and install a digital video monitoring
system. The system would include a
sufficient number of cameras to view all
activities of anyone inside the bin.
Video cameras would be required to
record images in color and in low light
conditions. To ensure that an observer
can monitor crew member activities in
the bin while sampling, a color monitor
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30106
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
would be required to be located in the
observer sampling station. An observer
would be given the opportunity to
review any video data at any time
during a trip. Each video system would
be required to provide enough storage
capacity to store all video data for an
entire trip. Because NMFS may not be
aware of potential presorting violations
until after an observer disembarks the
vessel and is debriefed, the vessel must
retain all data for a minimum of 120
days from the beginning of each trip,
unless notified by NMFS that the data
may be removed. Specific requirements
for cameras, resolution, recording
formats, and other technical information
is detailed in the regulatory text under
§ 679.28(i)(1)(iii).
If at any time during a trip, the
viewing window or video options do
not allow an observer to clearly identify
and monitor crew activities within the
fish bin or do not meet the required
specifications, the vessel must revert to
the first option and prohibit crew from
entering the bin. The use of options two
and three would be approved by NMFS
during the vessel’s annual observer
sampling station inspection as described
at § 679.28(d).
Regulations governing these bin
monitoring options were also
implemented for non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors participating in the
Central GOA Rockfish Program. To
avoid redundant regulations for
multiple management programs, NMFS
proposes to remove bin monitoring
regulations from regulations governing
the Central GOA Rockfish Program (see
§ 679.84(c)(9)(i) through (iii)), and add
them to § 679.28(i). Section 679.28 has
historically contained regulations that
describe technical specifications for
various equipment and monitoring tools
for multiple management programs.
Placing regulations that describe bin
monitoring standards for non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors participating in the
Central GOA Rockfish Program or
Amendment 80 is consistent with this
intent.
In addition to proposing to move bin
monitoring regulations from
§ 679.84(c)(9) to § 679.28(i) and
requiring all non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors to meet these requirements,
NMFS proposes several technical
changes to the bin monitoring
regulations set forth at § 679.28(i) of the
proposed regulatory text. Non-AFA
trawl catcher/processors participating in
the Central GOA Rockfish Program or
while fishing in the BSAI would be
subject to these requirements. Proposed
revisions to the current bin monitoring
standards (currently found at
§ 679.84(c)(9), but proposed to be moved
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
to § 679.28(i)) include correcting cross
references and reorganizing the
structure of several paragraphs to
improve clarity and consistency with
other related regulations. Additionally,
regulations describing the process for
arranging a bin monitoring inspection
are proposed to be revised slightly, and
owners would then be able to contact
NMFS by e-mail. Because bin
monitoring inspections would occur
simultaneously with observer sampling
sation inspections, regulations at
§ 679.28(d)(8)(i) would be revised to
reflect these changes.
Regulations at § 679.28(i)(1)(iii)(B)
would describe minimum standards for
video data storage. Currently,
regulations governing this standard for
the Central GOA Rockfish Program
require the video system to include a
USB hard drive, and do not allow NMFS
to approve an alternate removable
storage device. However, since
implementation of this regulation,
NMFS has found that video systems
may not be available that meet this
standard. Section 679.28(i)(1)(iii)(B)
would be revised to require that the
video system include at least one
external USB hard drive (1.1 or 2.0), or
other removable storage device
approved by NMFS. If adopted, NMFS
could approve alternative removable
storage devices, thereby providing
additional flexibility to vessel owners
and operators who chose to use video
monitoring. Finally, regulations at
§ 679.28(i)(1)(iii)(A) would be revised to
clarify that video systems must record a
time/date stamp for each frame in
Alaska local time.
4. Pre-Cruise Meeting
Operators of non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors fishing in the BSAI would be
required to provide the opportunity for
a pre-cruise meeting for observers who
have not been deployed on that vessel
in the last 12 months. A pre-cruise
meeting would include at least one
NMFS staff member, the vessel operator,
and the observer(s). NMFS has offered
pre-cruise meetings to vessels on a
voluntary basis for the last five years
and observer and industry participants
in these meetings have found them to be
extremely beneficial. Given the new
monitoring requirements under the
Program, observers and vessel personnel
would benefit from a mutual
understanding of the observers’ role.
For the same reasons described above,
pre-cruise meeting requirements were
also implemented for non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors participating in the
Central GOA Rockfish Program.
Regulations at § 679.84(c)(7) require
non-AFA trawl catcher/processors
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
subject to the Central GOA Rockfish
Program to provide the opportunity for
a pre-cruise meeting if an observer had
never been deployed on that vessel. The
proposed monitoring requirements are
relatively new to non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors participating in the
Central GOA Rockfish Program or
Amendment 80. A non-AFA trawl
catcher/processor participating in the
Central GOA Rockfish Program could
avoid the pre-cruise meeting
requirement if an observer assigned to
his or her vessel were deployed on the
vessel prior to implementation of the
program. However, this would
circumvent the intent of this regulation
to orient any observers unfamiliar with
the bin monitoring requirements on that
particular vessel. Additionally, NMFS is
striving to maintain consistency
between the monitoring requirements
for each of the two programs, to avoid
confusion among program participants.
For these reasons, NMFS proposes to
revise regulations at § 679.84(c)(7) so
that non-AFA trawl catcher/processors
fishing in the Central GOA Rockfish
Program would also be required to
provide the opportunity for a pre-cruise
meeting for observers who have not
been deployed on that vessel in the last
12 months.
E. M&E Requirements for Amendment
80 Vessels in the GOA
With the exception of the F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE, Amendment 80
vessels participating in GOA groundfish
fisheries would be required to meet
some of the M&E requirements
applicable to non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors in the BSAI. Specifically,
operators of Amendment 80 vessels
participating in GOA groundfish
fisheries would be required to maintain
100 percent observer coverage, would be
prohibited from mixing hauls inside the
bin, would be subject to maintain bin
monitoring requirements, may only
have one operational line at the point
the observer collects his or her samples,
and would be prohibited from allowing
fish on deck outside the codend.
Maintaining these catch handling
requirements for vessels in the GOA
would ensure that GOA groundfish and
halibut PSC limits are properly
monitored. A detailed discussion for the
need to maintain these M&E
requirements is in the draft EA/RIR/
IRFA prepared for this action and is not
repeated here (see ADDRESSES). NMFS
notes that the M&E requirements for
Amendment 80 vessels would be
consistent with the same M&E
requirements applicable to catcher/
processor vessels to monitor sideboard
limits in the opt-out fishery under the
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
Central GOA Rockfish Program
(November 20, 2006; 71 FR 67210).
Flow scales and observer sample
stations would not be required for
Amendment 80 vessels to fish in the
GOA. Flow scales and observer
sampling stations assist observers to
obtain accurate haul-by-haul accounting
of total catch. However, NMFS would
make fishery closure decisions for the
entire Amendment 80 sector in the
GOA. The high degree of precision that
flow scales and observer sampling
stations provide, and that is necessary
for cooperative, limited access fishery
management, fishing under the CDQ
Program, or GRS monitoring, would not
be required to monitor catch and PSC
use by Amendment 80 vessels in the
aggregate. Given the other M&E
provisions described above, NMFS
would be able to rely on observer
estimates of total catch for catch
accounting in the GOA. Inaccuracies
associated with observer estimates, as
well as any inaccuracies that result from
the observer not having a sample
station, would be expanded to all
Amendment 80 vessels and averaged
over multiple vessels. Because observer
sample stations would not be required,
Amendment 80 vessels fishing in the
GOA would not be required to provide
space for at least 10 observer baskets.
F. M&E Requirements for the F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE in the GOA
As noted earlier, the Program would
recognize the unique fishing patterns of
the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE, prohibit the
vessel from being used in specific
groundfish fisheries that it has not
historically fished and that are subject
to a GOA sideboard limit, and exempt
it from GOA halibut PSC sideboard
limits. Because NMFS would not need
to monitor catch and halibut PSC use for
GOA sideboard limit management, the
M&E requirements in the GOA
applicable to other Amendment 80
vessels would not apply to the F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE when fishing in the
GOA. The F/V GOLDEN FLEECE would
be managed under existing observer
coverage and M&E requirements in the
GOA. The Program would not exempt
the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE from observer
coverage requirements applicable under
the Central GOA Rockfish Program
which may be more restrictive.
Additionally, if the F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE chooses to fish in the BSAI, the
vessel would have to comply with the
monitoring requirements at § 679.93(c).
G. Consistency With Central GOA
Rockfish Program M&E Requirements
30107
requirements and restrictions of the
Central GOA Rockfish Program. The
Program does not relieve or otherwise
modify M&E requirements under the
Central GOA Rockfish Program (e.g.,
flow scales, observer sampling station
requirements), except to move and
revise slightly the bin monitoring
standards to § 679.28. NMFS has
attempted to conform M&E
requirements applicable to non-AFA
trawl catcher/processors fishing in the
BSAI to the M&E requirements
applicable to catcher/processor vessels
fishing under a Central GOA Rockfish
CQ permit or in the Central GOA
Rockfish limited access fishery.
Similarly, the M&E requirements
applicable to Amendment 80 vessels in
the GOA would conform to the M&E
requirements applicable to catcher/
processors in the Central GOA Rockfish
opt-out fishery. Integrating M&E
requirements between these LAPPs
should reduce compliance costs and
potential confusion that may arise with
differing standards for the affected
catcher/processor vessels.
H. Summary Table
Table 28 summarizes the specific
M&E requirements that would apply to
non-AFA trawl catcher/processors in
the BSAI and GOA.
Many of the Amendment 80 vessels
are also qualified to fish under the
TABLE 28.—MONITORING REQUIREMENTS IN THE PROGRAM
Fishing location
M&E requirement
BSAI (All non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors)
Observer coverage level .................................................
Flow scale ........................................................................
Observer sampling station ...............................................
One operational line ........................................................
No mixing of hauls ...........................................................
No fish on deck outside codend ......................................
Bin monitoring ..................................................................
Pre-cruise meeting required ............................................
VMS .................................................................................
200% (Two observers) ......
Yes ....................................
Yes ....................................
Yes ....................................
Yes ....................................
Yes ....................................
Yes ....................................
Yes ....................................
Status
XIII. Economic Data Report
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
A. Background
The Council recommended a
socioeconomic data program to collect
cost, revenue, and other economic data
as part of the Program. This information
would be used to better understand the
economic effects of the Program on
vessels or entities regulated by this
action, and to assist the development of
future management actions. NMFS
would collect this information using an
annual EDR.
The EDR would help assess whether
the Program mitigates the costs
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
GOA—Except F/V
GOLDEN FLEECE
(Amendment 80 vessels)
100% (One observer) ........ 30% (Status quo).
No ...................................... No.
No ...................................... No.
Yes .................................... No
Yes .................................... No.
Yes .................................... No.
Yes .................................... No.
No ...................................... No.
quo, see regulations at § 679.28(f).
associated with bycatch reduction and
improved utilization of groundfish. The
EDR would provide information to
review the Program unavailable through
other means. To ensure that the
necessary information would be
collected, EDR data submission would
be mandatory for all Amendment 80 QS
holders. Information collected under the
EDR would be confidential under the
requirements of Section 402(b) of the
MSA and would be considered
confidential under NOAA
Administrative Order 216–100, which
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
GOA—F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE
sets forth procedures to protect the
confidentiality of fishery statistics.
B. Information Collected
Economic data collected under this
program include revenue and cost data
associated with a specific Amendment
80 vessel owned by an Amendment 80
QS holder, or with an Amendment 80
LLP license in those limited cases when
the Amendment 80 QS permit is
assigned to an Amendment 80 LLP
license. See Section VI of the preamble
for more detail on Amendment 80 QS
permits assigned to an Amendment 80
LLP license.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30108
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
The EDR would assist the Council and
NMFS when analyzing changes in the
use of fishery resources. The Program
may change the use of fishery resources.
As examples of change, fishery
participants could choose to serve
different markets with different species
and products, or to idle vessels under
the provisions of the Program. The EDR
would provide necessary data to
determine whether fishing and
production choices are responses to
market forces, and the extent to which
increased changes in fishing behavior
and resource use have reduced total
average costs.
Determining the bycatch reduction
costs under the Program requires an
examination of the extent to which
targeting and production choices affect
profitability and the economic
performance of participants. The suite
of revenue and cost information that
would be required is detailed in
§ 679.94(b) and (c) of the proposed
regulatory text and is not repeated here.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
C. Who Must Provide an EDR
Amendment 80 QS holders would be
required to submit the EDR. An EDR
would be required for each Amendment
80 QS permit held by a person. This
ensures that a person holding multiple
Amendment 80 QS permits would
describe the full range of cost and
revenue information attributable to a
given permit, whether that permit is
assigned to a specific vessel or to a
cooperative.
The Amendment 80 QS holder would
be required to appoint a contact
individual, called a ‘‘designated
representative,’’ who on behalf of the
QS holder, would respond to inquiries
and NMFS regarding data and the EDR.
Because EDR submission would be
mandatory, NMFS would provide
compliance incentives. In addition to
incentives to avoid enforcement actions,
another incentive would be to prohibit
an Amendment 80 QS holder who did
not submit an EDR from receiving an
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
permit or CQ derived from their
Amendment 80 QS permits.
D. Submission Deadlines for EDRs
NMFS would require an annual EDR
be submitted for the previous calendar
year of activity no later than June 1 of
the year following fishing. This filing
deadline would provide the
Amendment 80 QS holder at least five
months to gather and review records
from the previous year. The EDR form
would be mailed to Amendment 80 QS
holders, and be available on the NMFS
Web site at https://www.fakr.noaa.gov.
The address for EDR submission is
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
provided in § 679.94 of the proposed
regulatory text. The first EDR would be
required on June 1, 2009, which is after
the first year of fishing under the
Program. An EDR would be due every
June 1 after 2009.
E. Verification of Data
Measures to verify data accuracy of
the data would be developed by NMFS
economists and analysts. These
measures would help NMFS to ascertain
anomalies, outliers, and other
deviations from averaged variables.
NMFS would amend data in the EDR
through this audit verification process.
The principle means to verify data and
resolve questions would be consultation
between NMFS and the submitter.
NMFS would contact the EDR submitter
and request oral or written confirmation
of data submissions. Further, NMFS
would request copies of or review
documents or statements that would
substantiate data submissions. The
person submitting the EDR would need
to respond within 20 days of NMFS’s
information request. Responses after 20
days could be considered untimely and
could result in a violation and
enforcement action.
NMFS would audit an EDR either
through random selection or when
circumstances require more thorough
review of the submissions. In instances
where a random audit occurs or an audit
is otherwise justified, NMFS may retain
a professional auditor/accounting
specialist who would review the data
submitted in the EDR. The auditory
could request financial documents
substantiating the data submitted in the
EDR. An auditor/accounting specialist
would be subject to strict confidentiality
requirements.
XIV. Classification
At this time, NMFS has not
determined that the FMP that this rule
would implement, Amendment 80, is
consistent with the national standards
of the MSA and other applicable laws.
NMFS, in making that determination,
will take into account the data, views,
and comments received during the
comment period.
Regulatory Impact Review (RIR)
An RIR was prepared to assess all
costs and benefits of available regulatory
alternatives. The RIR considers all
quantitative and qualitative measures.
The Program was chosen based on those
measures that maximize net benefits to
the affected participants in the
Amendment 80 sector. Specific aspects
of the RIR are discussed below in the
IRFA section.
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
(IRFA)
An IRFA was prepared, as required by
section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (RFA). Copies of the EA/RIR/IRFA
prepared for this proposed rule are
available from NMFS (see ADDRESSES).
The IRFA describes the economic
impact this proposed rule, if adopted,
would have on small entities. A
description of the action, the reasons
why it is being considered, and a
statement of the objectives of, and the
legal basis for, this action are contained
in the SUMMARY section of the preamble.
A summary of that analysis follows.
Why Action by the Agency Is Being
Considered and Objectives of, and Legal
Basis for, the Proposed Rule
The IRFA describes in detail the
reasons why this action is being
proposed, describes the objectives and
legal basis for the proposed rule, and
discusses both small and non-small
regulated entities to adequately
characterize the fishery participants.
The MSA, CRP, Coast Guard Act, and
MSRA provide the legal basis for the
proposed rule, as discussed in Section
II of this preamble. The objectives of the
proposed rule are to reduce excessive
fishing capacity, end the race for fish
under the current management strategy,
reduce bycatch, and reduce discards for
commercial fishing vessels using trawl
gear in the non-pollock groundfish
fisheries in the BSAI. By ending the race
for fish, NMFS expects the proposed
action to increase resource conservation,
improve economic efficiency, and
address social concerns.
Number of Small Entities to Which the
Proposed Rule Would Apply
For purposes of an IRFA, the Small
Business Administration (SBA) has
established that a business involved in
fish harvesting is a small business if it
is independently owned and operated,
not dominant in its field of operation
(including its affiliates), and if it has
combined annual gross receipts not in
excess of $4.0 million for all its
affiliated operations worldwide. A
seafood processor is a small business if
it is independently owned and operated,
not dominant in its field of operation,
and employs 500 or fewer persons on a
full-time, part-time, temporary, or other
basis, at all its affiliated operations
worldwide.
Because the SBA does not have a size
criterion for businesses that are
involved in both the harvesting and
processing of seafood products, NMFS
has in the past applied and continues to
apply SBA’s fish harvesting criterion for
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
these businesses because catcher/
processors are first and foremost fish
harvesting businesses. Therefore, a
business involved in both the harvesting
and processing of seafood products is a
small business if it meets the $4.0
million criterion for fish harvesting
operations. NMFS currently is
reviewing its small entity size
classification for all catcher/processors
in the United States. However, until
new guidance is adopted, NMFS will
continue to use the annual receipts
standard for catcher/processors. NMFS
plans to issue new guidance in the near
future. Even if additional catcher/
processors would have been identified
as small entities under a revised small
entity size classification for catcher/
processors, NMFS would have analyzed
the effect on small entities using the
same methods that were used in the
IRFA prepared for the proposed
Program. NMFS considered the effects
of the Program and attempted to reduce
costs to all directly regulated entities
regardless of the number of small
entities.
The IRFA contains a description and
estimate of the number of small entities
to which the proposed rule would
apply. The IRFA estimates that as many
as 28 entities, that own approximately
28 catcher/processor vessels, would be
eligible to receive QS under the
Program.
Of the estimated 28 entities owning
vessels eligible for fishing under the
Program, one is estimated to be a small
entity because it generated less than
$4.0 million in gross revenue based on
participation in 1998 through 2004. All
other entities owning eligible catcher/
processor vessels are non-small entities
as defined by the RFA.
One entity made at least one
Amendment 80 landing from 1998 to
2004, but did not appear to qualify as
an eligible Amendment 80 vessel. This
entity is not a small entity by SBA
standards. Moreover, this vessel that the
IRFA considers ‘‘non-qualified’’ would
not be allowed to continue fishing
under the requirements imposed by the
CRP. Therefore, the non-qualified
vessels is not considered impacted by
the proposed rule and is not discussed
in this IRFA.
The six CDQ groups participating in
the CDQ Program are not-for-profit
entities that are not dominant in the
overall BSAI fishing industry. Thus, the
six CDQ groups directly regulated by the
proposed action would be considered
small entities or ‘‘small organizations’’
under the RFA.
Several communities (e.g., Dutch
Harbor, Seattle) could be indirectly
impacted by the Program. Most of the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Amendment 80 vessels have home ports
in Seattle, Washington, but operate
throughout Alaska and rely on other
communities for support services. The
specific impacts on these communities
cannot be determined until NMFS
issues QS and eligible harvesters begin
fishing under the Program. Other
supporting businesses may also be
indirectly affected by this action if it
leads to fewer vessels participating in
the fishery. These impacts are analyzed
in the RIR prepared for this action (see
ADDRESSES).
Impacts on Directly Regulated Small
Entities
While the proposed action is
distributional in nature, the overall
impact to small entities is expected to
be positive. Impacts from the Program
would accrue differentially (i.e., some
entities could be negatively affected and
others positively affected).
The Council considered an extensive
range of alternatives, options, and
suboptions as it designed and evaluated
the potential for changes to non-pollock
groundfish management in the BSAI,
including the ‘‘no action’’ alternative.
The EA/RIR/IRFA presents four
alternative programs for management of
the non-pollock groundfish fisheries in
the BSAI: Alternative 1-Status Quo/No
Action; Alternative 2 allowing only
multiple cooperatives; Alternative 3
allowing only a single Amendment 80
sector cooperative; and Alternative 4,
the preferred alternative, for multiple
cooperatives with an option for a
limited access fishery. These alternative
constitutes the suite of ‘‘significant
alternatives’’ for the proposed action for
the purposes of the RFA.
Under the status quo, non-pollock
groundfish fisheries harvested with
trawl gear have followed the well
known pattern associated with managed
open access. These fisheries have been
characterized by a ‘‘race-for-fish’’ capital
stuffing behavior, excessive risk taking,
and a dissipation of potential rents.
Participants in these fisheries are
confronted by significant surplus
capacity, and widespread economic
instability all contributing to resource
conservation and management
difficulties.
In response to desires to improve
economic, social, and structural
conditions in many of the non-pollock
trawl fisheries, the Council found that
the status quo management structure
was causing significant adverse impacts
to the participants in these fisheries. As
indicated in the IRFA, all the
Amendment 80 sector companies and
corporations would be considered to be
directly regulated by this action. Based
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30109
on a review of available data, only one
of the Amendment 80 sector companies
or corporations would be a small entity,
as defined under RFA. This small entity
and other entities are negatively
impacted under current open access
regulations. The management tools in
the existing FMP (e.g., time, area, and
gear restrictions, and LLP license
requirements) do not provide managers
with the ability to effectively solve these
problems, thereby making MSA goals
difficult to achieve and forcing
reevaluation of the existing FMP.
Bycatch reduction measures proposed
under the Program reduce the potential
discarding of fish and aid the directly
regulated entities in meeting the
requirements of the MSA. The costs for
complying with these measures are
offset by the ability of vessel operators
to coordinate fishing operations in a
cooperative, designate specific vessels
better able to comply with M&E
requirements thereby avoiding the costs
of compliance for some vessels in the
cooperative or sharing the remaining
costs among cooperative members, and
tailor fishing operations to maximize
profit without the need to engage in less
efficient practices in a race for fish.
In an effort to alleviate the problems
caused by excess capacity, the race for
fish, and to reduce discards for
commercial fishing vessels using trawl
gear in the non-pollock groundfish
fisheries in the BSAI, the Council
determined that the institution of some
form of LAPP was needed to improve
fisheries management in accordance
with the MSA.
The cooperative alternative would
allocate annual harvesting privileges of
Amendment 80 species TAC and crab
and halibut PSC to harvester
cooperatives as CQ, creating a
transferable access privilege as a share
of the TAC, thus removing the
‘‘common property’’ attributes of the
status quo on qualifying harvesters.
These changes would likely benefit the
regulated entities. In recent years,
harvesters have competed in the race for
fish against larger businesses. The
cooperative alternative would allow
entities to slow their rate of fishing and
give more attention to efficiency and
product quality.
The participants would be permitted
to form cooperatives that could lease or
sell their allocations, and could obtain
some return from their allocations.
Differences in efficiency implications of
the Program cannot be predicted. Some
participants believe that smaller vessels
could be more efficient than larger
vessels under cooperative management
because a vessel only needs to be large
enough to harvest the cooperative’s CQ.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30110
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
Conversely, under open access, a vessel
has to be large enough to outcompete
the other fishermen and, hence,
contributes to the overcapacity
problems under the race for fish.
In addition, Alternative 4 holds
promise by providing efficiency gains.
Data on cost and operating structure are
unavailable, so a quantitative evaluation
of the size and distribution of these
gains accruing to harvesters under this
management regime cannot be provided.
Nonetheless, it appears that Alternative
4 offers improvements over the status
quo through the institution of a LAPP
structure. Alternative 4 also includes
provisions for the fishery participants
that the Council expressly sought to
include—specifically, harvesters that
have been both historically and recently
active.
Alternative 4, which would be
implemented by the Program, offsets
compliance costs required to improve
retention and utilization of fishery
resources in several ways. By
implementing a LAPP vessels can
increase the value and associated
revenue from harvested products
through better quality control and
developing additional product forms not
possible under status quo management.
Alternative 4 would also allow the
directly regulated entities to join
cooperatives, receive value from their
catch through cooperative harvesting
arrangements, and have other vessels
harvest the allocation. Compliance costs
for a cooperative member would be
eliminated, or greatly reduced if those
costs are shared over the entire
cooperative.
CDQ groups, which are small entities,
would benefit under the Program by
increasing the nonspecified reserve and
the CDQ reserves, increasing PSQ
allocations for halibut, crab, and nonChinook salmon, reducing M&E
requirements for CDQ vessels, and
removing some reporting requirements.
Alternative 4 appears to minimize
negative economic impacts to the
Amendment 80 sector to a greater extent
than the status quo (Alternative 1), the
multiple cooperative (Alternative 2), or
single cooperative (Alternative 3)
options.
The Council concluded that the
Program best accomplishes the stated
objectives articulated in the purpose
and need statement and applicable
statutes, and minimizes to the extent
practicable adverse economic impacts
on the universe of directly regulated
small entities.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping and
Other Compliance Requirements
Implementation of the Program would
change the overall reporting structure
and recordkeeping requirements of the
participants in BSAI and GOA
groundfish fisheries. All participants
would be required to provide additional
reporting. Each harvester would be
required to track harvests to avoid
exceeding his or her allocation.
NMFS would be required to develop
new databases to issue QS and CQ and
monitor harvesting and processing
allocations. These changes could require
the development of new reporting
systems.
To participate in the Program, persons
would be required to complete
application forms, transfer forms,
reporting requirements, and other
collections-of-information. These forms
are either required under existing
regulations or are required for the
administration of the Program. These
forms impose costs on small entities in
gathering the required information and
completing the forms. With the
exception of specific equipment tests,
which are performed by NMFS
employees or other professionals, basic
word processing skills are the only
skills needed for the preparation of
these reports or records.
NMFS has estimated the costs of
complying with the reporting
requirements based on the burden hours
per response, number of responses per
year, and a standard estimate of $25 per
burden hour. Persons would be required
to submit an application for
Amendment 80 QS the start of the
Program. Persons would be required to
complete additional forms every year,
such as the applications to fish for an
Amendment 80 cooperative or
Amendment 80 limited access fishery.
Additionally, reporting for purposes of
catch accounting or transfer of CQ
among Amendment 80 cooperatives
would be completed more frequently.
It would cost participants in the
Program an estimated $56 to complete
applications to participate in the
Program, $55 for the annual application
to participate in an Amendment 80
cooperative or limited access fishery,
and $61 to complete a transfer of CQ.
NMFS considered multiple
alternatives to effectively implement
specific provisions within the Program
through regulation. In each instance,
NMFS attempted to impose the least
burden on the public, including the
small entities subject to the Program.
The groundfish landing report
(Internet version and optional fax
version) would be used to debit CQ and
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
track catch in the Amendment 80
limited access fishery. All retained
catch must be weighed, reported, and
debited from the appropriate account
under which the catch was harvested.
Under recordkeeping and reporting,
NMFS considered the options of a
paper-based reporting system or an
electronic reporting system. NMFS
chose to implement an electronic
reporting system as a more convenient,
accurate, and timely method.
Additionally, the proposed electronic
reporting system would provide
continuous access to accounts. These
provisions would make recordkeeping
and reporting requirements less
burdensome on participants by allowing
participants to more efficiently monitor
their accounts and fishing activities.
NMFS believes that the added benefits
of the electronic reporting system
outweigh any benefits of the paperbased system. However, NMFS would
also provide an optional backup using
existing telecommunication and paperbased methods, which would reduce the
burden on small entities in more remote
areas with limited electronic
infrastructure.
Under this proposed rule, catcher/
processors would be required to
purchase and install motioncompensated scales (i.e., flow scale) to
weigh all fish at-sea. Currently approved
flow scales cost approximately $50,000.
Equipment to outfit an observer station,
including a motion-compensated
platform scale to verify the accuracy of
the flow scale, costs between $6000 and
$12,000. Due to space constraints on
many catcher/processors, the need to
relocate sorting space and processing
equipment, and the wide range of
configurations on individual vessels, the
installation cost range for the scales and
observer sample stations could cost
between $20,000 and $250,000 per
vessel. Installation costs exceeding
$100,000 are expected to be rare. The
total cost of purchasing and installing
scales and sample stations may range
between $76,000 and $300,000 per
vessel. Based on discussions with
equipment vendors, NMFS estimates
that 10 catcher/processors, none of
which are small entities, would choose
to fish in the BSAI and would be
required to have scales. This estimate
does not include catcher/processor
vessels that have already installed flow
scales in compliance with other
programs (i.e., CDQ Program and
Central GOA Rockfish Program) and is
likely to overestimate the total number
of entities that will install this
equipment based solely on the
requirements for the Program.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
NMFS would increase observer
coverage for Program participants in
most cases. In similar NMFS-managed
quota fisheries, NMFS requires that all
fishing activity be observed. NMFS must
maintain timely and accurate records of
harvests in fisheries with small
allocations that are harvested by a fleet
with a potentially high harvest rate.
Additionally, halibut PSC and crab PSC
rates must be monitored. Such
monitoring can only be accomplished
through the use of onboard observers.
Although this imposes additional costs,
participants in the fishery can form
cooperatives, which would limit the
number of vessels required to harvest a
cooperative’s CQ, and organize fishing
operations to limit the amount of time
when additional observer coverage
would be required and offset additional
costs. The exact overall additional
observer costs per vessel cannot be
predicted because costs will vary with
the specific fishing operations of that
vessel. NMFS estimates that a
requirement for increased observer
coverage would cost approximately
$355 per day. Additional costs may be
incurred by owners of catcher/
processors that reconfigure their vessels
to ensure that adequate space is
available for the additional observer.
These costs cannot be predicted and
will vary depending on specific
conditions of each vessel.
NMFS determined that a vessel
monitoring system (VMS) is essential to
the proper enforcement of the Program.
Therefore, owners and operators of
vessels participating in the Program
would be required to participate in a
VMS program. Depending on which
brand of VMS a vessel owner or
operator chooses to purchase, NMFS
estimates that this requirement would
impose a cost of $2,000 per vessel for
equipment purchase, $780 for
installation and maintenance, and $5
per day for data transmission costs.
NMFS does not estimate that any
additional vessel owners or operators
would incur these costs if they choose
to participate in the Program. Those
vessels that would be likely to
participate in the Program are already
subject to VMS requirements under
existing regulations.
NMFS has determined that special
catch handling requirements for
catcher/processors may subject vessel
owners and operators to additional costs
depending on the monitoring option
chosen. The costs for providing line of
sight for observer monitoring are highly
variable depending on bin modifications
the vessel may make, the location of the
observer sampling station, and the type
of viewing port installed. These costs
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
cannot be estimated with existing
information. Some vessel owners and
operators that are eligible to participate
in this Program may modify some of
their vessels to meet these requirements
in the Central GOA Rockfish Program
and would not be expected to incur any
additional costs for those vessels.
Because NMFS would allow vessel
owners and operators to select the video
option using performance standards, the
costs for a vessel to implement this
option could be quite variable,
depending on the nature of the system
chosen. In most cases, the system would
consist of one digital video recorder
(DVR)/computer system and between
two and eight cameras. DVR systems
range in price from $1,500 to $10,000,
and cameras cost from $75 to $300 each.
Data storage costs will vary depending
on the frame rate, color density, amount
of compression, image size, and need for
redundant storage capacity. NMFS
estimates data storage will cost between
$400 and $3,000 per vessel.
Installation costs will be a function of
where the DVR/computer can be located
in relation to an available power source,
cameras, and the observer sampling
station. NMFS estimates that a fairly
simple installation will cost
approximately $2,000, a complex
installation will cost approximately
$10,000, per vessel. However, these
costs could be considerably lower if the
vessel owner chooses to install the
equipment while upgrading other
wiring. Thus, total system costs,
including DVR/computer equipment,
cameras, data storage, and installation
would be expected to range between
$4,050 per vessel for a very simple
inexpensive system with low
installation costs, and $24,500 per
vessel for a complex, sophisticated
system with high installation costs.
Annual system maintenance costs are
difficult to estimate because much of
this technology has not been extensively
used at-sea in the United States.
However, we estimate an annual cost of
$680 to $4,100 per year based on a hard
disk failure rate of 20 percent per year,
and a DVR/computer lifespan of three
years.
Vessel owners and operators that are
eligible to participate in the Central
GOA Rockfish Program and this
Program may modify their vessels to
meet these requirements in the Central
GOA Rockfish Program and would not
be expected to incur any additional
installation costs. Annual system
maintenance costs are anticipated to be
partially borne by the requirements in
the Central GOA Rockfish Program.
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30111
Federal Rules Which May Duplicate,
Overlap or Conflict With the Proposed
Rule
No federal rules that may duplicate,
overlap, or conflict with this proposed
action have been identified.
Collection-of-Information
This proposed rule contains
collection-of-information requirements
subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA) and which have been approved
by OMB. Public reporting burden per
response for these requirements is listed
by OMB control number.
OMB Control No. 0648–0213
Total public reporting burden for this
collection is 36,705 hours.
Recordkeeping and reporting
requirements are described in this
collection.
OMB Control No. 0648–0330
Public reporting burden per response
is estimated to average 0.1 hr per at-sea
scale inspection request; 0.17 hr for
observer sampling station inspection
request; 0.17 hr for bin monitoring
inspection request; 1 hr for video
monitoring system; 2 hr for at-sea scale
approval report/sticker; 0.03 hr for
observer notification of scale tests; 0.75
hr for records of at-sea scale tests; and
0.02 hr for printed output, at-sea scales.
OMB Control No. 0648–0334
Total public reporting burden for this
collection is 544 hours. License
Limitation Program (LLP) applications
are described in this collection.
OMB Control No. 0648–0445
Total public reporting burden for this
collection is 13,152 hours. Vessel
monitoring system requirements are
described in this collection.
OMB Control No. 0648–0515
Total public reporting burden for this
collection is 3,343 hours. Interagency
electronic reporting system
requirements are described in this
collection.
This rule also contains collection-ofinformation requirements subject to
review and approval by OMB under the
PRA. These requirements have been
submitted to OMB for approval. Public
reporting burden per response for these
requirements is listed by OMB control
number.
OMB Control No. 0648—New
(Amendment 80 Permits)
Public reporting burden per response
is estimated to average 2 hr for the
Application for Amendment 80 QS; 2 hr
for the Application for CQ; 2 hr for the
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30112
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
Application for the Amendment 80
limited access fishery; 2 hr for the
Application to Transfer Amendment 80
QS; 2 hr for the Application for CQ
Transfer; 4 hr for Annual Amendment
80 cooperative report; and 4 hr for a
letter of appeal, if denied a permit.
OMB Control No. 0648—New
(Amendment 80 EDR)
Public reporting burden per response
is estimated to average 7.5 hr for an
Economic Data Report and 3 hr for
verification of data.
OMB Control No. 0648–0269
Public reporting burden per response
is estimated to average 1 hr for a CDQ
delivery report and 15 minutes for a
CDQ catch report.
Response times include the time for
reviewing instructions, searching
existing data sources, gathering and
maintaining the data needed, and
completing and reviewing the collection
of information. Public comment is
sought regarding whether this proposed
collection of information is necessary
for the proper performance of the
functions of the agency, including
whether the information has practical
utility; the accuracy of the burden
estimate; ways to enhance the quality,
utility, and clarity of the information to
be collected; and ways to minimize the
burden of the collection of information,
including the use of automated
collection techniques or other forms of
information technology. Send comments
regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of
information, including suggestions for
reducing the burden, to NMFS (see
ADDRESSES), and by e-mail to
David_Rostker@omb.eop.gov, or fax to
202–395–7285.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of the law, no person is required to
respond to, nor shall any person be
subject to a penalty for failure to comply
with, a collection of information subject
to the requirements of the PRA, unless
that collection of information displays a
currently valid OMB Control Number.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Executive Order 12866
This proposed rule has been
determined to be not significant for
purposes of Executive Order 12866.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 679
Alaska, Fisheries, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Dated: May 16, 2007.
Samuel D. Rauch III,
Deputy Assistant Administrator for
Regulatory Programs, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, 50 CFR part 679 is proposed
to be amended as follows:
PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE
EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF
ALASKA
1. The authority citation for 50 CFR
part 679 is revised to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 773 et seq., 1801 et
seq., 3631 et seq.; Pub. L. 108–447.
2. In § 679.2 add the following
definitions in alphabetical order:
‘‘Amendment 80 cooperative’’,
‘‘Amendment 80 fishery’’, ‘‘Amendment
80 initial QS pool’’, ‘‘Amendment 80
legal landing’’, ‘‘Amendment 80 limited
access fishery’’, ‘‘Amendment 80 LLP
license’’, ‘‘Amendment 80 LLP license
originally assigned to an Amendment 80
vessel’’, ‘‘Amendment 80 LLP/QS
license ’’, ‘‘Amendment 80 mackerel
QS’’, ‘‘Amendment 80 mackerel vessel’’,
‘‘Amendment 80 non-mackerel QS’’,
‘‘Amendment 80 non-mackerel vessel’’,
‘‘Amendment 80 official record’’,
‘‘Amendment 80 Program’’,
‘‘Amendment 80 PSC’’, ‘‘Amendment 80
QS holder’’, ‘‘Amendment 80 QS
permit’’, ‘‘Amendment 80 QS pool’’,
‘‘Amendment 80 QS unit’’,
‘‘Amendment 80 sector’’, ‘‘Amendment
80 species’’, ‘‘Amendment 80 vessel’’,
‘‘BSAI trawl limited access sector’’, ‘‘CQ
permit’’ ‘‘Economic data report (EDR)’’,
‘‘Initial Total Allowable Catch (ITAC)’’,
and revise the definition of
‘‘Cooperative quota (CQ)’’, and the
heading of the definition of ‘‘Ten
percent or greater direct or indirect
ownership interest’’ to read as follows:
§ 679.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Amendment 80 cooperative means a
group of Amendment 80 QS holders
who have chosen to fish cooperatively
for Amendment 80 species under the
requirements of subpart H to this part
and who have applied for and received
a CQ permit issued by NMFS to catch
a quantity of fish expressed as a portion
of the ITAC and crab and halibut PSC
limits.
Amendment 80 fishery means an
Amendment 80 cooperative or the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery.
Amendment 80 initial QS pool means
the sum of Amendment 80 QS units
established for an Amendment 80
species in a management area based on
the Amendment 80 official record and
used for the initial allocation of
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Amendment 80 QS units and use cap
calculations as described in § 679.92(a).
Amendment 80 legal landing means
the total catch of Amendment 80 species
in a management area in the BSAI by an
Amendment 80 vessel that:
(1) Was made in compliance with
state and Federal regulations in effect at
that time; and
(2) Is recorded on a Weekly
Production Report from January 20,
1998, through December 31, 2004; and
(3) Amendment 80 species caught
while test fishing, fishing under an
experimental, exploratory, or scientific
activity permit, or fishing under the
Western Alaska CDQ Program are not
considered Amendment 80 legal
landings.
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
means the fishery conducted in the
BSAI by persons who have not assigned
an Amendment 80 QS permit,
Amendment 80 LLP license, or
Amendment 80 vessel to an
Amendment 80 cooperative, and who
have assigned an Amendment 80 QS
permit, Amendment 80 LLP license, or
Amendment 80 vessel to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery.
Amendment 80 LLP license means:
(1) The LLP licenses listed in Column
C of Table 31 to this part; and
(2) Any LLP license that is endorsed
for groundfish in the Bering Sea subarea
or Aleutian Islands subarea with a
catcher/processor designation that
designates an Amendment 80 vessel in
an approved application for
Amendment 80 QS.
Amendment 80 LLP license originally
assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel
means the LLP license listed in Column
C of Table 31 to this part that
corresponds to the vessel listed in
Column A of Table 31 to this part with
the USCG Documentation Number listed
in Column B of Table 31 to this part.
Amendment 80 LLP/QS license means
an Amendment 80 LLP license issued to
an Amendment 80 LLP holder with the
Amendment 80 QS permit assigned to
that license.
Amendment 80 mackerel QS means
Atka mackerel QS derived from
Amendment 80 legal landings assigned
to an Amendment 80 mackerel vessel.
Amendment 80 mackerel vessel
means an Amendment 80 vessel that is
not an Amendment 80 non-mackerel
vessel.
Amendment 80 non-mackerel QS
means Atka mackerel QS derived from
Amendment 80 legal landings assigned
to an Amendment 80 non-mackerel
vessel.
Amendment 80 non-mackerel vessel
means an Amendment 80 vessel that is
less than 200 feet in length overall and
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30113
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
that has been used to catch less than 2.0
percent of the total Amendment 80 legal
landings of BSAI Atka mackerel.
Amendment 80 official record means
information used by NMFS to determine
eligibility to participate in the
Amendment 80 Program and to assign
specific catch privileges to Amendment
80 QS holders.
Amendment 80 Program means the
Program implemented under subpart H
of this part to manage Amendment 80
species fisheries by limiting
participation in these fisheries to
eligible participants.
Amendment 80 PSC means halibut
and crab PSC as described in Table 35
to this part that are allocated to the
Amendment 80 sector.
Amendment 80 QS holder means a
person who is issued an Amendment 80
QS permit by NMFS.
Amendment 80 QS permit means a
permit issued by NMFS that designates
the amount of Amendment 80 QS units
derived from the Amendment 80 legal
landings assigned to an Amendment 80
vessel for each Amendment 80 species
in a management area.
Amendment 80 QS pool means the
sum of Amendment 80 QS units
established for each Amendment 80
species in a management area based on
the Amendment 80 official record.
Amendment 80 QS unit means a
measure of the Amendment 80 QS pool
based on Amendment 80 legal landings.
Amendment 80 sector means:
(1) Those Amendment 80 QS holders
who own Amendment 80 vessels and
hold Amendment 80 permits and
Amendment 80 LLP licenses; or
(2) Those Amendment 80 QS holders
who hold Amendment 80 LLP/QS
licenses.
Amendment 80 species means the
following species in the following
regulatory areas:
(1) BSAI Atka mackerel;
(2) Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean
perch;
(3) BSAI flathead sole;
(4) BSAI Pacific cod;
(5) BSAI rock sole; and
(6) BSAI yellowfin sole.
Amendment 80 vessel means:
(1) The vessels listed in Column A of
Table 31 to this part with the
corresponding USCG Documentation
Number listed in Column B of Table 31
to this part; or
(2) Any vessel that:
(i) Is not listed as an AFA trawl
catcher/processor under sections
208(e)(1) through (20) of the American
Fisheries Act; and
(ii) Has been used to harvest with
trawl gear and process not less than 150
mt of Atka mackerel, flathead sole,
Pacific cod, Pacific ocean perch, rock
sole, turbot, or yellowfin sole in the
aggregate in the BSAI during the period
from January 1, 1997, through December
31, 2002.
*
*
*
*
*
BSAI trawl limited access sector
means fisheries conducted in the BSAI
by persons using trawl gear and who are
not:
(1) Using an Amendment 80 vessel or
an Amendment 80 LLP license; or
(2) Fishing for CDQ groundfish.
*
*
*
*
*
Cooperative quota (CQ):
(1) For purposes of the Amendment
80 Program means:
(i) The annual catch limit of an
Amendment 80 species that may be
caught by an Amendment 80
cooperative while fishing under a CQ
permit;
(ii) The amount of annual halibut and
crab PSC that may be used by an
Amendment 80 cooperative while
fishing under a CQ permit.
(2) For purposes of the Rockfish
Program means:
(i) The annual catch limit of a primary
rockfish species or secondary species
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
(xiii) Amendment 80 Program:
(A) Amendment 80 QS permit ..........................................................................
(B) CQ permit ...................................................................................................
(C) Amendment 80 limited access fishery .......................................................
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(6) * * *
(iv) NMFS will reissue a Federal
fisheries permit to any person who
18:07 May 29, 2007
§ 679.4
Permits.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
Permit is in effect from issue date through
end of:
If program permit or card type is:
VerDate Aug<31>2005
that may be harvested by a rockfish
cooperative while fishing under a CQ
permit;
(ii) The amount of annual halibut PSC
that may be used by a rockfish
cooperative in the Central GOA while
fishing under a CQ permit (see rockfish
halibut PSC in this section).
CQ permit means a permit issued to
an Amendment 80 cooperative under
§ 679.4(o)(2) or to a rockfish cooperative
under § 679.4(n)(1).
*
*
*
*
*
Economic data report (EDR) means
the report of cost, labor, earnings, and
revenue data required under § 679.94.
*
*
*
*
*
Initial Total Allowable Catch (ITAC)
means the tonnage of a TAC for an
Amendment 80 species in a
management area that is available for
apportionment to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector and the Amendment 80
sector in a calendar year after deducting
from the TAC the CDQ reserve, the
incidental catch allowance the Regional
Administrator determines is required on
an annual basis, as applicable, to
account for projected incidental catch of
an Amendment 80 species by nonAmendment 80 vessels engaged in
directed fishing for groundfish and, for
Atka mackerel, the Atka mackerel jig
allocation.
*
*
*
*
*
Ten percent or greater direct or
indirect ownership interest for purposes
of the Amendment 80 Program and
Rockfish Program * * *
*
*
*
*
*
3. In § 679.4, paragraphs (a)(1)(xiii),
(b)(6)(iv), (k)(12), and (o) are added to
read as follows:
Jkt 211001
*
Indefinite ....................................................
Specified fishing year ................................
Specified fishing year ................................
holds a Federal fisheries permit issued
to an Amendment 80 vessel.
*
*
*
*
*
(k) * * *
(12) Amendment 80 Program. In
addition to other requirements of this
part, a license holder must have an
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
*
For more
information,
see . . .
*
§ 679.90(b).
§ 679.91(b).
§ 679.91(b).
Amendment 80 LLP license to conduct
fishing for an Amendment 80 species
assigned to the Amendment 80 sector.
*
*
*
*
*
(o) Amendment 80 Program—(1)
Amendment 80 QS permit. (i) An
Amendment 80 QS permit is issued to
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30114
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
a person who submits a timely and
complete application for Amendment 80
QS that is approved by NMFS under
§ 679.90(b).
(ii) An Amendment 80 QS permit is
assigned to the owner of an Amendment
80 vessel that gave rise to that permit
under the provisions of § 679.90(b),
unless the Amendment 80 QS permit is
assigned to the holder of an Amendment
80 LLP license originally assigned to an
Amendment 80 vessel under the
provisions of § 679.90(d).
(iii) If an Amendment 80 QS permit
is assigned to the owner of an
Amendment 80 vessel the Amendment
80 QS permit will designate the
Amendment 80 vessel to which that
permit is assigned.
(iv) If an Amendment 80 QS permit is
assigned to the holder of an Amendment
80 LLP license originally assigned to an
Amendment 80 vessel under the
provisions of § 679.90(d)(2)(ii) or
§ 679.90(e)(4), the Amendment 80 QS
permit will be permanently affixed to
the Amendment 80 LLP license
originally assigned to an Amendment 80
vessel and will be designated as an
Amendment 80 LLP/QS license.
(v) Amendment 80 QS units assigned
to an Amendment 80 QS permit are
non-severable from that Amendment 80
QS permit and if transferred, the
Amendment 80 QS permit must be
transferred in its entirety to another
person under the provisions of
§ 679.90(e).
(vi) A person must hold an
Amendment 80 LLP license to hold an
Amendment 80 QS permit.
(2) Amendment 80 Cooperative quota
(CQ) permit. (i) A CQ permit is issued
annually to an Amendment 80
cooperative that submits a timely and
complete application for CQ that is
approved by NMFS as described at
§ 679.91(b)(4).
(ii) A CQ permit authorizes an
Amendment 80 cooperative to catch a
quantity of fish expressed as a portion
of the ITAC and halibut and crab PSC
that may be held for exclusive use by
that Amendment 80 cooperative.
(iii) A CQ permit will indicate the
amount of Amendment 80 species that
may be caught by the Amendment 80
cooperative, and the amount of
Amendment 80 crab and halibut PSC
that may be used by the Amendment 80
cooperative. The CQ permit will list the
members of the Amendment 80
cooperative, Amendment 80 LLP
licenses, Amendment 80 QS permits,
and Amendment 80 vessels that are
assigned to that Amendment 80
cooperative.
(iv) The amount of CQ listed on the
CQ permit will be based on:
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
(A) The amount of Amendment 80 QS
units held by all members of the
Amendment 80 cooperative designated
on a timely and complete application
for CQ as described under § 679.91(b)
that is approved by NMFS;
(B) The Amendment 80 QS units
derived from Amendment 80 QS
permits held by members of the
Amendment 80 cooperative who have
submitted a timely and complete EDR
for all Amendment 80 QS permits held
by that member as described under
§ 679.94; and
(C) The amount of CQ as modified by
an application for CQ transfer as
described under § 679.91(g) that is
approved by NMFS.
(v) A CQ permit is valid until
whichever of the following occurs first:
(A) Until the end of the year for which
the CQ permit is issued; or
(B) Until the permit is revoked,
suspended, or modified pursuant to
§ 679.43 or under 15 CFR part 904.
(vi) A legible copy of the CQ permit
must be carried onboard an Amendment
80 vessel assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative when fishing in the BSAI or
adjacent waters open by the State of
Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
fishing season.
(3) Amendment 80 Limited Access
Fishery permit. (i) An Amendment 80
limited access fishery permit is required
for an Amendment 80 QS holder to
catch, process, and receive Amendment
80 species assigned to the Amendment
80 limited access fishery, or use halibut
and crab PSC assigned to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery.
An Amendment 80 limited access
fishery permit is issued annually to an
Amendment 80 QS holder who has
submitted:
(A) A timely and complete
application for the Amendment 80
limited access fishery as described at
§ 679.91(b)(4) that is approved by
NMFS; and
(B) A timely and complete EDR for all
Amendment 80 QS permits held by that
person as described under § 679.94.
(ii) An Amendment 80 limited access
fishery permit is valid until whichever
of the following occurs first:
(A) Until the end of the year for which
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery permit is issued; or
(B) Until the permit is revoked,
suspended, or modified pursuant to
§ 679.43 or under 15 CFR part 904.
(iii) A legible copy of the Amendment
80 limited access fishery permit must be
carried onboard an Amendment 80
vessel assigned to the Amendment 80
limited access fishery when fishing in
the BSAI or adjacent waters open by the
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
State of Alaska for which it adopts a
Federal fishing season.
4. In § 679.5, paragraphs (n)(1) and
(n)(2) are removed; paragraphs (n)(3)
and (n)(4) are redesignated as
paragraphs (n)(1) and (n)(2),
respectively; and paragraph (s) is added
to read as follows:
§ 679.5
(R&R).
Recordkeeping and Reporting
*
*
*
*
*
(s) Amendment 80 Program—(1)
General. The owners and operators of
Amendment 80 vessels must comply
with the applicable recordkeeping and
reporting requirements of this section.
All owners of Amendment 80 vessels
must ensure that their designated
representatives or employees comply
with all applicable recordkeeping and
reporting requirements.
(2) Logbook-DCPL. Operators of
Amendment 80 vessels must use a daily
cumulative production logbook for trawl
gear as described in paragraph (a) of this
section to record Amendment 80
Program landings and production.
(3) Check-in/check-out report,
processors. Operators or managers of an
Amendment 80 vessel must submit
check-in/check-out reports as described
in paragraph (h) of this section.
(4) Weekly production report (WPR).
Operators of Amendment 80 vessels that
use a DCPL must submit a WPR as
described in paragraph (i) of this
section.
(5) Product transfer report (PTR),
processors. Operators of Amendment 80
vessels must submit a PTR as described
in paragraph (g) of this section.
(6) Annual Amendment 80
cooperative report—(i) Applicability. An
Amendment 80 cooperative issued a CQ
permit must submit annually to the
Regional Administrator an Amendment
80 cooperative report detailing the use
of the cooperative’s CQ.
(ii) Time limits and submittal. (A) The
annual Amendment 80 cooperative
report must be submitted to the
Regional Administrator by an electronic
data file in a NMFS-approved format; by
fax: 907–586–7557; or by mail sent to
the Regional Administrator, NMFS
Alaska Region, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau,
AK 99802–1668; and
(B) The annual Amendment 80
cooperative report for fishing activities
under a CQ permit issued for the prior
calendar year must be received by the
Regional Administrator not later than
1700 hours A.l.t. on March 1 of each
year.
(iii) Information required. The annual
Amendment 80 cooperative report must
include at a minimum:
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
(A) The cooperative’s actual retained
and discarded catch of CQ and GOA
sideboard limited fisheries (if
applicable) by statistical area and on a
vessel-by-vessel basis;
(B) A description of the method used
by the cooperative to monitor fisheries
in which cooperative vessels
participated; and
(C) A description of any actions taken
by the cooperative against specific
members in response to a member that
exceeded the amount of CQ that the
member was assigned to catch for the
Amendment 80 cooperative.
(7) Vessel monitoring system (VMS)
requirements (see § 679.28(f)).
5. In § 679.7, remove and reserve
paragraphs (d)(13), (d)(14), and (d)(16);
revise paragraph (m) published at 71 FR
17381 on April 6, 2006; and add
paragraph (o) to read as follows:
§ 679.7
Prohibitions.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(m) Prohibitions specific to GRS.
(Effective January 20, 2008). It is
unlawful for either the owner or
operator of a catcher/processor not
listed in § 679.4(l)(2)(i), not assigned to
an Amendment 80 cooperative, and
using trawl gear in the BSAI or an
Amendment 80 cooperative to:
(1) Retain an amount of groundfish
during a fishing year that is less than the
amount of groundfish required to be
retained under the GRS described at
§ 679.27(j).
(2) Fail to submit, submit inaccurate
information, or intentionally submit
false information, on any report,
application or statement required under
this part.
(3) Process or discard any catch not
weighed on a NMFS-approved scale that
complies with the requirements of
§ 679.28(b). Catch must not be sorted
before it is weighed and each haul must
be available to be sampled by an
observer for species composition.
(4) Process any groundfish without an
observer sampling station that complies
with § 679.28(d).
(5) Combine catch from two or more
hauls.
(6) Receive deliveries of unsorted
catch at any time during a fishing year
without complying with § 679.27(j)(5), if
the vessel is required to comply with
§ 679.27(j)(1) at any time during the
same fishing year.
*
*
*
*
*
(o) Amendment 80 Program—(1)
Amendment 80 vessels. (i) Use any
vessel other than an Amendment 80
vessel to catch, process, or receive any
amount of Amendment 80 species, crab
PSC, or halibut PSC assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
(ii) Use an Amendment 80 vessel to
catch, process, or receive any amount of
Amendment 80 species, crab PSC, or
halibut PSC assigned to the BSAI trawl
limited access sector.
(iii) Use an Amendment 80 vessel to
catch, process, or receive any amount of
Amendment 80 species, crab PSC, or
halibut PSC in the BSAI for a calendar
year if that Amendment 80 vessel is not
assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative or the Amendment 80
limited access fishery.
(2) Amendment 80 LLP license.
Designate an Amendment 80 vessel on
any groundfish LLP license other than
an Amendment 80 LLP license.
(3) Amendment 80 QS permit. (i) Hold
an Amendment 80 QS permit if that
person does not hold an Amendment 80
LLP license.
(ii) Hold an Amendment 80 QS permit
that is assigned to an Amendment 80
vessel under § 679.4(o)(1) if that person
is not designated as the owner of that
Amendment 80 vessel by an abstract of
title or USCG documentation.
(4) Amendment 80 cooperatives. (i)
Use an Amendment 80 vessel,
Amendment 80 LLP license, or
Amendment 80 QS permit assigned to
an Amendment 80 cooperative for a
calendar year to catch, process, or
receive any Amendment 80 species,
crab PSC, or halibut PSC not assigned to
that Amendment 80 cooperative during
that calendar year.
(ii) Catch, process, or receive
Amendment 80 species assigned to an
Amendment 80 cooperative in the BSAI
or adjacent waters open by the State of
Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
fishing season without a copy of a valid
Amendment 80 CQ permit onboard.
(iii) Retain an amount of groundfish
during a fishing year that is less than the
amount of groundfish required to be
retained by an Amendment 80
cooperative under the GRS described at
§ 679.27(j).
(iv) For an Amendment 80
cooperative to catch any Amendment 80
species, crab PSC, or halibut PSC in
excess of the CQ permit amounts
assigned to that Amendment 80
cooperative.
(5) Amendment 80 limited access
fishery. (i) Use an Amendment 80
vessel, Amendment 80 LLP license, or
Amendment 80 QS permit assigned to
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery for a calendar year to catch,
process, or receive any Amendment 80
species, crab PSC, or halibut PSC not
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access sector during that calendar year.
(ii) Catch, process, or receive
Amendment 80 species assigned to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery in
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30115
the BSAI or adjacent waters open by the
State of Alaska for which it adopts a
Federal fishing season without a copy of
a valid Amendment 80 limited access
fishery permit onboard.
(6) Catch monitoring. (i) Operate an
Amendment 80 vessel or a catcher/
processor not listed in § 679.4(l)(2)(i)
and using trawl gear, to catch, process,
or receive fish in the BSAI or adjacent
waters opened by the State of Alaska for
which it adopts a Federal fishing season
and fail to follow the catch monitoring
requirements detailed at § 679.93(a), (b),
and (c).
(ii) Operate an Amendment 80 vessel
that is subject to a sideboard limit
detailed at § 679.92(b) and (c), as
applicable, in the GOA or adjacent
waters open by the State of Alaska for
which it adopts a Federal fishing
season, and fail to follow the catch
monitoring requirements detailed at
§ 679.93(a), (b), and (d).
(7) Use caps. Exceed the use caps that
apply under § 679.92(a).
(8) Economic data report (EDR): Fail
to submit a timely and complete EDR as
described under § 679.94.
6. In § 679.20:
a. Paragraphs (a)(7)(i), (a)(7)(ii),
(a)(7)(iii)(B), are removed and reserved;
b. Paragraph (a)(7)(iv) is added and
reserved;
c. Paragraphs (a)(7)(v), (a)(7)(vi),
(a)(8)(iv), and (a)(8)(v) are added;
d. Paragraph (a)(8)(ii) is revised;
e. Paragraphs (a)(10) and (a)(11) are
redesignated as paragraphs (a)(11) and
(a)(12), respectively;
f. New paragraph (a)(10) is added;
g. Paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii) are
revised and paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) and
(iv) are removed; and
h. Paragraphs (d)(1)(v) and (d)(1)(vi)
are added.
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
§ 679.20
General limitations.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(7) * * *
(v) ITAC allocation to the Amendment
80 sector. A percentage of the Pacific
cod TAC, after subtraction of the CDQ
reserve, will be allocated as ITAC to the
Amendment 80 sector as described in
Table 33 to this part. Separate
allocations for each Amendment 80
cooperative and the Amendment 80
limited access fishery are described
under § 679.91. The allocation of Pacific
cod to the Amendment 80 sector will be
further divided into seasonal
apportionments as described under
paragraph (a)(7)(iii)(A)(1)(ii) of this
section.
(A) Use of seasonal apportionments
by Amendment 80 cooperatives. (1) The
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30116
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
amount of Pacific cod listed on a CQ
permit that is assigned for use in the A
season may be used in the B or C
season.
(2) The amount of Pacific cod that is
listed on a CQ permit that is assigned
for use in the B season may not be used
in the A season.
(3) The amount of Pacific cod listed
on a CQ permit that is assigned for use
in the C season may not be used in the
A or B season.
(B) Harvest of seasonal
apportionments in the Amendment 80
limited access fishery. (1) Pacific cod
ITAC assigned for harvest by the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery in
the A season may be harvested in the B
season.
(2) Pacific cod ITAC assigned for
harvest by the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery in the B season may not
be harvested in the A season.
(3) Pacific cod ITAC assigned for
harvest by the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery in the C season may not
be harvested in the A or B season.
(vi) ITAC rollover to Amendment 80
cooperatives. If during a fishing year,
the Regional Administrator determines
that a portion of the Pacific cod TAC is
unlikely to be harvested, the Regional
Administrator may issue inseason
notification in the Federal Register that
reallocates that remaining amount of
Pacific cod to Amendment 80
cooperatives, according to the
procedures established under
§ 679.91(f).
(8) * * *
(ii) ITAC allocation to Amendment 80
and BSAI trawl limited access sectors.
The remainder of the Atka mackerel
TAC, after subtraction of the jig gear
allocation, CDQ reserve, and incidental
catch allowance for the BSAI trawl
limited access sector and vessels using
non-trawl gear, will be allocated as
ITAC to the Amendment 80 and BSAI
trawl limited access sectors.
*
*
*
*
*
(iv) Amendment 80 sector allocation.
The allocation of Atka mackerel ITAC to
the Amendment 80 sector is established
in Table 32 to this part. The allocation
of Atka mackerel ITAC to the
Amendment 80 sector will be further
divided into seasonal apportionments
under § 679.23(e)(3), and separate
allocations for each Amendment 80
cooperative and the Amendment 80
limited access fishery as described
under § 679.91.
(A) Use of seasonal apportionments
by Amendment 80 cooperatives. (1) The
amount of Atka mackerel listed on a CQ
permit that is assigned for use in the A
season may be used in the B season.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
(2) The amount of Atka mackerel
listed on a CQ permit that is assigned
for use in the B season may not be used
in the A season.
(B) Harvest of seasonal
apportionments in the Amendment 80
limited access fishery. (1) Atka mackerel
ITAC assigned for harvest by the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery in
the A season may be harvested in the B
season.
(2) Atka mackerel ITAC assigned for
harvest by the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery in the B season may not
be harvested in the A season.
(v) BSAI trawl limited access sector
allocation—(A) BSAI trawl limited
access sector directed fishing allowance.
The amount of Atka mackerel ITAC
assigned as a directed fishing allowance
to the BSAI trawl limited access sector
is established in Table 32 to this part.
(B) BSAI trawl limited access sector
incidental catch allowance and ITAC
rollover. If, during a fishing year, the
Regional Administrator determines that
a portion of the Atka mackerel
incidental catch allowance or ITAC
assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector is unlikely to be harvested,
the Regional Administrator may issue
inseason notification in the Federal
Register that reallocates that remaining
amount of Atka mackerel directed
fishing allowance to Amendment 80
cooperatives, according to the
procedures established under
§ 679.91(f).
*
*
*
*
*
(10) Amendment 80 species except
Pacific cod and Atka mackerel—(i)
ITAC allocation to the Amendment 80
and BSAI trawl limited access sectors.
The remainder of the TACs for each
Amendment 80 species other than Atka
mackerel and Pacific cod, after
subtraction of the CDQ reserve and
incidental catch allowance for the BSAI
trawl limited access sector and vessels
using non-trawl gear, will be allocated
as ITAC to the Amendment 80 and BSAI
trawl limited access sectors.
(ii) Amendment 80 sector ITAC. The
allocation of ITAC for each Amendment
80 species other than Atka mackerel and
Pacific cod to the Amendment 80 sector
is established in Tables 33 and 34 to this
part. The allocation of these species to
the Amendment 80 sector will be
further divided into separate allocations
for each Amendment 80 cooperative and
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery as described under § 679.91.
(iii) BSAI trawl limited access sector
allocation—(A) BSAI trawl limited
access sector directed fishing allowance.
The amount of ITAC for each
Amendment 80 species other than Atka
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
mackerel and Pacific cod assigned as a
directed fishing allowance to the BSAI
trawl limited access sector is established
in Tables 33 and 34 to this part.
(B) BSAI trawl limited access sector
ITAC rollover. If, during a fishing year,
the Regional Administrator determines
that a portion of the incidental catch
allowance or ITAC assigned to the BSAI
trawl limited access sector for each
Amendment 80 species other than Atka
mackerel and Pacific cod is unlikely to
be harvested, the Regional
Administrator may issue inseason
notification in the Federal Register that
reallocates that remaining amount to
Amendment 80 cooperatives, according
to the procedures established under
§ 679.91(f).
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) Nonspecified reserve. Fifteen
percent of the BSAI TAC for each target
species and the ‘‘other species’’
category, except pollock, the hook-andline and pot gear allocation for
sablefish, and the Amendment 80
species, is automatically placed in the
nonspecified reserve before allocation to
any sector. The remaining 85 percent of
each TAC is apportioned to the initial
TAC for each target species that
contributed to the nonspecified reserve
and the ‘‘other species’’ category. The
nonspecified reserve is not designated
by species or species group. Any
amount of the nonspecified reserve may
be apportioned to target species that
contributed to the nonspecified reserve
or the ‘‘other species’’ category,
provided that such apportionments are
consistent with paragraph (a)(3) of this
section and do not result in overfishing
of a target species or the ‘‘other species’’
category.
(ii) CDQ reserves—(A) Pollock CDQ
reserves—(1) Bering Sea. In the annual
harvest specifications required by
paragraph (c) of this section, 10 percent
of the Bering Sea subarea pollock TAC
will be allocated to a CDQ reserve as a
directed fishing allowance.
(2) Aleutian Islands subarea and
Bogoslof District. In the annual harvest
specifications required by paragraph (c)
of this section, 10 percent of the
Aleutian Islands subarea and Bogoslof
District pollock TACs will be allocated
to a CDQ reserve as a directed fishing
allowance unless the Aleutian Islands
subarea or Bogoslof District is closed to
directed fishing for pollock by
regulation. If the Aleutian Islands
subarea and/or Bogoslof District is
closed to directed fishing for pollock by
regulation, then no pollock CDQ reserve
will be established for those areas and
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
incidental harvest of pollock by CDQ
groups will accrue against the incidental
catch allowance for pollock established
under paragraph (a)(5)(i)(A)(1) of this
section.
(B) Fixed gear sablefish CDQ reserves.
Twenty percent of the hook-and-line or
pot gear allocation of sablefish
established under paragraphs
(a)(4)(iii)(A) and (a)(4)(iv)(A) of this
section will be allocated to a CDQ
reserve for each subarea.
(C) CDQ reserves for Amendment 80
species. An amount equal to 10.7
percent of the BSAI TACs for Atka
mackerel, Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean
perch, yellowfin sole, rock sole, flathead
sole, and Pacific cod will be allocated to
a CDQ reserve for each of these species
by management area, subarea, or
district.
(D) CDQ reserves for other groundfish
species. An amount equal to 10.7
percent of the BSAI TACs for Bering Sea
Greenland turbot and arrowtooth
flounder, and 7.5 percent of the trawl
gear allocation of sablefish in the BS
and AI is apportioned from the
nonspecific reserve established under
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section to a
CDQ reserve for each of these species by
management area, subarea, or district.
(E) If the groundfish harvest
specifications required by paragraph (c)
of this section change a TAC category
allocated to a CDQ reserve under
paragraphs (b)(ii)(A) through (D) of this
section by combining or splitting a
species, species group, or management
area, then the same percentage of the
TAC apportioned to a CDQ reserve in
paragraphs (b)(ii) (A) through (D) of this
section will apply to the new TAC
categories.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(v) Amendment 80 GOA sideboard
limits—GOA groundfish. (A) If the
Regional Administrator determines that
a GOA sideboard limit for a GOA
groundfish species as described under
Table 37 to this part is sufficient to
support a directed fishing allowance for
that species, the Regional Administrator
may establish a directed fishing
allowance for the species applicable
only to Amendment 80 vessels subject
to the GOA groundfish sideboard limit.
(B) If the Regional Administrator
determines that a GOA groundfish
sideboard limit as described under
Table 37 to this part is insufficient to
support a directed fishing allowance by
Amendment 80 vessels for that species,
then the Regional Administrator may set
the directed fishing allowance to zero
for that species for Amendment 80
vessels.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
(C) Upon determining that a GOA
sideboard limit as described under
Table 37 to this part for a species is or
will be reached, the Regional
Administrator will publish notification
in the Federal Register prohibiting
directed fishing for that species by the
Amendment 80 vessels to which the
GOA sideboard limit applies.
(vi) Amendment 80 GOA sideboard
limits—halibut PSC. (A) If the Regional
Administrator determines that an GOA
sideboard limit for halibut PSC is
sufficient to support a directed fishery
for a species or species group,
management area, and season specified
in Table 38 to this part, then the
Regional Administrator may establish a
halibut PSC sideboard limit for that
species or species group, management
area, and season applicable to the
Amendment 80 vessels to which the
halibut PSC limit applies.
(B) If the Regional Administrator
determines that a halibut PSC sideboard
limit is insufficient to support a directed
fishery for a species or species group,
management area, and season as
specified in Table 38 to this part then
the Regional Administrator may set the
halibut PSC sideboard limit for that
species or species group to zero for the
Amendment 80 vessels to which the
halibut PSC limit applies.
(C) Upon determining that a halibut
PSC sideboard limit for a species or
species group, management area, and
season as specified in Table 38 to this
part is or will be reached, the Regional
Administrator will publish notification
in the Federal Register prohibiting
directed fishing for specific species or
species group by the Amendment 80
vessels to which the halibut PSC limit
applies as follows:
(1) If the halibut PSC sideboard limit
is reached for the deep-water species
fishery as defined in
§ 679.21(d)(3)(iii)(B) for a season, then
NMFS will close directed fishing in the
GOA for all species in the deep-water
species fishery except northern rockfish,
Pacific ocean perch, and pelagic shelf
rockfish in the Central GOA for that
season.
(2) If the halibut PSC sideboard limit
is reached for the shallow-water species
fishery as defined in
§ 679.21(d)(3)(iii)(A) for a season, then
NMFS will close directed fishing in the
GOA for all species in the shallow-water
species fishery for that season.
*
*
*
*
*
7. In § 679.21, paragraphs (e)(1)(i),
(e)(3)(i), (e)(3)(ii) heading, (e)(3)(ii)(A),
(e)(3)(ii)(B)(2), and (e)(3)(iv)
introductory text are revised, and
paragraph (e)(3)(vi) is added to read as
follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30117
§ 679.21 Prohibited species bycatch
management.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) PSQ reserve. The following
allocations of the trawl gear PSC limits
are made to the CDQ Program as PSQ
reserves. The PSQ reserves are not
apportioned by gear or fishery.
(A) Crab PSQ. 10.7 percent of each
PSC limit set forth in paragraphs
(e)(1)(ii) through (iv) of this section.
(B) Halibut PSQ. (1) 276 mt of the
total PSC limit set forth in paragraph
(e)(1)(v) of this section in each year for
2008 and 2009.
(2) 326 mt of the total PSC limit set
forth in paragraph (e)(1)(v) of this
section effective in 2010 and each year
thereafter.
(C) Salmon PSQ—(1) Chinook
salmon. 7.5 percent of the PSC limit set
forth in paragraph (e)(1)(vii) of this
section.
(2) Non-Chinook salmon. 10.7 percent
of the PSC limit set forth in paragraph
(e)(1)(viii) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * *
(i) General. NMFS, after consultation
with the Council and after subtraction of
PSQ reserves and PSC CQ assigned to
Amendment 80 cooperatives, will
apportion each PSC limit set forth in
paragraphs (e)(1)(ii) through (viii) of this
section into bycatch allowances for
fishery categories defined in paragraph
(e)(3)(iv) of this section, based on each
category’s proportional share of the
anticipated incidental catch during a
fishing year of prohibited species for
which a PSC limit is specified and the
need to optimize the amount of total
groundfish harvested under established
PSC limits.
(ii) Red king crab, C. bairdi, C. opilio,
and halibut—(A) General. For vessels
engaged in directed fishing for
groundfish in the BSAI, other than
vessels fishing under a CQ permit
assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative, the PSC limits for red king
crab, C. bairdi, C. opilio, and halibut
will be apportioned to the trawl fishery
categories defined in paragraphs
(e)(3)(iv)(B) through (F) of this section.
(B) * * *
(2) When the RKCSS is open to
vessels fishing for groundfish with
nonpelagic trawl gear under paragraph
(e)(3)(ii)(B)(1) of this section, NMFS,
after consultation with the Council, will
specify an amount of the red king crab
bycatch limit annually established
under paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section
for the RKCSS. The amount of the red
king crab bycatch limit specified for the
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30118
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
RKCSS will not exceed an amount
equivalent to 25 percent of the red king
crab PSC allowance and will be based
on the need to optimize the groundfish
harvest relative to red king crab bycatch.
*
*
*
*
*
(iv) Trawl fishery categories. For
purposes of apportioning trawl PSC
limits among fisheries, other than PSC
CQ assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative, the following fishery
categories are specified and defined in
terms of round-weight equivalents of
those groundfish species or species
groups for which a TAC has been
specified under § 679.20.
*
*
*
*
*
(vi) Amendment 80 sector bycatch
limitations. (A) Halibut and crab
bycatch limits for the Amendment 80
sector in the BSAI will be established
according to the procedure and
formulae set out in § 679.91(d) through
(f); and
(B) Halibut and crab PSC assigned to
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery will be managed through
directed fishing closures for
Amendment 80 vessels to which the
halibut and crab bycatch limits apply.
*
*
*
*
*
8. In § 679.27, paragraph (j) published
at 71 FR 17381 on April 6, 2006, is
revised to read as follows:
§ 679.27 Improved Retention/Improved
Utilization Program.
*
*
*
*
*
(j) Groundfish retention standard.
(Effective January 20, 2008)—(1)
Applicability. (i) The operator of a
catcher/processor not listed in
§ 679.4(l)(2)(i), not assigned to an
Amendment 80 cooperative, and using
trawl gear in the BSAI must comply
with the GRS set forth under paragraph
(j)(4) of this section while fishing for or
processing groundfish caught from the
BSAI from January 1 through December
31 of each year.
(ii) An Amendment 80 cooperative
and the members of an Amendment 80
cooperative must comply with the GRS
set forth under paragraph (j)(4) of this
section while fishing for or processing
groundfish caught from the BSAI from
January 1 through December 31 of each
year.
(iii) No part of the GRS supersedes
minimum retention or utilization
requirements for IR/IU species found in
this section.
(2) Percent of groundfish retained
calculation for a catcher/processor not
in an Amendment 80 cooperative. For
any fishing year, the percent of
groundfish retained by each catcher/
processor not listed in § 679.4(l)(2)(i),
not assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative, and using trawl gear in the
BSAI will be calculated using the
following equations:
n
GFroundweight = ∑ ( PWspecies n /PRRspecies n )
i =1
Substituting the value for
GFroundweight into the following
equation:
GFR% = (GFroundweight / TotalGF) *
100
Where:
GFroundweight is the total annual round
weight equivalent of all retained product
weights for each IR/IU groundfish
species.
PWspeciesn is the total annual product
weight for each groundfish species listed
in Table 2a to this part by product type
as reported in the vessel’s weekly
production report required at § 679.5(i).
PRRspeciesn is the standard product recovery
rate for each groundfish species and
product combination listed in Table 3 to
this part.
GFR% is the groundfish retention percentage
for a vessel calculated as GFroundweight
divided by the total weight of groundfish
catch.
TotalGF is the total groundfish round catch
weight as measured by the flow scale
measurement, less any non-groundfish,
PSC species or groundfish species on
prohibited species status under § 679.20.
(3) Percent of groundfish retained
calculation for an Amendment 80
cooperative. For each Amendment 80
cooperative, for any fishing year, the
percent of groundfish retained by that
Amendment 80 cooperative is based on
the aggregate groundfish retained by all
Amendment 80 vessels assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative and will be
calculated using the following
equations:
n
GFroundweight = ∑ ( PWspecies n /PRRspecies n )
i =1
Where:
GFroundweight is the total annual round
weight equivalent of all retained product
weights retained by all Amendment 80
vessels assigned to that Amendment 80
cooperative for each IR/IU groundfish
species.
PWspeciesn is the total annual product
weight for each groundfish species listed
in Table 2a to this part by product type
as reported in the vessel’s weekly
production report for all Amendment 80
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(4) Minimum groundfish retention
standard. An Amendment 80
cooperative or a catcher/processor not
listed in § 679.4(l)(2)(i), not assigned to
an Amendment 80 cooperative, and
using trawl gear in the BSAI must
comply with the annual minimum
groundfish retention standard
requirements displayed in the following
table:
GROUNDFISH RETENTION STANDARD
Year
2008 ..........................................
2009 ..........................................
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Annual GRS
(percent)
65
75
EP30MY07.003
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
GFR% = (GFroundweight / TotalGF) *
100
vessels assigned to that Amendment 80
cooperative required at § 679.5(i).
PRRspeciesn is the standard product recovery
rate for each groundfish species and
product combination listed in Table 3 to
this part.
GFR% is the groundfish retention percentage
for an Amendment 80 cooperative
calculated as GFroundweight divided by
the total weight of groundfish catch.
TotalGF is the total groundfish round catch
weight for all Amendment 80 vessels
assigned to that Amendment 80
cooperative as measured by the flow
scale measurement, less any nongroundfish, PSC species or groundfish
species on prohibited species status
under § 679.20.
EP30MY07.002
Substituting the value for
GFroundweight into the following
equation:
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
GROUNDFISH RETENTION STANDARD—
Continued
Year
Annual GRS
(percent)
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
2010 ..........................................
2011 and each year after .........
80
85
(5) Monitoring requirements—(i)
Observer coverage requirements. In
addition to complying with minimum
observer coverage requirements at
§ 679.50(c), the owner of an Amendment
80 vessel or any other catcher/processor
not listed in § 679.4(l)(2)(i) and using
trawl gear in the BSAI, must comply
with observer coverage requirements as
described at §§ 679.50(c)(6), and
679.7(m)(3) at all times the vessel is
used to harvest groundfish in the BSAI
with trawl gear.
(ii) Catch weighing. For each haul, all
catch by an Amendment 80 vessel or
any other catcher/processor not listed in
§ 679.4(l)(2)(i) and using trawl gear in
the BSAI must be weighed on a NMFSapproved scale and made available for
sampling by a NMFS certified observer
at a single location. The owner or
operator of an Amendment 80 vessel or
a catcher/processor not listed in
§ 679.4(l)(2)(i) and using trawl gear in
the BSAI must ensure that the vessel is
in compliance with the scale
requirements described at § 679.28(b),
that each haul is weighed separately,
and that no sorting of catch takes place
prior to weighing. All weighed catch
must be recorded as required at
§ 679.5(a)(7)(iv)(C).
(iii) Observer sampling station. The
owner or operator of an Amendment 80
vessel or any other catcher/processor
not listed in § 679.4(l)(2)(i) and using
trawl gear in the BSAI must provide an
observer sampling station as described
at § 679.28(d) and the owner of the
vessel must ensure that the vessel
operator complies with the observer
sampling station requirements described
at § 679.28(d) at all times the vessel is
used to harvest groundfish in the BSAI.
In addition to the requirements at
§ 679.28(d)(7)(ii), observers must be able
to sample all catch from a single point
along the conveyer belt conveying
unsorted catch, and when standing
where unsorted catch is collected, the
observer must be able to see that no
catch has been removed between the bin
and the location along the conveyer belt
at which the observers collect their
samples.
(6) Requirements for vessels that also
harvest groundfish outside of the BSAI.
The operator of an Amendment 80
vessel, or any other vessel required to
comply with paragraph (j) of this
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
section, must offload or transfer all fish
or fish product prior to harvesting fish
outside the BSAI, unless the operator of
the vessel is in compliance with the
recordkeeping and reporting and
monitoring requirements described at
§ 679.5(a)(7)(iv)(C) and paragraph (j)(5)
of this section at all times the vessel
harvests or processes groundfish outside
the BSAI.
(7) Requirements for vessels receiving
deliveries of unsorted catch. The owner
or operator of an Amendment 80 vessel,
or any other vessel required to comply
with this paragraph (j) at any time
during a fishing year and who also
receives deliveries of unsorted catch at
any time during a fishing year must
comply with this paragraph (j)(5) while
processing deliveries of unsorted catch.
9. In § 679.28, paragraph (d)(8)(i) is
revised; paragraph (h) is added and
reserved; and paragraph (i) is added to
read as follows:
§ 679.28 Equipment and operational
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(8) * * *
(i) How does a vessel owner arrange
for an observer sampling station
inspection? The owner may arrange the
inspection time and place by submitting
to NMFS by fax (206–526–4066) or email (station.inspections@noaa.gov) an
Inspection Request for Observer
Sampling Station available on the
NMFS Alaska Region Web site at
https://www.fakr.noaa.gov. Inspections
will be scheduled no later than 10
working days after NMFS receives a
complete application for an inspection.
The owner must provide the following
information:
(A) Name and signature of the person
submitting the application, and the date
of the application.
(B) Business mailing address,
telephone number, and fax number of
the person submitting the application.
(C) Whether the vessel or processor
has received an observer sampling scale
inspection before and, if so, the date of
the most recent inspection report.
(D) Vessel name and name of contact
person on vessel.
(E) Federal fishery permit number.
(F) Location of vessel where sampling
station inspection is requested to occur,
including street address and city.
(G) Requested inspection date.
(H) For catcher/processors using trawl
gear and motherships, a diagram drawn
to scale showing the location(s) where
all catch will be weighed, the location
where observers will sample unsorted
catch, and the location of the observer
sampling station including the observer
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30119
sampling scale, and the name of the
manufacturer and model of the observer
sampling scale.
(I) For all other vessels, a diagram
drawn to scale showing the location(s)
where catch comes on board the vessel,
the location where observers will
sample unsorted catch, the location of
the observer sampling station, including
the observer sampling scale, and the
name of the manufacturer and model of
the observer sampling scale.
(J) For all vessels, a copy of the most
recent scale inspection report issued
under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Bin monitoring—(1) Bin monitoring
standards. The vessel owner or operator
must comply with the requirements
specified in paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this
section unless the vessel owner or
operator has requested, and NMFS has
approved, one of the monitoring options
described at paragraph (i)(1)(ii) or
(i)(1)(iii) of this section.
(i) Option 1—No crew in bin or tank.
No crew may enter any bin or tank
preceding the point where the observer
samples unsorted catch, unless:
(A) The flow of fish has been stopped
between the tank and the location where
the observer samples unsorted catch;
(B) All catch has been cleared from all
locations between the tank and the
location where the observer samples
unsorted catch;
(C) The observer has been given
notice that the vessel crew must enter
the tank; and either
(D) The observer is given the
opportunity to observe the activities of
the person(s) in the tank; or
(E) The observer informs the vessel
operator, or his designee, that all
sampling has been completed for a
given haul, in which case crew may
enter a tank containing fish from that
haul without stopping the flow of fish
or clearing catch between the tank and
the observer sampling station.
(ii) Option 2—Line of sight option.
From the observer sampling station, the
location where the observer sorts and
weighs samples, and the location from
which the observer collects unsorted
catch, an observer of average height
(between 64 and 74 inches (140 and 160
cm)) must be able to see all areas of the
bin or tank where crew could be located
preceding the point where the observer
samples catch. If clear panels are used
to comply with this requirement, those
panels must be maintained sufficiently
clear to allow an individual with normal
vision to read text located two feet
inside of the bin or tank. The text must
be written in 87 point type
(corresponding to line four on a
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30120
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
standard Snellen eye chart) and the text
must be readable from the observer
sampling station, the location where the
observer sorts and weighs samples, and
the location from which the observer
collects unsorted catch. The observer
must be able to view the activities of
crew in the bin from these locations.
(iii) Option 3—Video option. A vessel
must provide and maintain cameras, a
monitor, and a digital video recording
system for all areas of the bin or tank
where crew could be located preceding
the point where the observer collects
catch. The vessel owner or operator
must ensure that:
(A) The system has sufficient data
storage capacity to store all video data
from an entire trip. Each frame of stored
video data must record a time/date
stamp in Alaska local time (A.l.t.). At a
minimum, all periods of time when fish
are inside the bin must be recorded and
stored;
(B) The system must include at least
one external USB (1.1 or 2.0) hard drive
or other removable storage device
approved by NMFS;
(C) The system uses commercially
available software;
(D) Color cameras must have at a
minimum 420 TV lines of resolution, a
lux rating of 0.1, and auto-iris
capabilities;
(E) The video data must be
maintained and made available to
NMFS staff, or any individual
authorized by NMFS, upon request.
These data must be retained onboard the
vessel for no less than 120 days after the
beginning of a trip, unless NMFS has
notified the vessel operator that the
video data may be retained for less than
this 120-day period;
(F) The system provides sufficient
resolution and field of view to see and
read a text sample written in 130 point
type (corresponding to line two of a
standard Snellen eye chart) from any
location within the tank where crew
could be located;
(G) The system is recording at a speed
of no less than 5 frames per second at
all times when fish are inside the tank;
(H) A 16-bit or better color monitor,
for viewing activities within the tank in
real time, is provided within the
observer sampling station (or location
where the observer sorts and weighs
samples, if applicable). The monitor
must:
(1) Have the capacity to display all
cameras simultaneously;
(2) Be operating at all times when fish
are in the tank;
(3) Be securely mounted at or near eye
level;
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
(4) Provide the same resolution as
specified in paragraph (i)(1)(iii)(F) of
this section.
(I) The observer is able to view any
earlier footage from any point in the trip
and is assisted by crew knowledgeable
in the operation of the system in doing
so;
(J) The vessel owner has, in writing,
provided the Regional Administrator
with the specifications of the system. At
a minimum, this must include:
(1) The length and width (in pixels)
of each image;
(2) The file type in which the data are
recorded;
(3) The type and extent of
compression;
(4) The frame rate at which the data
will be recorded;
(5) The brand and model number of
the cameras used;
(6) The brand, model, and
specifications of the lenses used;
(7) A scale drawing of the location of
each camera and its coverage area;
(8) The size and type of storage
device;
(9) The type, speed, and operating
system of any computer that is part of
the system;
(10) The individual or company
responsible for installing and
maintaining the system;
(11) The individual onboard the
vessel responsible for maintaining the
system and working with the observer
on its use; and
(12) Any additional information
requested by the Regional
Administrator.
(K) Any change to the video system
that would affect the system’s
functionality must be submitted to, and
approved by, the Regional
Administrator in writing before that
change is made.
(iv) Failure of line of sight or video
option. If the observer determines that a
monitoring option selected by a vessel
owner or operator specified in
paragraph (i)(1)(ii) or (i)(1)(iii) of this
section fails to provide adequate
monitoring of all areas of the bin where
crew could be located, then the vessel
must use the monitoring option
specified in paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this
section until the observer determines
that adequate monitoring of all areas of
the bin where crew could be located is
provided by the monitoring option
selected by the vessel owner or operator.
(2) Who must have a bin monitoring
option inspection? A vessel owner or
operator choosing to operate under the
line of sight option (option 2) in
paragraph (i)(1)(ii) of this section or the
video option (option 3) in paragraph
(i)(1)(iii) of this section must receive an
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
annual bin monitoring option
inspection.
(3) How does a vessel owner arrange
for a bin monitoring option inspection?
The owner may arrange the inspection
time and place by submitting to NMFS
by fax (206–526–4066) or e-mail
(station.inspections@noaa.gov) an
Inspection Request for Bin Monitoring
available on the NMFS Alaska Region
Web site at (https://www.fakr.noaa.gov).
Inspections will be scheduled no later
than 10 working days after NMFS
receives a complete application for an
inspection. The owner must provide the
following information:
(i) Name and signature of the person
submitting the application, and the date
of the application;
(ii) Business mailing address,
telephone number, and fax number of
the person submitting the application;
(iii) Whether the vessel has received
a bin monitoring option inspection
before, and if so, the date of the most
recent inspection report;
(iv) Vessel name;
(v) Federal fishery permit number;
(vi) Location where the inspection is
requested to occur, including street
address and city; and
(vii) A diagram drawn to scale
showing the locations where all catch
will be weighed and sorted by the
observer, the location where unsorted
catch will be collected, and the location
of any video equipment or viewing
panels or ports.
(4) Where will bin monitoring option
inspections be conducted? Inspections
will be conducted on vessels tied to
docks at Dutch Harbor, Alaska, Kodiak,
Alaska, and in the Puget Sound area of
Washington State.
(5) Bin monitoring option inspection
report. A bin monitoring option
inspection report, valid for 12 months
from the date it is signed by NMFS, will
be issued to the vessel owner if the bin
monitoring option meets the
requirements of paragraph (i)(1)(ii) or
(i)(1)(iii) of this section. The vessel
owner must maintain a current bin
option inspection report onboard the
vessel at all times the vessel is required
to provide an approved bin monitoring
option under this paragraph (i)(5). The
bin monitoring option inspection report
must be made available to the observer,
NMFS personnel or to an authorized
officer upon request.
10. In § 679.31:
a. Remove paragraphs (a)(2), (c), (f),
and (g);
b. Redesignate paragraphs (b), (d), and
(e) as paragraphs (a)(2), (3), and (4),
respectively;
c. In redesignated paragraph (a)(2),
further redesignate paragraphs (1), (2),
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
and (3) introductory text, and (4) as
paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv),
respectively;
d. In redesignated paragraph
(a)(2)(iii), further redesignate paragraphs
(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) as paragraphs
(a)(2)(iii)(A), (B), (C), and (D),
respectively;
e. Add and reserve paragraph (b); and
f. Revise the section heading, the
heading for paragraph (a) and paragraph
(a)(1).
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
§ 679.31
*
*
CDQ and PSQ reserves.
*
*
*
(a) CDQ and PSQ reserves—(1)
Groundfish CDQ reserves. See
§ 679.20(b)(1)(ii).
*
*
*
*
*
11. In § 679.50, paragraphs (a),
(c)(4)(i)(A), and paragraph (c)(6)
published at 71 FR 17381 on April 6,
2006, are revised to read as follows:
§ 679.50 Groundfish Observer Program
applicable through December 31, 2007.
(a) General. Operators of vessels
possessing a Federal fisheries permit
under § 679.4(b)(1) and processors that
possess a Federal processor permit
under § 679.4(f)(1), must comply with
this section. The owner of a fishing
vessel or a processor subject to this part
30121
must ensure that the operator or
manager complies with this section and
is jointly and severally liable for such
compliance. The following table
provides a reference to the paragraphs
in this section that contain observer
coverage requirements for vessels,
shoreside processors, and stationary
floating processors participating in
certain fishery programs or fishing in
certain areas. Observer coverage for the
CDQ fisheries obtained in compliance
with paragraphs (c)(4) and (d)(5) of this
section may not be used to comply with
observer coverage requirements for nonCDQ groundfish fisheries specified in
this section.
Program
Catcher/
processors
Catcher vessels
Motherships
Shoreside and
stationary floating
processors
(1) CDQ Program ...........................................................
(2) AFA pollock ..............................................................
(3) Aleutian Islands pollock ............................................
(4) Rockfish Program .....................................................
(5) Vessels fishing in the Red King Crab Savings Area
(6) Vessels fishing in the Nearshore Bristol Bay Trawl
Closure Area.
(7) Vessels fishing in the HLA for Atka mackerel ..........
(8) Non-AFA trawl C/Ps fishing in the BSAI ..................
(9) Vessels and processors participating in all other
BSAI and GOA groundfish fisheries.
(c)(4) .......................
(c)(5)(i)(A) and (B) ..
(c)(5)(i)(C) ...............
(c)(7)(i) ....................
(c)(1)(vii) .................
(c)(1)(ix) ..................
(c)(4) ...................
(c)(1) through (3)
(c)(1) through (3)
(c)(7)(ii) ...............
(c)(1)(viii) .............
(c)(1)(ix) ..............
(c)(4) ............................
(c)(5)(i)(A) ....................
(c)(5)(i)(C) ....................
N/A ..............................
N/A ..............................
N/A ..............................
(d)(5).
(d)(6).
(d)(1) through (4).
(d)(7).
N/A.
N/A.
(c)(1)(x) ...................
(c)(6) .......................
(c)(1) through (3), in
GOA only.
(c)(1)(x) ...............
N/A ......................
(c)(1) through (3)
N/A ..............................
N/A ..............................
(c)(1) through (3) .........
N/A.
N/A.
(d)(1) through (4).
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) CDQ groundfish fisheries
(effective January 20, 2008)—(1)
Catcher/processors using trawl gear. A
catcher/processor not listed in
§ 679.4(l)(2)(i) using trawl gear and
groundfish CDQ fishing, except catcher/
processors directed fishing for pollock
CDQ, must comply with the observer
coverage requirements at paragraph
(c)(6)(i) of this section and the catch
monitoring requirements in § 679.93(c).
(2) Motherships. A mothership that
receives groundfish from catcher vessels
using trawl gear and groundfish CDQ
fishing, except catcher vessels directed
fishing for pollock CDQ, must have at
least two level 2 observers as described
at paragraphs (j)(1)(v)(D) and (E) of this
section onboard the vessel, at least one
of whom must be endorsed as a lead
level 2 observer.
*
*
*
*
*
(6) Non-AFA trawl catcher/processors
(effective January 20, 2008)—(i)
Catcher/processors not listed in
§ 679.4(l)(2)(i) and using trawl gear in
the BSAI. Catcher/processors not listed
in § 679.4(l)(2)(i) and using trawl gear in
the BSAI must have onboard at least two
NMFS-certified observers for each day
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
that the vessel is used to harvest,
receive, or process groundfish in the
BSAI or adjacent waters open by the
State of Alaska for which it adopts a
Federal fishing season.
(A) Observer lead level 2
requirements. At least one of the
observers required under this paragraph
(c)(6)(i) must be endorsed as a lead level
2 observer. More than two observers are
required if the observer workload
restriction at paragraph (c)(6)(i)(B) of
this section would otherwise preclude
sampling as required.
(B) Observer workload. The time
required for the observer to complete
sampling, data recording, and data
communication duties must not exceed
12 consecutive hours in each 24-hour
period.
(ii) Amendment 80 vessels in the
GOA. All Amendment 80 vessels fishing
in the GOA, except the F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE (USCG Documentation Number
609951) provided the F/V GOLDEN
FLEECE is named on LLP license
number LLG2524, must have onboard at
least one NMFS-certified observer for
each day that the vessel is used to
harvest, receive, or process groundfish
in the GOA management areas or
adjacent waters open by the State of
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
fishing season.
*
*
*
*
*
12. In § 679.64:
a. Revise section heading;
b. Revise paragraph (a)(2)(i);
c. Redesignate paragraphs (a)(4)
through (a)(6) as paragraphs (a)(5)
through (a)(7), respectively;
d. Add new paragraph (a)(4);
e. Revise paragraphs (a)(5) and (a)(6);
f. Add paragraph (a)(8);
g. Revise paragraph (b)(3)(i) heading;
h. Redesignate paragraph (b)(3)(iii) as
paragraph (b)(3)(iv);
i. Add new paragraph (b)(3)(iii);
j. Revise paragraph (b)(4); and
k. Add new paragraph (b)(6).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 679.64 Harvesting sideboard limits in
other fisheries.
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) The Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean
perch harvest limit will be equal to the
1996 through 1997 aggregate retained
catch of Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean
perch by catcher/processors listed in
Sections 208(e)(1) through (20) and 209
of the AFA in non-pollock target
fisheries divided by the sum of the
Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean perch
catch in 1996 and 1997 multiplied by
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30122
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
the remainder of the Aleutian Islands
Pacific ocean perch TAC after the
subtraction of the CDQ reserve under
§ 679.20(b)(1)(ii)(C) in the year in which
the harvest limit will be in effect.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) Flathead sole, rock sole, and
yellowfin sole. The harvest limit for
flathead sole, rock sole, and yellowfin
sole will be equal to the 1995 through
1997 aggregate retained catch of that
species by catcher/processors listed in
Sections 208(e)(1) through (e)(20) and
209 of the AFA in non-pollock target
fisheries divided by the sum of the catch
of that species in 1995 through 1997
multiplied by the remainder of the TAC
of that species after the subtraction of
the CDQ reserve under
§ 679.20(b)(1)(ii)(C) in the year in which
the harvest limit will be in effect.
(5) Remaining groundfish species. (i)
Except as provided for in paragraphs
(a)(1)(ii) through (a)(4) of this section,
the harvest limit for each BSAI
groundfish species or species group will
be equal to the 1995 through 1997
aggregate retained catch of that species
by catcher/processors listed in Sections
208(e)(1) through (e)(20) and 209 of the
AFA in non-pollock target fisheries
divided by the sum of the catch of that
species in 1995 through 1997 multiplied
by the TAC of that species available for
harvest by catcher/processors in the
year in which the harvest limit will be
in effect.
(ii) If the amount of a species
calculated under paragraph (a)(5)(i) of
this section is determined by the
Regional Administrator to be
insufficient to meet bycatch needs for
AFA catcher/processors in other
directed fisheries for groundfish, the
Regional Administrator will prohibit
directed fishing for that species by AFA
catcher/processors and establish the
sideboard amount equal to the amount
of that species caught by AFA catcher/
processors incidental to directed fishing
for other groundfish species.
(6) What are the halibut and crab PSC
sideboard limits? The halibut and crab
PSC bycatch limits specified for catcher/
processors in the BSAI are listed in
Tables 40 and 41 to this part.
*
*
*
*
*
(8) Yellowfin sole sideboard limit
exemption. AFA catcher/processors will
not be subject to a harvest limit for
yellowfin sole in the BSAI during a
calendar year if the aggregate ITAC of
yellowfin sole assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector and BSAI trawl
limited access sector is greater than or
equal to 125,000 metric tons.
(b) * * *
(3) * * *
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
(i) BSAI groundfish other than
Amendment 80 species.
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) Amendment 80 species other than
Pacific cod. The AFA catcher vessel
groundfish harvest limit for each
Amendment 80 species other than BSAI
Pacific cod will be equal to the aggregate
retained catch of that Amendment 80
species from 1995 through 1997 by all
AFA catcher vessels, divided by the
sum of the TAC available to catcher
vessels for that species or species group
from 1995 through 1997, and multiplied
by the remainder of the TAC after the
subtraction of the CDQ reserve under
§ 679.20(b)(1)(ii)(C) in the year or season
in which the harvest limit will be in
effect.
(4) How will halibut and crab PSC
limits be calculated?—(i) BSAI. The
halibut and crab PSC bycatch limits
specified for catcher vessels in the BSAI
are listed in Tables 40 and 41 to this
part.
(ii) GOA. The AFA catcher vessel PSC
bycatch limit for halibut in the GOA
will be a portion of the PSC limit equal
to the ratio of aggregate retained
groundfish catch by AFA catcher vessels
in each PSC target category from 1995
through 1997 relative to the retained
catch of all vessels in that fishery from
1995 through 1997.
*
*
*
*
*
(6) Yellowfin sole sideboard limit
exemption. AFA catcher vessels will not
be subject to a harvest limit for
yellowfin sole in the BSAI during a
calendar year if the aggregate ITAC of
yellowfin sole assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector and BSAI trawl
limited access sector is greater than or
equal to 125,000 metric tons.
*
*
*
*
*
13. In § 679.84, paragraphs (c)(7) and
(c)(9) are revised to read as follows:
§ 679.84 Rockfish Program recordkeeping,
permits, monitoring, and catch accounting.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(7) Pre-cruise meeting. The Observer
Program Office is notified by phone at
1–907–271–1702 at least 24 hours prior
to departure when the vessel will be
carrying an observer who had not
previously been deployed on that vessel
within the last 12 months. Subsequent
to the vessel’s departure notification,
but prior to departure, NMFS may
contact the vessel to arrange for a precruise meeting. The pre-cruise meeting
must minimally include the vessel
operator or manager, and any observers
assigned to the vessel.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(9) Vessel crew in tanks or bins. The
vessel owner or operator must comply
with the bin monitoring standards
specified in § 679.28(i).
*
*
*
*
*
14. Subpart H, consisting of §§ 679.90
through 679.94, is added to read as
follows:
Subpart H—Amendment 80 Program
Sec.
679.90 Allocation, use, and transfer of
Amendment 80 QS permits.
679.91 Amendment 80 Program annual
harvester privileges.
679.92 Amendment 80 Program use caps
and sideboard limits.
679.93 Amendment 80 Program
recordkeeping, permits, monitoring, and
catch accounting.
679.94 Economic data report (EDR) for the
Amendment 80 sector.
Subpart H—Amendment 80 Program
§ 679.90 Allocation, use, and transfer of
Amendment 80 QS permits.
Regulations under this subpart were
developed by NMFS to implement the
Amendment 80 Program. Additional
regulations that implement specific
portions of the Amendment 80 Program
are set out at § 679.2 Definitions, § 679.4
Permits, § 679.5 Recordkeeping and
reporting (R&R), § 679.7 Prohibitions,
§ 679.20 General limitations, § 679.21
Prohibited species bycatch management,
§ 679.27 Improved Retention/Improved
Utilization Program, § 679.28
Equipment and operational
requirements, § 679.31 CDQ and PSQ
reserves, § 679.50 Groundfish Observer
Program applicable through December
31, 2007, and § 679.64 Harvesting
sideboard limits in other fisheries.
(a) Issuance of Amendment 80 QS
permits—(1) General. NMFS will issue
an Amendment 80 QS permit to a
person who is eligible to receive
Amendment 80 QS units as described in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section and
based on:
(i) The information contained in an
approved application for Amendment
80 QS as described in paragraph (b) of
this section;
(ii) The information contained in the
Amendment 80 official record as
described in paragraph (c) of this
section;
(iii) The Amendment 80 QS permit
allocation procedures as described in
paragraph (d) of this section; and
(iv) In consideration of any use caps
as described in § 679.92(a).
(2) Eligibility to receive an
Amendment 80 QS permit—(i) Owner of
an Amendment 80 vessel. A person may
receive an Amendment 80 QS permit if:
(A) That person owns an Amendment
80 vessel at the time of application for
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
Amendment 80 QS as demonstrated on
a title of abstract or USCG
documentation;
(B) That person holds an Amendment
80 LLP license at the time of application
for Amendment 80 QS;
(C) That person is a U.S. citizen;
(D) That person submits a timely
application for Amendment 80 QS that
is approved by NMFS as described in
paragraph (b) of this section; and
(E) That person is not eligible to
receive an Amendment 80 QS permit
under the provisions of paragraph
(a)(2)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Holder of an Amendment 80 LLP
license. A person may receive an
Amendment 80 QS permit if:
(A) At the time of application for
Amendment 80 QS that person holds
the Amendment 80 LLP license
originally assigned to an Amendment 80
vessel and that Amendment 80 vessel
has suffered an actual total loss,
constructive total loss, or is
permanently ineligible to receive a
fishery endorsement under 46 U.S.C.
12108;
(B) The actual total loss, constructive
total loss, or permanent ineligibility of
that Amendment 80 vessel to receive a
fishery endorsement under 46 U.S.C.
12108 has been clearly and
unambiguously established and
documented in written form in the
application for Amendment 80 QS and
that documentation is accepted by
NMFS;
(C) The express terms of a written
contract clearly and unambiguously
provide that the owner(s) of that
Amendment 80 vessel transferred all
rights and privileges to use the
Amendment 80 legal landings from that
Amendment 80 vessel to the person
holding the Amendment 80 LLP license
originally assigned to that Amendment
80 vessel;
(D) That person is a U.S. citizen; and
(E) That person has submitted a
timely application for Amendment 80
QS that is approved by NMFS as
described in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(b) Application for Amendment 80
QS—(1) Submission. A person who
wishes to receive an Amendment 80 QS
permit must submit a timely and
complete application for Amendment 80
QS. Once a person submits a timely and
complete application for Amendment 80
QS that is approved by NMFS, an
application for Amendment 80 QS is not
required to be resubmitted. An
application for Amendment 80 QS may
only be submitted to NMFS using any
one of the following methods:
(i) Mail: Regional Administrator, c/o
Restricted Access Management Program,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK
99802–1668;
(ii) Fax: 907–586–7354; or
(iii) Hand delivery or carrier: NMFS,
Room 713, 709 West 9th Street, Juneau,
AK 99801.
(2) Application forms. Application
forms are available through the internet
on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at
https://www.fakr.noaa.gov, or by
contacting NMFS at 800–304–4846,
Option 2.
(3) Deadline. A completed application
for Amendment 80 QS must be received
by NMFS no later than 1700 hours A.l.t.
on October 15 of the year prior to the
fishing year for which the applicant is
applying, or if sent by U.S. mail,
postmarked by that time. Applications
received or postmarked after the
deadline will not be eligible to receive
an Amendment 80 QS permit for the
upcoming fishing year.
(4) Contents of application. A
completed application must contain the
following information:
(i) Applicant identification. (A) The
applicant’s name, NMFS person ID (if
applicable), tax ID number, permanent
business mailing address, business
telephone number, business fax number,
and e-mail (if available);
(B) Indicate (YES or NO) if the
applicant is a U.S. citizen; if YES, enter
his or her date of birth;
(C) Indicate (YES or NO) if the
applicant is a U.S. corporation,
partnership, association, or other
business entity; if YES, enter the date of
incorporation;
(D) Indicate (YES or NO) if the
applicant is a successor-in-interest to a
deceased individual or to a nonindividual no longer in existence, if YES
attach evidence of death or dissolution;
(E) Indicate whether the applicant is
applying as the owner of an
Amendment 80 vessel or the holder of
an Amendment 80 LLP license
originally assigned to an Amendment 80
vessel;
(F) For an applicant claiming
Amendment 80 legal landings
associated with an Amendment 80
vessel, enter the following information
for each Amendment 80 vessel: USCG
documentation number of vessel on
which Amendment 80 legal landings
were caught and processed, vessel
name, ADF&G vessel registration
number, and LLP license held by that
person at the time of application;
(G) If an Amendment 80 vessel has
suffered an actual total loss,
constructive total loss, or is
permanently ineligible to receive a
fishery endorsement under 46 U.S.C.
12108, provide clear and unambiguous
documentation in written form that the
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30123
Amendment 80 vessel has suffered an
actual total loss, constructive total loss,
or is permanently ineligible to receive a
fishery endorsement under 46 U.S.C.
12108; and
(H) If applicable, a copy of the express
terms of a written contract held by the
applicant that clearly and
unambiguously indicates that the owner
of the Amendment 80 vessel that has
suffered has an actual total loss,
constructive total loss, or is
permanently ineligible to receive a
fishery endorsement under 46 U.S.C.
12108 has transferred all rights and
privileges to use Amendment 80 legal
landings and any resulting Amendment
80 QS or exclusive harvest privilege
from that Amendment 80 vessel to the
person holding the Amendment 80 LLP
license originally assigned to that
Amendment 80 vessel.
(ii) Applicant signature and
certification. The applicant must sign
and date the application certifying that
all information is true, correct, and
complete to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief. If the application
is completed by a designated
representative, then explicit
authorization for the designated
representative signed by the applicant
must accompany the application.
(5) Application evaluation. The
Regional Administrator will evaluate
applications received as specified in
this paragraph (b)(5) of this section and
compare all claims in an application
with the information in the Amendment
80 official record. Application claims
that are consistent with information in
the Amendment 80 official record will
be approved by the Regional
Administrator. Application claims that
are inconsistent with the Amendment
80 official record, unless verified by
documentation, will not be approved.
An applicant who submits inconsistent
claims, or an applicant who fails to
submit the information specified in
paragraph (b)(4) of this section, will be
provided a single 30-day evidentiary
period in which to submit the specified
information, submit evidence to verify
his or her inconsistent claims, or submit
a revised application with claims
consistent with information in the
Amendment 80 official record. An
applicant who submits claims that are
inconsistent with information in the
Amendment 80 official record has the
burden of proving that the submitted
claims are correct. Any claims that
remain inconsistent or that are not
accepted after the 30-day evidentiary
period will be denied, and the applicant
will be notified by an IAD of his or her
appeal rights under § 679.43.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30124
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
(6) Appeals. If an applicant is notified
by an IAD that inconsistent claims made
by the applicant have been denied, that
applicant may appeal that IAD under
the provisions described at § 679.43.
(c) Amendment 80 official record—(1)
Use of the Amendment 80 official
record. The Amendment 80 official
record will contain all information used
by the Regional Administrator to
determine eligibility to participate in
the Amendment 80 Program, assign QS,
and any other privileges or limits for the
Amendment 80 Program.
(2) Amendment 80 official record
presumed to be correct. The
Amendment 80 official record is
presumed to be correct. An applicant to
participate in the Amendment 80
Program has the burden to prove
otherwise.
(3) Documentation is used to establish
the amount of Amendment 80 legal
landings. Only Amendment 80 legal
landings as defined in § 679.2 will be
used to assign Amendment 80 QS units
to an Amendment 80 QS permit unless
an Amendment 80 vessel has no
Amendment 80 legal landings in which
case Amendment 80 QS units will be
allocated to the Amendment 80 QS
permit derived from that Amendment
80 vessel according to the procedures
established under paragraphs (d)(1)(iii)
and (iv) of this section.
(4) Assignment of Amendment 80
legal landings. An Amendment 80 legal
landing is assigned only to the
Amendment 80 vessel that was used to
make that Amendment 80 legal landing.
(d) Assigning an Amendment 80 QS
permit to an Amendment 80 QS
holder—(1) Amendment 80 QS units
derived from an Amendment 80 vessel
and issued to an Amendment 80 QS
holder. NMFS will assign a specific
amount of Amendment 80 QS units to
each Amendment 80 QS permit based
on the Amendment 80 legal landings of
each Amendment 80 vessel for each
Amendment 80 species in each
management area for that Amendment
80 species as listed in Table 32 to this
part, using information from the
Amendment 80 official record according
to the following procedures:
(i) All Amendment 80 species. (A) For
each Amendment 80 species, sum the
Amendment 80 legal landings for each
Amendment 80 vessel in all
management areas for that Amendment
80 species listed in Table 32 to this part
for each calendar year from 1998
through 2004.
(B) Select the five calendar years that
yield the highest amount of Amendment
80 legal landings of that Amendment 80
species in all management areas for that
Amendment 80 species listed in Table
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
32 to this part, including zero metric
tons if necessary.
(C) Sum the Amendment 80 legal
landings of the highest five years for an
Amendment 80 species. This yields the
Highest Five Years for that Amendment
80 species.
(D) Divide the Highest Five Years for
an Amendment 80 species in paragraph
(d)(1)(i)(C) of this section for an
Amendment 80 vessel by the sum of all
Highest Five Years for all Amendment
80 vessels for that Amendment 80
species based on the Amendment 80
official record for that Amendment 80
species as presented in the following
equation:
Highest Five Years / ∑ All Highest Five
Years = Percentage of the Total.
The result (quotient) of this equation
is the Percentage of the Total for that
Amendment 80 vessel for that
Amendment 80 species.
(ii) Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean
perch and BSAI Pacific cod. Multiply
the Percentage of the Total for that
Amendment 80 vessel for Aleutian
Islands Pacific ocean perch and BSAI
Pacific cod as calculated in paragraph
(d)(1)(i)(D) of this section by the
Amendment 80 initial QS pool for
Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean perch
and BSAI Pacific cod as set forth in
Table 32 to this part. This yields the
number of Amendment 80 QS units for
that Amendment 80 vessel for Aleutian
Islands Pacific ocean perch and BSAI
Pacific cod Pacific cod.
(iii) BSAI rock sole and BSAI
yellowfin sole. (A) If an Amendment 80
vessel did not have any Amendment 80
legal landings during 1998 through
2004, that Amendment 80 vessel will
receive 0.5 percent of the Percentage of
the Total for BSAI rock sole and BSAI
yellowfin sole as calculated in
paragraph (d)(1)(i)(D) of this section.
(B) All Amendment 80 vessels that
did have Amendment 80 legal landings
will have the Percentage of the Total
assigned to that Amendment 80 vessel
as calculated in paragraph (d)(1)(i)(D) of
this section adjusted to account for the
assignment of the Percentage of the
Total to Amendment 80 vessels under
paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(A) of this section
for BSAI rock sole and BSAI yellowfin
sole as presented in the following
equation:
Percentage of the Total for that
Amendment 80 vessel x (1 ¥
∑Percentage of the Total assigned to
all Amendment 80 vessels under
paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(A) of this
section) = Adjusted Percentage of
the Total for that Amendment 80
vessel.
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(C) Multiply the Adjusted Percentage
of the Total for that Amendment 80
vessel by the Amendment 80 initial QS
pool for BSAI rock sole and BSAI
yellowfin sole as set forth in Table 32
to this part. This yields the number of
Amendment 80 QS units for that
Amendment 80 vessel for BSAI rock
sole or BSAI yellowfin sole.
(iv) BSAI flathead sole. (A) If an
Amendment 80 vessel did not have any
Amendment 80 legal landings during
1998 through 2004, that Amendment 80
vessel will receive 0.1 percent of the
Percentage of the Total for BSAI
flathead sole as calculated in paragraph
(d)(1)(i)(D) of this section.
(B) All Amendment 80 vessels that
did have Amendment 80 legal landings
during 1998 through 2004 will have the
Percentage of the Total assigned to that
Amendment 80 vessel as calculated in
paragraph (d)(1)(i)(D) of this section
adjusted to account for the assignment
of the Percentage of the Total to
Amendment 80 vessels under paragraph
(d)(1)(iv)(A) of this section for BSAI
flathead sole as presented in the
following equation:
Percentage of the Total for that
Amendment 80 vessel x (1 ¥
∑Percentage of the Total assigned to
all Amendment 80 vessels under
paragraph (d)(1)(iv)(A) of this
section) = Adjusted Percentage of
the Total for that Amendment 80
vessel.
(C) Multiply the Adjusted Percentage
of the Total for that Amendment 80
vessel by the Amendment 80 initial QS
pool for BSAI flathead sole as set forth
in Table 32 to this part. This yields the
number of Amendment 80 QS units for
that Amendment 80 vessel for BSAI
flathead sole.
(v) BSAI Atka mackerel. (A) Multiply
the Percentage of the Total for that
Amendment 80 vessel as calculated in
paragraph (d)(1)(i)(D) of this section by
the Amendment 80 initial QS pool for
BSAI Atka mackerel as set forth in Table
32 to this part. This yields the number
of Amendment 80 QS units for that
Amendment 80 vessel for BSAI Atka
mackerel.
(B) If an Amendment 80 vessel is an
Amendment 80 non-mackerel vessel,
determine the percentage of the
Amendment 80 QS pool that is assigned
to each Atka mackerel management area
listed in Table 32 to this part in each
year from 1998 through 2004 for that
Amendment 80 non-mackerel vessel
based on the percentage of Amendment
80 legal landings in that Atka mackerel
management area from 1998 through
2004 for that Amendment 80 nonmackerel vessel.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
(C) The sum of the Amendment 80 QS
units allocated to all Amendment 80
non-mackerel vessels is the Total
Amendment 80 non-mackerel QS pool.
(D) The sum of the Amendment 80 QS
units allocated to all Amendment 80
mackerel vessels is the Total
Amendment 80 mackerel QS pool.
(2) Assigning Amendment 80 QS units
to an Amendment 80 permit. Once the
Regional Administrator determines the
amount of Amendment 80 QS units to
be issued for an Amendment 80 species
derived from an Amendment 80 vessel
based on the criteria described in
paragraphs (b) through (d) of this
section, NMFS will assign that amount
of Amendment 80 QS units for each
Amendment 80 species as an
Amendment 80 QS permit to the
Amendment 80 QS holder as follows:
(i) Amendment 80 vessel owner.
NMFS will issue an Amendment 80 QS
permit for each Amendment 80 vessel to
the owner of that Amendment 80 vessel
if that person submitted a timely and
complete Application for Amendment
80 QS that was approved by NMFS
under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section;
or
(ii) Amendment 80 LLP/QS license.
NMFS will issue an Amendment 80 QS
permit as an endorsement on an
Amendment 80 LLP license to the
holder of an Amendment 80 LLP license
originally assigned to an Amendment 80
vessel if that person submitted a timely
and complete Application for
Amendment 80 QS that was approved
by NMFS under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of
this section.
(e) Transfers of Amendment 80 QS
permits—(1) Non-severability of
Amendment 80 QS permits. (i) An
Amendment 80 QS holder may not
transfer an Amendment 80 QS permit to
another person unless all Amendment
80 QS units for all Amendment 80
species on that Amendment 80 QS
permit are transferred in their entirety to
the same person at the same time; and
(ii) Once an Amendment 80 QS
permit is assigned to an Amendment 80
LLP license, that Amendment 80 LLP
license is designated as an Amendment
80 LLP/QS license and a person may not
separate the Amendment 80 QS permit
from that Amendment 80 LLP/QS
license.
(2) Transfer of an Amendment 80
LLP/QS license. A person holding an
Amendment 80 LLP/QS license may
transfer that Amendment 80 LLP/QS
license to another person only under the
provisions of § 679.4(k)(7).
(3) Transfers of Amendment 80 QS
permits. A person holding an
Amendment 80 QS permit assigned to
an Amendment 80 vessel may transfer
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
that Amendment 80 QS permit to
another person only by submitting an
application to transfer Amendment 80
QS permit that is approved by NMFS
under the provisions of paragraph (f) of
this section.
(4) Assigning an Amendment 80 QS
permit to an Amendment 80 LLP
license. An Amendment 80 vessel
owner holding an Amendment 80 QS
permit assigned to an Amendment 80
vessel may transfer that Amendment 80
QS permit to the Amendment 80 LLP
license originally assigned to that
Amendment 80 vessel only by
submitting an application to transfer an
Amendment 80 QS permit that is
approved by NMFS under the
provisions of paragraph (f) of this
section.
(f) Application to transfer an
Amendment 80 QS permit—(1) General.
An Amendment 80 QS holder who
wishes to transfer an Amendment 80 QS
permit must submit a complete
application that is approved by NMFS.
This application may only be submitted
to NMFS using the any one of the
following methods:
(i) Mail: Regional Administrator, c/o
Restricted Access Management Program,
NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK
99802–1668;
(ii) Fax: 907–586–7354; or
(iii) Hand delivery or carrier: NMFS,
Room 713, 709 West 9th Street, Juneau,
AK 99801.
(2) Application forms. Application
forms are available through the internet
on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at
https://www.fakr.noaa.gov, or by
contacting NMFS at 800–304–4846,
Option 2.
(3) Application—(i) Transferor
information—(A) Transferor
identification. The transferor’s name,
NMFS person ID (if applicable), tax ID
number, date of incorporation or date of
birth, permanent business mailing
address, business telephone number, fax
number, and e-mail (if available).
(B) Type of transfer. (1) Indicate
whether the transferor is applying to
transfer an Amendment 80 QS permit to
another person; or
(2) Indicate whether the transferor is
applying to transfer an Amendment 80
QS permit to the Amendment 80 LLP
license originally assigned to that
Amendment 80 vessel as listed in Table
31 to this part.
(C) Amendment 80 QS permit.
Indicate the Amendment 80 QS permit
to be transferred.
(D) Information for transfers of
Amendment 80 QS permit to another
person. If transferring an Amendment
80 QS permit assigned to an
Amendment 80 vessel owner to another
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30125
person, attach abstract of title or USCG
documentation that clearly and
unambiguously indicates that the
Amendment 80 QS permit transferee is
named on the abstract of title or USCG
documentation as the owner of the
Amendment 80 vessel to which that
Amendment 80 QS permit would be
assigned.
(E) Information for transfers of
Amendment 80 QS permits to an
Amendment 80 LLP license. If
transferring Amendment 80 QS assigned
to an Amendment 80 vessel owner to
the Amendment 80 LLP license
originally assigned to that Amendment
80 vessel, provide clear and
unambiguous written documentation
that can be verified by NMFS that the
Amendment 80 vessel for which that
Amendment 80 LLP license was
originally assigned is no longer able to
be used in the Amendment 80 Program
due to the actual total loss, constructive
total loss, or permanent ineligibility of
that vessel to receive a fishery
endorsement under 46 U.S.C. 12108.
(F) Certification of transferor. The
transferor must sign and date the
application certifying that all
information is true, correct, and
complete to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief. If the application
is completed by a designated
representative, then explicit
authorization signed by the applicant
must accompany the application.
(ii) Transferee information—(A)
Transferee identification. The
transferee’s name, NMFS person ID (if
applicable), tax ID number, date of
incorporation or date of birth,
permanent business mailing address,
business telephone number, fax number,
and e-mail (if available).
(B) Certification of transferee. The
transferee must sign and date the
application certifying that all
information is true, correct, and
complete to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief. If the application
is completed by an designated
representative, then explicit
authorization signed by the applicant
must accompany the application.
§ 679.91 Amendment 80 Program annual
harvester privileges.
(a) Assigning an Amendment 80 QS
permit to an Amendment 80 cooperative
or Amendment 80 limited access
fishery—(1) General. (i) Each calendar
year, an Amendment 80 QS holder must
either be designated on a timely and
complete application for CQ, or file an
application for the Amendment 80
limited access fishery that is approved
by the Regional Administrator as
described under paragraph (b) of this
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30126
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
section in order to catch, process, or
receive Amendment 80 species, crab
PSC, or halibut PSC assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector.
(ii) NMFS will assign all Amendment
80 QS permit(s), Amendment 80
vessel(s), and Amendment 80 LLP
license(s) held by an Amendment 80 QS
holder to an Amendment 80 cooperative
if that Amendment 80 QS holder is
designated as a member of an
Amendment 80 cooperative on an
application for CQ that is approved by
the Regional Administrator as described
under paragraph (b) of this section.
(iii) NMFS will assign all Amendment
80 QS permit(s), Amendment 80
vessel(s), and Amendment 80 LLP
license(s) held by an Amendment 80 QS
holder to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery if that Amendment 80 QS
holder is designated on an application
for the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery that is approved by the Regional
Administrator as described under
paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) Amendment 80 QS permits issued
after issuance of CQ or ITAC. Any
Amendment 80 QS permits, or
Amendment 80 QS units on an
Amendment 80 QS permit, assigned to
an Amendment 80 QS holder after
NMFS has issued CQ or ITAC to the
Amendment 80 sector for a calendar
year will not result in any additional:
(i) CQ being issued to an Amendment
80 cooperative if that Amendment 80
QS holder has assigned his Amendment
80 QS permit(s) to an Amendment 80
cooperative for that calendar year; or
(ii) ITAC being issued to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery if
that Amendment 80 QS holder has
assigned his Amendment 80 QS
permit(s) to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery for that calendar year.
(3) Failure to submit an application
for an Amendment 80 fishery. If an
Amendment 80 QS holder is not
designated on a timely and complete
application for CQ or application for an
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
that is approved by the Regional
Administrator as described under
paragraph (b) of this section, the
Regional Administrator will not assign
that Amendment 80 QS holder’s
Amendment 80 QS permit(s),
Amendment 80 vessel(s), or
Amendment 80 LLP license(s) to an
Amendment 80 cooperative or the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
for the applicable calendar year.
(b) Application for CQ and
Application for the Amendment 80
limited access fishery—(1) General. An
application for CQ or an application for
the Amendment 80 limited access
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
fishery may only be submitted to NMFS
using any one of the following methods:
(i) Mail: Regional Administrator, c/o
Restricted Access Management Program,
NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK
99802–1668;
(ii) Fax: 907–586–7354; or
(iii) Hand delivery or carrier: NMFS,
Room 713, 709 West 9th Street, Juneau,
AK 99801.
(2) Application forms. Application
forms are available through the internet
on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at
https://www.fakr.noaa.gov, or by
contacting NMFS at 800–304–4846,
Option 2.
(3) Deadline. A completed application
must be received by NMFS no later than
1700 hours A.l.t. on November 1 of the
year prior to the calendar year for which
the applicant is applying, or if sent by
U.S. mail, the application must be
postmarked by that time.
(4) Application for CQ—(i)
Amendment 80 cooperative
identification. The Amendment 80
cooperative’s legal name; tax ID number,
the type of business entity under which
the Amendment 80 cooperative is
organized; the state in which the
Amendment 80 cooperative is legally
registered as a business entity;
permanent business address; business
telephone number; business fax number;
e-mail address (if available); and printed
name of the Amendment 80
cooperative’s designated representative.
(ii) Identification of Amendment 80
QS permit holders and ownership
documentation. Full name of each
Amendment 80 cooperative member;
NMFS person ID of each member;
Amendment 80 QS permit number(s);
the names of all persons, to the
individual level, holding an ownership
interest in the Amendment 80 QS
permit(s) assigned to the Amendment 80
cooperative and the percentage
ownership each person and individual
holds in the Amendment 80 QS
permit(s).
(iii) Identification of Amendment 80
cooperative member vessels and
Amendment 80 LLP licenses. Vessel
name; ADF&G vessel registration
number; USCG documentation number;
and Amendment 80 LLP license
number.
(iv) Identification of vessels on which
the CQ issued to the Amendment 80
cooperative will be used. Vessel name,
ADF&G vessel registration number, and
USCG documentation number.
(v) EDR submission. For 2009 and
thereafter, indicate (YES or NO) whether
each member of the Amendment 80
cooperative has submitted a timely and
complete EDR for each Amendment 80
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
QS permit held by that person as
required under § 679.94.
(vi) Certification of cooperative
authorized representative. The
cooperative’s authorized representative
must sign and date the application
certifying that all information is true,
correct, and complete to the best of his
or her knowledge and belief. Explicit
authorization to complete the
application on behalf of the members of
the cooperative must accompany the
application.
(vii) Copy of membership agreement
or contract. Attach a copy of the
membership agreement or contract that
specifies how the Amendment 80
cooperative intends to catch its CQ.
(5) Application for the Amendment 80
limited access fishery—(i) Applicant
identification. The applicant’s name,
NMFS Person ID (if applicable), tax ID
number (required), permanent business
mailing address, business telephone
number, fax number, and e-mail (if
available).
(ii) Amendment 80 vessel
identification. The name, ADF&G vessel
registration number(s), and USCG
documentation number(s) of the
Amendment 80 vessel(s) owned by the
applicant.
(iii) Amendment 80 LLP
identification. The Amendment 80 LLP
license number(s) held by the applicant.
(iv) Amendment 80 QS permit
information. The Amendment 80 QS
permit number(s) held by the applicant.
(v) Amendment 80 QS ownership
documentation. The names of all
persons, to the individual person level,
holding an ownership interest in the
Amendment 80 QS permit(s) held by the
applicant and the percentage ownership
each person and individual holds in the
Amendment 80 QS permit(s).
(vi) EDR submission. For 2009 and
thereafter, indicate (YES or NO) whether
the applicant has submitted a timely
and complete EDR for each Amendment
80 QS permit held by that person as
required under § 679.94.
(vii) Applicant signature and
certification. The applicant must sign
and date the application certifying that
all information is true, correct, and
complete to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief. If the application
is completed by a designated
representative, then explicit
authorization signed by the applicant
must accompany the application.
(c) Allocations of Amendment 80
species—(1) General. Each calendar
year, the Regional Administrator will
determine the tonnage of Amendment
80 species that will be assigned to the
BSAI trawl limited access sector and the
Amendment 80 sector. For participants
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
in the Amendment 80 sector, the
tonnage of fish will be further assigned
between Amendment 80 cooperatives
and the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery.
(2) Calculation—(i) Determination of
TAC and ITAC. NMFS will determine
the TAC and ITAC for each Amendment
80 species in a calendar year in the
annual harvest specification process in
§ 679.20.
(ii) Annual apportionment of ITAC.
The annual apportionment of ITAC for
each Amendment 80 species between
the Amendment 80 sector and the BSAI
trawl limited access sector in a given
calendar year is established in Tables 33
and 34 to this part.
(3) Allocation of CQ to Amendment
80 cooperatives—(i) General. The
amount of ITAC for each Amendment
80 species assigned to an Amendment
80 cooperative is equal to the amount of
Amendment 80 QS units assigned to
that Amendment 80 cooperative by
Amendment 80 QS holders divided by
the total Amendment 80 QS pool
multiplied by the ITAC for that
Amendment 80 species in that
management area. Once ITAC for an
Amendment 80 species in a
management area is assigned to an
Amendment 80 cooperative, it is issued
as CQ specific to that Amendment 80
cooperative.
(ii) CQ allocation for Amendment 80
species except BSAI Atka mackerel. The
amount of CQ for each Amendment 80
species except BSAI Atka mackerel that
is assigned to a Amendment 80
cooperative is expressed algebraically as
follows:
CQ in a management area =
[(Amendment 80 sector ITAC in a
management area) x (Amendment
80 QS units assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative /
Amendment 80 QS pool)].
(iii) CQ allocation for BSAI Atka
mackerel. The amount of CQ for BSAI
Atka mackerel that is assigned to each
Amendment 80 cooperative in each
management area is determined by the
following procedure:
(A) Determine the amount of nonmackerel ITAC in each management
area using the following equation:
Non-mackerel ITAC in a management
area = (Amendment 80 nonmackerel QS units designated for
that management area / Total Atka
mackerel QS pool) x Amendment
80 sector ITAC in all management
areas.
(B) Determine the amount of mackerel
ITAC in each management area using
the following equation:
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Mackerel ITAC in a management area =
Amendment 80 sector ITAC in that
management area—Non-mackerel
ITAC in that management area.
(C) Determine the amount of nonmackerel CQ assigned to the
Amendment 80 cooperative using the
following equation:
Non-mackerel CQ assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative =
(Amendment 80 non-mackerel QS
units designated for that
management area assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative /
Amendment 80 non-mackerel QS
pool in that management area) x
Non-mackerel ITAC for that
management area.
(D) Determine the amount of mackerel
CQ assigned to the Amendment 80
cooperative using the following
equation:
Mackerel CQ in a management area =
(Mackerel QS units assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative /
Mackerel QS pool) x Mackerel ITAC
in that management area.
(E) The total amount of Atka mackerel
CQ assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative for a management area is
equal to the sum of paragraphs
(c)(3)(iii)(C) and (D) of this section.
(4) Amendment 80 limited access
fishery. The amount of ITAC in a
management area for each Amendment
80 species assigned to the Amendment
80 limited access fishery is equal to the
ITAC remaining after subtracting all CQ
issued to all Amendment 80
cooperatives for that Amendment 80
species in that management area.
(d) Allocations of halibut PSC—(1)
Amount of Amendment 80 halibut PSC
assigned to the Amendment 80 sector.
The amount of halibut PSC assigned to
the Amendment 80 sector for each
calendar year is specified in Table 35 to
this part. That amount of halibut PSC is
then assigned to Amendment 80
cooperatives and the Amendment 80
limited access fishery.
(2) Amount of Amendment 80 halibut
PSC assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative. For each calendar year, the
amount of Amendment 80 halibut PSC
assigned as CQ to an Amendment 80
cooperative is determined by the
following procedure:
(i) Multiply the amount of halibut
PSC established in Table 35 to this part
by the percentage of the Amendment 80
halibut PSC apportioned to each
Amendment 80 species as established in
Table 36 to this part. This yields the
halibut PSC apportionment for that
Amendment 80 species.
(ii) For each Amendment 80 species,
divide the amount of Amendment 80 QS
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30127
units assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative by the Amendment 80 QS
pool. This yields the percentage of
Amendment 80 QS units held by that
Amendment 80 cooperative.
(iii) For each Amendment 80 species,
multiply the halibut PSC apportionment
for that Amendment 80 species
established in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this
section by the percentage of the
Amendment 80 QS pool assigned to an
Amendment 80 cooperative for that
Amendment 80 species established in
paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section. This
yields the amount of halibut PSC
apportioned to that cooperative for that
Amendment 80 species.
(iv) For each Amendment 80
cooperative, sum the results of
paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section for
all Amendment 80 species. This yields
the amount of Amendment 80 halibut
PSC assigned to that Amendment 80
cooperative as CQ.
(3) Amount of Amendment 80 halibut
PSC assigned to the Amendment 80
limited access fishery. The amount of
Amendment 80 halibut PSC assigned to
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery is equal to the amount of halibut
PSC assigned to the Amendment 80
sector specified in Table 35 to this part
subtracting the amount of Amendment
80 halibut PSC assigned as CQ to all
Amendment 80 cooperatives as
determined in paragraph (d)(2)(iv) of
this section.
(4) Use of Amendment 80 halibut PSC
in the Amendment 80 sector—(i)
Amendment 80 halibut PSC assigned to
a Amendment 80 cooperative. An
amount of Amendment 80 halibut PSC
is assigned to the CQ permit issued to
an Amendment 80 cooperative for use
while fishing for all groundfish species
in the BSAI or adjacent waters open by
the State of Alaska for which it adopts
a Federal fishing season. Any halibut
PSC used by an Amendment 80
cooperative must be deducted from the
amount of halibut PSC CQ on its CQ
permit. Amendment 80 halibut PSC on
a CQ permit may only be used by the
members of the Amendment 80
cooperative to which it is assigned.
Halibut PSC assigned as CQ is not
subject to seasonal apportionment under
§ 679.21.
(ii) Amendment 80 halibut PSC
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery. An amount of
Amendment 80 halibut PSC is assigned
to the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery for use by all Amendment 80
vessels in the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery while fishing for all
groundfish species in the BSAI or
adjacent waters open by the State of
Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30128
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
fishing season. Any halibut PSC used by
Amendment 80 vessels assigned to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
must be deducted from the amount of
halibut PSC assigned to the Amendment
80 limited access fishery. Amendment
80 halibut PSC assigned to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery is
subject to seasonal apportionment under
§ 679.21.
(5) Halibut PSC assigned to the BSAI
trawl limited access sector. Halibut PSC
assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector for groundfish fishing in
the BSAI may only be used by the
members of the BSAI trawl limited
access sector unless modified by
reallocation to Amendment 80
cooperatives according to the
procedures in paragraph (f) of this
section. Halibut PSC assigned to the
BSAI trawl limited access sector is
subject to seasonal apportionment under
§ 679.21.
(e) Allocations of crab PSC—(1)
Amount of Amendment 80 crab PSC
assigned to the Amendment 80 sector.
The amount of Amendment 80 crab PSC
assigned to the Amendment 80 sector
for each Amendment 80 crab PSC in a
calendar year is specified in Table 35 to
this part. That amount of Amendment
80 crab PSC is then assigned to
Amendment 80 cooperatives and the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery.
(2) Amount of Amendment 80 crab
PSC assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative. For each calendar year, for
each Amendment 80 crab PSC, the
amount assigned as CQ to an
Amendment 80 cooperative is
determined by the following procedure:
(i) Multiply the amount of an
Amendment 80 crab PSC established in
Table 35 to this part by the percentage
of the Amendment 80 crab PSC
apportioned to each Amendment 80
species as established in Table 36 to this
part. This yields the Amendment 80
crab PSC apportionment for that
Amendment 80 species.
(ii) For each Amendment 80 species,
divide the amount of Amendment 80 QS
units assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative by the Amendment 80 QS
pool. This yields the percentage of
Amendment 80 QS units held by that
Amendment 80 cooperative.
(iii) For each Amendment 80 species,
multiply the Amendment 80 crab PSC
apportionment to that Amendment 80
species established in paragraph (e)(2)(i)
of this section by the percentage of the
Amendment 80 QS pool held by an
Amendment 80 cooperative as
established in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this
section. This yields the amount of
Amendment 80 crab PSC apportioned to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
that Amendment 80 cooperative for that
Amendment 80 species.
(iv) For each Amendment 80 crab
PSC, sum the results of paragraph
(e)(2)(iii) for all Amendment 80 species.
This yields the amount of that
Amendment 80 crab PSC assigned to
that Amendment 80 cooperative.
(3) Amount of Amendment 80 crab
PSC assigned to the Amendment 80
limited access fishery. The amount of
each Amendment 80 crab PSC assigned
to the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery is equal to the amount of that
Amendment 80 crab PSC assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector specified in Table
35 to this part subtracting the amount of
that crab PSC that has been assigned as
CQ to all Amendment 80 cooperatives
as determined in paragraph (e)(2)(iv) of
this section.
(4) Use of Amendment 80 crab PSC in
the Amendment 80 sector—(i)
Amendment 80 crab PSC assigned to an
Amendment 80 cooperative. An amount
of Amendment 80 crab PSC is assigned
to the CQ permit issued to an
Amendment 80 cooperative for use
while fishing for all groundfish species
in the BSAI or adjacent waters open by
the State of Alaska for which it adopts
a Federal fishing season. Any
Amendment 80 crab PSC used by an
Amendment 80 cooperative must be
deducted from the amount of
Amendment 80 crab PSC CQ on its CQ
permit. Amendment 80 crab PSC on a
CQ permit may only be used by the
members of the Amendment 80
cooperative to which it is assigned.
Amendment 80 crab PSC assigned as CQ
is not subject to seasonal apportionment
under § 679.21.
(ii) Amendment 80 halibut PSC
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery. An amount of
Amendment 80 crab PSC is assigned to
the Amendment 80 limited access
fishery for use by all Amendment 80
vessels in the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery while fishing for all
groundfish species in the BSAI or
adjacent waters open by the State of
Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
fishing season. Any Amendment 80 crab
PSC used by Amendment 80 vessels
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery must be deducted from
the amount of Amendment 80 crab PSC
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery. Amendment 80 crab PSC
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery is subject to seasonal
apportionment under § 679.21.
(5) Amendment 80 crab PSC assigned
to the BSAI trawl limited access sector.
Amendment 80 crab PSC assigned to the
BSAI trawl limited access sector for
groundfish fishing in the BSAI may only
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
be used by the members of the BSAI
trawl limited access sector unless
modified by reallocation to Amendment
80 cooperatives according to the
procedures in paragraph (f) of this
section. Amendment 80 crab PSC
assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector is subject to seasonal
apportionment under § 679.21.
(f) Rollover—Annual reallocation of
an Amendment 80 species ICA or ITAC,
crab PSC, and halibut PSC from the
BSAI trawl limited access sector to
Amendment 80 cooperatives—(1)
General. The Regional Administrator
may reallocate a portion of an ICA or
ITAC of an Amendment 80 species, crab
PSC, or halibut PSC amount assigned to
the BSAI trawl limited access sector to
Amendment 80 cooperatives if the
amount assigned to the BSAI trawl
limited access sector is projected not to
be harvested or used. Any reallocation
will result in an amended CQ permit for
each Amendment 80 cooperative. The
timing of a reallocation will be at the
discretion of the Regional
Administrator.
(2) Factors considered. The Regional
Administrator will consider the
following factors when reallocating an
ICA, a directed fishing allowance of an
Amendment 80 species, or crab PSC, or
halibut PSC amounts from the BSAI
trawl limited access sector to
Amendment 80 cooperatives:
(i) The risk of biological harm to a
groundfish species or species group;
(ii) The risk of socioeconomic harm to
other domestic fishery participants;
(iii) The impact that the allocation
might have on the socioeconomic wellbeing of Amendment 80 cooperatives;
(iv) Current catch and PSC use in the
BSAI trawl limited access sector;
(v) Historic catch and PSC use in the
BSAI trawl limited access sector;
(vi) Harvest capacity and any stated
intent on the future harvesting patterns
of vessels in the BSAI trawl limited
access sector;
(vii) Administrative requirements to
reissue CQ permits; and
(viii) Any other relevant biological,
socioeconomic, or administrative
factors.
(3) Rollover of Amendment 80
species. If, during a fishing year, the
Regional Administrator determines that
a reallocation of a portion of the ITAC
or ICA of an Amendment 80 species
assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector to Amendment 80
cooperatives is appropriate, the
Regional Administrator will issue a
revised CQ permit to reallocate that
amount of Amendment 80 species to
each Amendment 80 cooperative
according to the following formula:
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
Amount of additional CQ issued to an
Amendment 80 cooperative =
Amount of Amendment 80 species
available for reallocation to
Amendment 80 cooperatives x
(Amount of CQ for that Amendment
80 species initially assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative / ∑ CQ
for that Amendment 80 species
initially assigned to all Amendment
80 cooperatives).
(4) Rollover of halibut PSC. If, during
a fishing year, the Regional
Administrator determines that a
reallocation of a portion of the halibut
PSC assigned to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector to Amendment 80
cooperatives is appropriate, the
Regional Administrator will issue a
revised CQ permit to reallocate that
amount of halibut PSC to each
Amendment 80 cooperative according to
the following procedure:
(i) Multiply the amount of the halibut
PSC limit to be reallocated by 95
percent (0.95). This yields the maximum
amount of halibut PSC available for
allocation to Amendment 80
cooperatives; and
(ii) Determine the halibut PSC CQ
issued to each Amendment 80
cooperative according to the following
formula:
Amount of additional CQ issued to an
Amendment 80 cooperative = Maximum
amount of halibut PSC available for
reallocation to Amendment 80
cooperatives × (Amount of halibut PSC
CQ initially assigned to that
Amendment 80 cooperative / ∑ halibut
PSC CQ initially assigned to all
Amendment 80 cooperatives).
(5) Rollover of crab PSC. If, during a
fishing year, the Regional Administrator
determines that a reallocation of a
portion of a crab PSC assigned to the
BSAI trawl limited access sector to
Amendment 80 cooperatives is
appropriate, the Regional Administrator
will issue a revised CQ permit to
reallocate that amount of crab PSC to
each Amendment 80 cooperative
according to the following formula:
Amount of CQ issued to an
Amendment 80 cooperative = Amount
of that crab PSC available for allocation
to Amendment 80 cooperatives ×
(Amount of that crab PSC CQ initially
assigned to that Amendment 80
cooperative / ∑ that crab PSC CQ
initially assigned to all Amendment 80
cooperatives).
(g) CQ transfer applications—(1)
General. An Amendment 80 cooperative
may transfer all or part of its CQ to
another Amendment 80 cooperative.
Amendment 80 cooperatives may
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
transfer CQ during a calendar year with
the following restrictions:
(i) An Amendment 80 cooperative
may only transfer CQ to another
Amendment 80 cooperative;
(ii) An Amendment 80 cooperative
may only receive CQ from another
Amendment 80 cooperative; and
(iii) An Amendment 80 cooperative
receiving Amendment 80 species CQ by
transfer must assign that Amendment 80
species CQ to a member(s) of the
Amendment 80 cooperative for the
purposes of use cap calculation as
established under § 679.92(a).
(2) Application for CQ transfer. NMFS
will notify the transferor and transferee
once the application for CQ transfer has
been received and approved. A transfer
of CQ is not effective until approved by
NMFS. An application for CQ transfer
may only be submitted to NMFS using
any one of the following methods:
(i) Mail: Regional Administrator, c/o
Restricted Access Management Program,
NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK
99802–1668;
(ii) Fax: 907–586–7354; or
(iii) Hand delivery or carrier: NMFS,
Room 713, 709 West 9th Street, Juneau,
AK 99801.
(3) Application forms. Application
forms are available through the internet
on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at
https://www.fakr.noaa.gov, or by
contacting NMFS at 800–304–4846,
Option 2.
(4) Contents of application. A
completed application for CQ transfer
requires that the following information
be provided:
(i) Identification of transferor. Enter
the name, NMFS Person ID, name of
Amendment 80 cooperative’s designated
representative; permanent business
mailing address, business telephone
number, business fax number, and email address (if available) of the
Amendment 80 cooperative transferor.
A temporary mailing address for each
transaction may also be provided.
(ii) Identification of transferee. Enter
the name, NMFS Person ID, name of
Amendment 80 cooperative’s designated
representative, permanent business
mailing address, business telephone
number, business fax number, and email address (if available) of the
Amendment 80 cooperative transferee.
A temporary mailing address for each
transaction may also be provided.
(iii) CQ to be transferred. Identify the
type and amount of Amendment 80
species, or Amendment 80 PSC CQ to be
transferred, and the number of QS units
from which this CQ is derived.
(iv) Identification of Amendment 80
cooperative member. Enter the name
and NMFS Person ID of the member(s)
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30129
of the receiving Amendment 80
cooperative to whose use cap
Amendment 80 species CQ will be
assigned, and the amount of
Amendment 80 species CQ applied to
each member, for purposes of applying
Amendment 80 species use caps
established under the Amendment 80
Program under § 679.92(a).
(v) Certification of transferor. The
Amendment 80 cooperative transferor’s
designated representative must sign and
date the application certifying that all
information is true, correct, and
complete to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief. The printed name
of the Amendment 80 cooperative
transferor’s designated representative
must be entered.
(vi) Certification of transferee. The
Amendment 80 cooperative transferee’s
designated representative must sign and
date the application certifying that all
information is true, correct, and
complete to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief. The printed name
of the Amendment 80 cooperative
transferee’s designated representative
must be entered.
(5) CQ amounts applied to a member
of an Amendment 80 cooperative. (i)
Amendment 80 species CQ must be
assigned to a member of the
Amendment 80 cooperative receiving
the CQ for purposes of use cap
calculations. No member of an
Amendment 80 cooperative may exceed
the CQ use cap applicable to that
member.
(ii) For purposes of Amendment 80
species CQ use cap calculations, the
total amount of Amendment 80 species
CQ held or used by a person is equal to
all metric tons of Amendment 80
species CQ derived from all
Amendment 80 QS units on all
Amendment 80 QS permits held by that
person and assigned to the Amendment
80 cooperative and all metric tons of
Amendment 80 species CQ assigned to
that person by the Amendment 80
cooperative from approved transfers.
(iii) The amount of Amendment 80
QS units held by a person, and CQ
derived from those Amendment 80 QS
units, is calculated using the individual
and collective use cap rule established
in § 679.92(a).
(h) Amendment 80 cooperative—(1)
General. This section governs the
formation and operation of Amendment
80 cooperatives. The regulations in this
section apply only to Amendment 80
cooperatives that have formed for the
purpose of applying for and fishing with
CQ issued annually by NMFS. Members
of Amendment 80 cooperatives should
consult legal counsel before
commencing any activity if the members
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30130
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
are uncertain about the legality under
the antitrust laws of the Amendment 80
cooperative’s proposed conduct.
Membership in an Amendment 80
cooperative is voluntary. No person may
be required to join an Amendment 80
cooperative. Upon receipt of written
notification that a person is eligible and
wants to join an Amendment 80
cooperative, that Amendment 80
cooperative must allow that person to
join subject to the terms and agreements
that apply to the members of the
cooperative as established in the
agreement or contract governing the
conduct of the Amendment 80
cooperative. If a person becomes the
owner of an Amendment 80 vessel or a
holder of an Amendment 80 LLP/QS
license that has been assigned to an
Amendment 80 cooperative, then that
person may join that Amendment 80
cooperative as a member upon receipt of
that Amendment 80 vessel or
Amendment 80 LLP/QS license.
Members may leave an Amendment 80
cooperative, but any CQ contributed by
the Amendment 80 QS permit(s) held by
that member will remain with that
Amendment 80 cooperative for the
duration of the calendar year.
(2) Legal and organizational
requirements. An Amendment 80
cooperative must meet the following
legal and organizational requirements
before it is eligible to receive CQ:
(i) Each Amendment 80 cooperative
must be formed as a partnership,
corporation, or other legal business
entity that is registered under the laws
of one of the 50 states or the District of
Columbia;
(ii) Each Amendment 80 cooperative
must appoint an individual as the
(i) Who may join an Amendment 80 cooperative?
(ii) What is the minimum number of Amendment 80 QS permits that
must be assigned to an Amendment 80 cooperative to allow it to
form?
(iii) How many Amendment 80 QS holders are required to form an
Amendment 80 cooperative?
(iv) Is there a minimum amount of Amendment 80 QS units that must
be assigned to an Amendment 80 cooperative for it to be allowed to
form?
(v) What is allocated to the Amendment 80 cooperative?
(vi) Is this CQ an exclusive catch and use privilege?
(vii) Is there a period in a calendar year during which designated vessels must catch CQ?
(viii) Can any vessel catch an Amendment 80 cooperative’s CQ?
(ix) Can a member of an Amendment 80 cooperative transfer CQ individually without the approval of the other members of the Amendment 80 cooperative?
(x) Are GOA sideboard limits assigned to specific persons or Amendment 80 cooperatives?
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
(xi) Can an Amendment 80 QS permit, Amendment 80 LLP license, or
Amendment 80 vessel be assigned to more than one Amendment 80
cooperative in a calendar year?
(xii) Can an Amendment 80 QS permit, Amendment 80 LLP license, or
Amendment 80 vessel be assigned to an Amendment 80 cooperative
and the Amendment 80 limited access fishery?
(xiii) Which members may catch the Amendment 80 cooperative’s CQ?
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
designated representative to act on the
Amendment 80 cooperative’s behalf and
to serve as a contact point for NMFS for
questions regarding the operation of the
Amendment 80 cooperative. The
designated representative may be a
member of the Amendment 80
cooperative, or some other individual
designated by the Amendment 80
cooperative to act on its behalf;
(iii) Each Amendment 80 cooperative
must submit a timely and complete
application for CQ; and
(iv) Each Amendment 80 cooperative
must meet the mandatory requirements
established in paragraphs (h)(3) and (4)
of this section applicable to that
Amendment 80 cooperative.
(3) Mandatory requirements. The
following table describes the
requirements to form a Amendment 80
cooperative:
Any Amendment 80 QS holder named on a timely and complete application for CQ for that calendar year that is approved by NMFS. Individuals who are not Amendment 80 QS holders may be employed
by, or serve as the designated representative of a Amendment 80
cooperative, but are not members of the Amendment 80 cooperative.
Any combination of at least nine Amendment 80 QS permits which
would include Amendment 80 LLP/QS licenses.
At least three Amendment 80 QS holders each of whom may not have
a ten percent or greater direct or indirect ownership interest in any of
the other Amendment 80 QS holders.
No.
CQ for each Amendment 80 species, crab PSC, and halibut PSC,
based on the amount of Amendment 80 QS units assigned to the cooperative.
Yes, the members of the Amendment 80 cooperative have an exclusive privilege to collectively catch and use this CQ, or an Amendment 80 cooperative can transfer all or a portion of this CQ to another Amendment 80 cooperative.
Yes, any Amendment 80 vessel designated to catch CQ for an Amendment 80 cooperative is limited to catching CQ during the period beginning on 1200 hours A.l.t. on January 20 through 2400 hours A.l.t.
on December 31.
No, only Amendment 80 vessels that are assigned to that Amendment
80 cooperative for that calendar year in the application for CQ may
catch and process the CQ assigned to that Amendment 80 cooperative.
No, only the designated representative of the Amendment 80 cooperative, and not individual members, may transfer its CQ to another
Amendment 80 cooperative; and only if that transfer is approved by
NMFS as established under paragraph (g) of this section.
No, GOA sideboard limits are not assigned to specific persons or
Amendment 80 cooperatives. GOA sideboard limits are assigned to
the Amendment 80 sector.
No, an Amendment 80 QS holder holding multiple Amendment 80 QS
permits, Amendment 80 LLP licenses, or Amendment 80 vessels
may assign those permits, licenses, or vessels to only one Amendment 80 cooperative in a calendar year.
No, an Amendment 80 QS permit, Amendment 80 LLP license, or
Amendment 80 vessel assigned to an Amendment 80 cooperative
may not be assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery for
that calendar year.
Use of a cooperative’s CQ permit is determined by the Amendment 80
cooperative contract signed by its members. Any violations of this
contract by a cooperative member may be subject to civil claims by
other members of the Amendment 80 cooperative.
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
(xiv) Does an Amendment 80 cooperative need a membership agreement or contract?
(xv) What happens of the Amendment 80 cooperative membership
agreement or contract is modified during the fishing year?
(xvi) What happens if the Amendment 80 cooperative exceeds its CQ
amount?
(xvii) Is there a limit on how much CQ a Amendment 80 cooperative
may hold or use?
(xviii) Is there a limit on how much CQ a vessel may catch?
(xix) Are there any special reporting requirements?
(4) Successors-in-interest. If a member
of an Amendment 80 cooperative dies
(in the case of an individual) or
dissolves (in the case of a business
entity), the CQ derived from the
Amendment 80 QS permits assigned to
the Amendment 80 cooperative for that
year from that person remains under the
control of the Amendment 80
cooperative for the duration of that
calendar year as specified in the
Amendment 80 cooperative contract.
Each Amendment 80 cooperative is free
to establish its own internal procedures
for admitting a successor-in-interest
during the fishing season due to the
death or dissolution of an Amendment
80 cooperative member.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
§ 679.92 Amendment 80 Program use caps
and sideboard limits.
(a) Use caps—(1) General. Use caps
limit the amount of Amendment 80 QS
units and Amendment 80 species CQ
that may be held or used by an
Amendment 80 QS holder or
Amendment 80 vessel. Use caps may
not be exceeded unless the Amendment
80 QS holder or Amendment 80 vessel
subject to the use cap is specifically
allowed to exceed a cap according to the
criteria established under this paragraph
(a) or by an operation of law. There are
two types of use caps: Person use caps
and vessel use caps. All Amendment 80
QS unit use caps are based on the
aggregate Amendment 80 species
Amendment 80 initial QS pool set forth
in Table 32 to this part. The use caps
apply as follows:
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Yes, an Amendment 80 cooperative must have a membership agreement or contract that specifies how the Amendment 80 cooperative
intends to catch its CQ. A copy of this agreement or contract must
be submitted to NMFS with the application for CQ.
A copy of the amended Amendment 80 membership agreement or
contract must be sent to NMFS in accordance with § 679.4(a)(4).
An Amendment 80 cooperative is not authorized to catch Amendment
80 species or use crab PSC or halibut PSC in excess of the amount
on its CQ permit. Exceeding a CQ permit is a violation of the regulations. Each member of the Amendment 80 cooperative is jointly and
severally liable for any violations of the Amendment 80 Program regulations while fishing under the authority of a CQ permit. This liability
extends to any persons who are hired to catch or receive CQ assigned to a Amendment 80 cooperative. Each member of an Amendment 80 cooperative is responsible for ensuring that all members of
the cooperative comply with all regulations applicable to fishing
under the Amendment 80 Program.
No, but each Amendment 80 QS holder is subject to use caps, and an
Amendment 80 vessel may be subject to vessel use caps. See
§ 679.92(a).
Yes, an Amendment 80 vessel may not catch more than 20 percent of
the aggregate Amendment 80 species ITAC assigned to the Amendment 80 sector for that calendar year. See § 679.92(a) for use cap
provisions.
Yes, the designated representative of the Amendment 80 cooperative
must submit an annual Amendment 80 cooperative report as described under § 679.5(s). In addition, each member of an Amendment 80 cooperative must submit a timely and complete EDR as described under § 679.94.
(2) Amendment 80 QS holder use
cap—(i) QS and CQ use cap. A person
may not individually or collectively
hold or use more than thirty (30.0)
percent of the aggregate Amendment 80
QS units initially assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector and resulting CQ
unless that person receives those
Amendment 80 QS units on an
Amendment 80 permit(s) based on
Amendment 80 legal landings assigned
to Amendment 80 vessel(s) or
Amendment 80 LLP license(s) held by
that Amendment 80 QS holder:
(A) Prior to June 9, 2006; and
(B) At the time of application for
Amendment 80 QS.
(ii) CQ use cap calculation. For
purposes of calculating and applying
the CQ use cap, a person is assigned CQ
based on:
(A) The amount of CQ derived from
the Amendment 80 QS units held by
that person; and
(B) Any CQ assigned to that person in
an Application for CQ transfer.
(iii) Transfer limitations. (A) An
Amendment 80 QS holder that receives
an initial allocation of aggregate
Amendment 80 QS units that exceeds
the use cap listed in paragraph (a)(2)(i)
of this section cannot receive any
Amendment 80 QS permit by transfer
unless and until that person’s holdings
of aggregate Amendment 80 QS units
are reduced to an amount below the use
cap specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of
this section.
(B) If an Amendment 80 QS holder
that received an initial allocation of
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
30131
Sfmt 4702
aggregate Amendment 80 QS units on
his or her Amendment 80 QS permits
that exceeds the use cap listed in
paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section
transfers an Amendment 80 QS permit
to another person, the transferor may
not hold more than the greater of either
the amount of Amendment 80 QS units
held by the transferor after the transfer
if the amount of aggregate Amendment
80 QS units continues to exceed the use
cap, or the amount equal to the
Amendment 80 QS unit use cap
established in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this
section.
(C) An Amendment 80 QS holder that
receives an initial allocation of aggregate
Amendment 80 QS units on his or her
Amendment 80 QS permits that exceeds
the use cap listed in paragraph (a)(2)(i)
of this section is prohibited from having
any CQ assigned to that Amendment 80
QS holder in an application for CQ
transfer unless and until that
Amendment 80 QS holder’s holdings of
aggregate Amendment 80 QS units are
reduced to an amount below the use cap
specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this
section.
(3) ITAC use cap for an Amendment
80 vessel. An Amendment 80 vessel
may not be used to catch an amount of
Amendment 80 species greater than
twenty (20.0) percent of the aggregate
Amendment 80 species ITACs assigned
to the Amendment 80 sector. This
amount includes ITAC that is assigned
as CQ or to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery.
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
30132
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
(b) GOA sideboard limits—(1) GOA
groundfish sideboard limits.
Amendment 80 vessels may not be used
to catch more than the amounts of
groundfish in the management areas
specified in Table 37 to this part from
January 1 through December 31 of each
year.
(2) GOA halibut PSC sideboard limits.
All Amendment 80 vessels, other than
the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE using LLG
2524 as specified in paragraph (d) of
this section, may not use halibut PSC in
the fishery complexes, management
areas, and seasons greater than the
amounts specified in Table 38 to this
part during January 1 through December
31 of each year; except that an
Amendment 80 vessel that uses halibut
PSC CQ in the Central GOA subject to
the regulations established in the
Rockfish Program under subpart G to
this part is not subject to the halibut
PSC sideboard limits in Table 38 to this
part.
(c) Sideboard restrictions applicable
to Amendment 80 vessels directed
fishing for flatfish in the GOA. Only an
Amendment 80 vessel listed in column
A of Table 39 to this part and named on
an Amendment 80 LLP license listed in
column C of Table 39 to this part may
be used to fish in the directed
arrowtooth flounder, deep-water
flatfish, flathead sole, rex sole, and
shallow-water flatfish fisheries in the
GOA and in adjacent waters open by the
State of Alaska for which it adopts a
Federal fishing season.
(d) Sideboard restrictions applicable
to the fishing vessel GOLDEN FLEECE.
(1) The fishing vessel GOLDEN FLEECE
(USCG documentation number 609951):
(i) May not be used for directed
groundfish fishing for northern rockfish,
pelagic shelf rockfish, pollock, Pacific
cod, or Pacific ocean perch in the GOA
and in adjacent waters open by the State
of Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
fishing season; and
(ii) Is not subject to halibut PSC
sideboard limits as described in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section in the
GOA or adjacent waters open by the
State of Alaska for which it adopts a
Federal fishing season except as
provided in paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of
this section.
(2) If any Amendment 80 vessel other
than the GOLDEN FLEECE is named on
the LLP license number LLG 2524, that
vessel is subject to all sideboard
restrictions in paragraphs (b) and (c) of
this section.
(3) If the GOLDEN FLEECE is named
on any LLP license other than LLP
license number LLG 2524, the GOLDEN
FLEECE is subject to all sideboard
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
restrictions in paragraphs (b) and (c) of
this section.
§ 679.93 Amendment 80 Program
recordkeeping, permits, monitoring, and
catch accounting.
(a) Recordkeeping and reporting. See
§ 679.5(s).
(b) Permits. See § 679.4(o).
(c) Catch monitoring requirements for
Amendment 80 vessels and catcher/
processors not listed in § 679.4(l)(2)(i)
using trawl gear and fishing in the BSAI.
The requirements under paragraphs
(c)(1) through (9) of this section apply
to Amendment 80 vessels and any other
catcher/processor not listed in
§ 679.4(l)(2)(i) using trawl gear and
fishing or receiving fish in the BSAI and
in adjacent waters open by the State of
Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
fishing season. At all times when a
catcher/processor not listed in
§ 679.4(l)(2)(i) using trawl gear has BSAI
groundfish onboard the vessel, the
vessel owner or operator must ensure
that:
(1) Catch weighing. All groundfish are
weighed on a NMFS-approved scale in
compliance with the scale requirements
at § 679.28(b). Each haul must be
weighed separately and all catch must
be made available for sampling by a
NMFS-certified observer.
(2) Observer sampling station. An
observer sampling station meeting the
requirements at § 679.28(d) is available
at all times.
(3) Observer coverage requirements.
The vessel is in compliance with the
observer coverage requirements
described at § 679.50(c)(6).
(4) Operational line. The vessel has
no more than one operational line or
other conveyance for the mechanized
movement of catch between the scale
used to weigh total catch and the
location where the observer collects
species composition samples.
(5) Fish on deck. No fish are allowed
to remain on deck unless an observer is
present, except for fish inside the
codend and fish accidentally spilled
from the codend during hauling and
dumping. Fish accidentally spilled from
the codend must be moved to the fish
bin.
(6) Sample storage. There is sufficient
space to accommodate a minimum of 10
observer sampling baskets. This space
must be within or adjacent to the
observer sample station.
(7) Pre-cruise meeting. The Observer
Program Office is notified by phone at
1–907–271–1702 at least 24 hours prior
to departure when the vessel will be
carrying an observer who has not
previously been deployed on that vessel
within the last 12 months. Subsequent
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to the vessel’s departure notification,
but prior to departure, NMFS may
contact the vessel to arrange for a precruise meeting. The pre-cruise meeting
must minimally include the vessel
operator or manager, and any observers
assigned to the vessel.
(8) Belt and flow operations. The
vessel operator stops the flow of fish
and clears all belts between the bin
doors and the area where the observer
collects samples of unsorted catch when
requested to do so by the observer.
(9) Vessel crew in tanks or bins. The
vessel owner or operator must comply
with the bin monitoring standards
specified in § 679.28(i).
(d) Catch monitoring requirements for
Amendment 80 vessels fishing in the
GOA. The requirements under this
section apply to any Amendment 80
vessel fishing in the GOA and in
adjacent waters open by the State of
Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
fishing season. At all times when an
Amendment 80 vessel has GOA
groundfish onboard the vessel owner or
operator must ensure that:
(1) Catch from an individual haul is
not mixed with catch from another haul
prior to sampling by a NMFS-certified
observer, and all catch is made available
for sampling by a NMFS-certified
observer;
(2) The vessel is in compliance with
the observer coverage requirements
described at § 679.50(c)(6)(ii); and
(3) The requirements in paragraphs
(c)(4), (5), (8), and (9) of this section are
met.
(e) Catch accounting—(1) Amendment
80 species—(i) Amendment 80
cooperative. All Amendment 80 species
caught in the BSAI, including catch in
adjacent waters open by the State of
Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
fishing season, by a vessel that is
assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative will be debited from the CQ
permit for that Amendment 80
cooperative for that calendar year.
(ii) Amendment 80 limited access
fishery. All Amendment 80 species
caught in the BSAI, including catch in
adjacent waters open by the State of
Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
fishing season, by a vessel that is
assigned to the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery will be debited against
the ITAC for that Amendment 80
species in the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery for that calendar year.
(2) Crab PSC and halibut PSC—(i)
Amendment 80 cooperative. All crab
PSC or halibut PSC used by an
Amendment 80 vessel, including crab
PSC or halibut PSC used in the adjacent
waters open by the State of Alaska for
which it adopts a Federal fishing
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
season, that is assigned to an
Amendment 80 cooperative will be
debited against the CQ permit for that
Amendment 80 cooperative for that
calendar year.
(ii) Amendment 80 limited access
fishery. All crab PSC or halibut PSC
used by an Amendment 80 vessel,
including crab PSC or halibut PSC used
in the adjacent waters open by the State
of Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
fishing season, that is assigned to an
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
will be debited against the crab PSC or
halibut PSC limit assigned to the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery
for that calendar year.
(3) GOA groundfish sideboard limits.
All Amendment 80 sideboard species
caught in the GOA, including catch in
adjacent waters open by the State of
Alaska for which it adopts a Federal
fishing season, by an Amendment 80
vessel will be debited against the
Amendment 80 sideboard limit for that
Amendment 80 sideboard species for
that calendar year.
(4) GOA halibut sideboard limits. All
halibut PSC used by all Amendment 80
vessels in the GOA, including halibut
PSC used in the adjacent waters open by
the State of Alaska for which it adopts
a Federal fishing season, will be debited
against the sideboard limit established
for the Amendment 80 sector, except:
(i) Halibut PSC CQ used by the
catcher/processor sector in the Rockfish
Program in the Central GOA; and
(ii) Halibut PSC used by the GOLDEN
FLEECE (USCG Documentation number
609951) if the GOLDEN FLEECE is
named on LLP licence number LLG
2524.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
§ 679.94 Economic data report (EDR) for
the Amendment 80 sector.
(a) Amendment 80 EDR—(1)
Requirement to submit an EDR. Each
year except 2008, a person who held an
Amendment 80 QS permit during a
calendar year must submit to NMFS an
EDR for that calendar year for each
Amendment 80 QS permit held by that
person. An EDR must be timely and
complete.
(2) Submission of EDR. An EDR may
only be submitted to NMFS using any
one of the following methods:
(i) Mail: NMFS, Alaska Fisheries
Science Center, Economic Data Reports,
7600 Sand Point Way NE, F/AKC2,
Seattle, WA 98115; or
(ii) Fax: 206–526–6723.
(3) EDR forms. EDR forms are
available through the Internet on the
NMFS Alaska Region Web site at https://
www.fakr.noaa.gov, or by contacting
NMFS at 206–526–6414.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
(4) Deadline. For each calendar year
except 2008, a completed EDR must be
received by NMFS no later than 1700
hours A.l.t. on June 1 of the year
following the calendar year during
which the Amendment 80 QS permit
was held, or if sent by U.S. mail,
postmarked by that date.
(5) Contents of EDR. An EDR must
contain completed submissions for each
data field required under paragraphs (b)
and (c) of this section, as applicable,
and the following information:
(i) Calendar year of EDR. Calendar
year for which the EDR is being
submitted;
(ii) Amendment 80 QS holder
information. Name of company,
partnership, other business entity,
business telephone number, business
fax number, e-mail address (if available)
and Amendment 80 QS permits held;
(iii) Designated representative. An
Amendment 80 QS holder must appoint
an individual to be his designated
representative and must ensure that the
designated representative complies with
the regulations in this section. The
designated representative is the primary
contact person for NMFS on issues
relating to data required in the EDR. If
an individual Amendment 80 QS holder
chooses to complete the EDR, then they
are the designated representative;
(iv) Person completing this report. (A)
Indicate whether the person completing
this report is the Amendment 80 QS
holder, or the designated representative
for the Amendment 80 QS holder;
(B) Record the name of the person
completing the report, title, business
telephone number, fax number,
signature of the person submitting the
EDR, and e-mail address (if available). If
a designated representative is not the
Amendment 80 QS holder, written
authorization to act on behalf of the
Amendment 80 QS holder must
accompany the EDR;
(v) Amendment 80 QS holders who
own Amendment 80 vessels. An
Amendment 80 QS holder who is an
Amendment 80 vessel owner must
submit, or have his designated
representative submit, revenue and cost
information for each Amendment 80 QS
permit held and each Amendment 80
vessel owned by that Amendment 80 QS
holder as described under paragraphs
(b) and (c) of this section;
(vi) Amendment 80 QS holders who
do not own Amendment 80 vessels. An
Amendment 80 QS holder who is not an
Amendment 80 vessel owner must
submit, or have his designated
representative submit, revenue and cost
information for each Amendment 80 QS
permit held by that Amendment 80 QS
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30133
holder as described under paragraph (c)
of this section; and
(vii) Certification. The Amendment 80
QS holder and his designated
representative, if applicable, must
certify that all information provided
under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this
section is accurate and complete.
(b) Amendment 80 vessel
information—(1) Ownership of an
Amendment 80 vessel. If a person
owned any part of an Amendment 80
vessel during a calendar year, that
person must provide the following
information for each Amendment 80
vessel owned:
(i) Amendment 80 vessel owner
information. Vessel name, USCG
Documentation number, ADF&G vessel
registration number, ADF&G processor
code, Amendment 80 LLP license
number(s) which designated that vessel
during that calendar year, Amendment
80 QS permit assigned to that vessel
during that calendar year, Amendment
80 limited access fishery permit number
assigned to that vessel during that
calendar year, or name of Amendment
80 cooperative to which that
Amendment 80 vessel was assigned
during that calendar year (if applicable);
(ii) Amendment 80 vessel operator
information. If a person other than the
Amendment 80 QS holder operated an
Amendment 80 vessel owned by that
Amendment 80 QS holder during a
calendar year, provide the following:
Name of company, partnership, other
business entity, and business telephone
number, business fax number, and email address (if available);
(2) Vessel characteristics. (i) Home
port, U.S. gross registered tonnage, net
tonnage, length overall, beam, shaft
horsepower, fuel capacity, year built;
(ii) Vessel survey value: Most recent
survey value, date of last survey value,
did survey reflect value of permits and
processing equipment;
(iii) Freezing capacity: Maximum
freezing capacity of this vessel in
pounds per hour and freezer space
(measured in pounds of product);
(iv) Fuel consumption: Total
consumption for the calendar year and
average fuel consumed per hour from
fishing and processing, transiting, and
in shipyard.
(v) Vessel activity during calendar
year: Number of days the vessel was
engaged in fishing, processing, steaming
empty, offloading, and inactive or in
shipyard. Report separately for
Amendment 80 fisheries and all other
fisheries; and
(vi) Processing capacity: Record each
type of product processed on the line in
the Amendment 80 fishery, the number
of processing lines of similar type
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30134
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
(equipment and/or product mix), and
the vessel’s maximum average
throughput in pounds (round weight)
per hour under normal operating
conditions (assuming quantity of raw
fish and other inputs is not limiting),
totaled over all processing lines of this
type.
(3) Calendar year revenues.
(i) Total fishery product sales volume
and FOB Alaska revenue; and
(ii) All other income derived from
vessel operations: tendering, charters,
cargo transport, etc.
(4) Calendar year costs. (i) Fishing
labor expenses (including bonuses and
payroll taxes, but excluding benefits and
insurance);
(ii) Processing labor expenses
(including bonuses and payroll taxes,
but excluding benefits and insurance);
(iii) Labor expenses for all other
employees aboard the vessel;
(iv) Food and provisions not paid by
crew;
(v) Recruitment, travel, benefits, and
other employee related costs;
(vi) Lease expense for this vessel and
onboard equipment;
(vii) Purchases of fishing gear (nets,
net electronics, doors, cables, etc.);
(viii) Expenditures on processing
equipment;
(ix) Product storage equipment;
(x) Expenditures on vessel and
onboard equipment (other than fishing,
processing, or storage equipment);
(xi) Fishing gear leases;
(xii) Repair and maintenance
expenses for vessel and processing
equipment;
(xiii) Freight storage and other sales
costs;
(xiv) Product packaging materials;
(xv) Fuel and lubrication;
(xvi) Observer fees and monitoring
costs;
(xvii) General administrative costs;
(xviii) Insurance;
(xix) Fisheries landing taxes;
(xx) Total raw fish purchases; and
(xxi) All other costs related to vessel
operations not included in the
preceding list.
(5) Calendar year labor. Average
number and total number of employees
for fishing, processing, and other
activities on this vessel.
(i) Average number of hours worked
per day by processing line employee;
and
(ii) Crew revenue share system used
for some processing, all processing,
some non-processing, and all nonprocessing crew.
(c) Permit revenues or expenditures.
An Amendment 80 QS holder or his
designated representative will record
revenues and expenditures for any
tradable fishing or processing privilege.
Attribute those revenues or costs to a
specific Amendment 80 vessel or
Amendment 80 LLP as applicable.
(1) Permit revenues. (i) Income from
sale or lease of fishery licenses, permits,
harvesting or processing rights: Record
license or permit number and revenue
for each asset sold; and
(ii) Royalties received from leasing
allocations including metric tons and
dollars for Amendment 80 yellowfin
sole, rock sole, flathead sole, Atka
mackerel, Pacific ocean perch, Pacific
cod, Amendment 80 leased halibut PSC,
leased crab PSC, and any other species
leased.
(2) Permit expenditures. (i) Fishery
licenses, permits, harvesting or
processing rights: record license or
permit number and cost for each asset
purchased;
(ii) Royalties paid for leases of
catcher/processing quota, including
metric tons, and dollars for Amendment
80 yellowfin sole, rock sole, flathead
sole, Atka mackerel, Pacific ocean
perch, Pacific cod, Amendment 80
leased halibut PSC, leased king crab
PSC, and any other species leased;
(iii) Cooperative costs including
lawyer and accountant costs, association
fees, and other fees charged by harvest
cooperative; and
(iv) Any other costs incurred from the
use of fishery licenses, permits,
harvesting or processing rights not
included in the preceding list.
(d) EDR audit procedures. (1) NMFS
will conduct verification of information
with the Amendment 80 QS holder or
designated representative, if applicable.
(2) The Amendment 80 QS holder or
designated representative, if applicable,
must respond to inquiries by NMFS
within 20 days of the date of issuance
of the inquiry.
(3) The Amendment 80 QS holder or
designated representative, if applicable,
must provide copies of additional data
to facilitate verification by NMFS. The
NMFS auditor may review and request
copies of additional data provided by
the Amendment 80 QS holder or
designated representative, including but
not limited to, previously audited or
reviewed financial statements,
worksheets, tax returns, invoices,
receipts, and other original documents
substantiating the data submitted.
15. Tables 31 through 41 are added to
part 679 to read as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
TABLE 31 TO PART 679.—LIST OF AMENDMENT 80 VESSELS AND AMENDMENT 80 LLP LICENSES
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Column A:
Name of Amendment 80 vessel
Column B:
USCG
Documentation
No.
ALASKA JURIS ...........................................................................................................................................
ALASKA RANGER ......................................................................................................................................
ALASKA SPIRIT ..........................................................................................................................................
ALASKA VOYAGER ....................................................................................................................................
ALASKA VICTORY ......................................................................................................................................
ALASKA WARRIOR ....................................................................................................................................
ALLIANCE ....................................................................................................................................................
AMERICAN NO I .........................................................................................................................................
ARCTIC ROSE ............................................................................................................................................
ARICA ..........................................................................................................................................................
BERING ENTERPRISE ...............................................................................................................................
CAPE HORN ...............................................................................................................................................
CONSTELLATION .......................................................................................................................................
DEFENDER .................................................................................................................................................
ENTERPRISE ..............................................................................................................................................
GOLDEN FLEECE .......................................................................................................................................
HARVESTER ENTERPRISE .......................................................................................................................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
569276
550138
554913
536484
569752
590350
622750
610654
931446
550139
610869
653806
640364
665983
657383
609951
584902
30MYP2
Column C:
Amendment 80
LLP license No.
originally assigned
to the Amendment
80 vessel
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
2082
2118
3043
2084
2080
2083
2905
2028
3895
2429
3744
2432
1147
3217
4831
2524
3741
30135
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 31 TO PART 679.—LIST OF AMENDMENT 80 VESSELS AND AMENDMENT 80 LLP LICENSES—Continued
Column A:
Name of Amendment 80 vessel
Column B:
USCG
Documentation
No.
LEGACY ......................................................................................................................................................
OCEAN ALASKA .........................................................................................................................................
OCEAN PEACE ...........................................................................................................................................
PROSPERITY ..............................................................................................................................................
REBECCA IRENE .......................................................................................................................................
SEAFISHER .................................................................................................................................................
SEAFREEZE ALASKA ................................................................................................................................
TREMONT ...................................................................................................................................................
U.S. INTREPID ............................................................................................................................................
UNIMAK .......................................................................................................................................................
VAERDAL ....................................................................................................................................................
Column C:
Amendment 80
LLP license No.
originally assigned
to the Amendment
80 vessel
664882
623210
677399
615485
697637
575587
517242
529154
604439
637693
611225
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
3714
4360
2138
1802
3958
2014
4692
2785
3662
3957
1402
TABLE 32 TO PART 679.—AMENDMENT 80 INITIAL QS POOL
Management
area
Amendment 80 species
Atka mackerel .............................................................................
BS/541
542
543
AI Pacific ocean perch ................................................................
S Highest Five Years in metric tons in the Amendment 80 official record as of December 31, 2007, for that Amendment
80 species in that management area.
541
542
543
Flathead sole ..............................................................................
Pacific cod ...................................................................................
Rock sole ....................................................................................
Yellowfin sole ..............................................................................
Amendment 80 Initial QS pool in units
BSAI
BSAI
BSAI
BSAI
TABLE 33 TO PART 679.—ANNUAL APPORTIONMENT OF AMENDMENT 80 SPECIES ITAC BETWEEN THE AMENDMENT 80
AND BSAI TRAWL LIMITED ACCESS SECTORS
[Except yellowfin sole]
Percentage
of ITAC
allocated to
the Amendment 80
sector
Percentage
of ITAC
allocated to
the BSAI
trawl limited
access
sector
100
0
Fishery
Management area
Year
Atka mackerel ...................................
543 ....................................................
All years ............................................
542 ....................................................
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
and all future years .................
98
96
94
92
90
2
4
6
8
10
541/EBS ............................................
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
and all future years .................
98
96
94
92
90
2
4
6
8
10
543 ....................................................
All years ............................................
98
2
542 ....................................................
2008 ..................................................
2009 and all future years .................
95
90
5
10
541 ....................................................
2008 ..................................................
2009 and all future years .................
95
90
5
10
BSAI ..................................................
BSAI ..................................................
All years ............................................
All years ............................................
13.4
100
N/A
0
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean perch
Pacific cod .........................................
Rock sole ..........................................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30136
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 33 TO PART 679.—ANNUAL APPORTIONMENT OF AMENDMENT 80 SPECIES ITAC BETWEEN THE AMENDMENT 80
AND BSAI TRAWL LIMITED ACCESS SECTORS—Continued
[Except yellowfin sole]
Percentage
of ITAC
allocated to
the Amendment 80
sector
Fishery
Management area
Year
Flathead sole .....................................
BSAI ..................................................
All years ............................................
Percentage
of ITAC
allocated to
the BSAI
trawl limited
access
sector
100
0
TABLE 34 TO PART 679.—ANNUAL APPORTIONMENT OF BSAI YELLOWFIN SOLE BETWEEN THE AMENDMENT 80 AND BSAI
TRAWL LIMITED ACCESS SECTORS
If the yellowfin
sole ITAC is between . . .
Row No.
then the yellowfin sole
ITAC rate for
the Amendment 80 sector is . . .
and . . .
Column A
Column B
Row 1 ....................
0 mt .....................
87,499 mt ............
Row 2 ....................
87,500 mt ............
Row 3 ....................
and the amount of yellowfin sole
ITAC allocated to Amendment 80
Sector is . . .
Column D
Column E
0.930
ITAC × Row 1, Column C ................
ITAC¥Row 1, Column E.
94,999 mt ............
0.875
(Amount of ITAC greater than
87,499 mt and less than 95,000
mt × Row 2, Column c) + (Row 1,
Column D).
ITAC¥Row 2, Column D.
95,000 mt ............
102,499 mt ..........
0.820
(Amount of ITAC greater than
94,999 mt and less than 102,500
mt × Row 3, Column C) + (∑ Column D, Rows 1 and 2).
ITAC¥Row 3, Column D.
Row 4 ....................
102,500 mt ..........
109,999 mt ..........
0.765
(Amount of ITAC greater than
102,499 mt and less than
110,000 mt × Row 4, Column C)
+ (∑ Column D, Rows 2 through
3).
ITAC¥Row 4, Column D.
Row 5 ....................
110,000 mt ..........
117,499 mt ..........
0.710
(Amount of ITAC greater than
109,999 mt and less than
117,500 mt × Row 5, Column C)
+ (∑ Column D, Rows 2 through
4).
ITAC¥Row 5, Column D.
Row 6 ....................
117,500 mt ..........
124,999 mt ..........
0.655
(Amount of ITAC greater than
117,499 mt and less than
125,000 mt × Row 6, Column C)
+ (∑ Column D, Rows 2 through
5).
ITAC¥Row 6, Column D.
0.600
(Amount of ITAC greater than
124,999 mt × Row 7, Column C)
+ (∑ Column D, Rows 2 through
6).
ITAC¥Row 7, Column D.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
Row 7 ....................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
125,000 mt and greater
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Column C
and the amount of yellowfin sole ITAC allocated
to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector is . . .
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
30137
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 35 TO PART 679.—APPORTIONMENT OF CRAB PSC AND HALIBUT PSC BETWEEN THE AMENDMENT 80 AND BSAI
TRAWL LIMITED ACCESS SECTORS
Fishery
Year
Halibut PSC limit in the BSAI
Zone 1
Red king
crab PSC
limit . . .
C. opilio
crab PSC
limit
(COBLZ)
. . .
Zone 1 C.
bairdi
crab PSC
limit . . .
Zone 2 C.
bairdi
crab PSC
limit . . .
as a percentage of the total BSAI trawl PSC
limit after allocation as PSQ
Amendment 80 sector ............
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
and all future years .......
BSAI trawl limited access .......
All years .................................
2,525
2,475
2,425
2,375
2,325
mt
mt
mt
mt
mt
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
62.48
59.36
56.23
53.11
49.98
61.44
58.37
55.30
52.22
49.15
52.64
50.01
47.38
44.74
42.11
29.59
28.11
26.63
25.15
23.67
875 mt ....................................
30.58
32.14
46.99
46.81
TABLE 36 TO PART 679.—PERCENTAGE OF CRAB AND HALIBUT PSC LIMIT ASSIGNED TO EACH AMENDMENT 80 SPECIES
The percentage of the Amendment 80 sector PSC limit assigned to each Amendment 80 species is . . .
For the following PSC
species . . .
Halibut ........................................
Zone 1 Red king crab ................
C. opilio crab (COBLZ) ..............
Zone 1 C. bairdi crab .................
Zone 2 C. bairdi crab .................
Atka mackerel
AI Pacific ocean
perch
Pacific cod
Flathead sole
Rock sole
3.96 ..................
0.14 ..................
0 .......................
0 .......................
0.01 ..................
1.87 ..................
0.56 ..................
0.06 ..................
0 .......................
0.03 ..................
24.79 ................
6.88 ..................
6.28 ..................
17.01 ................
7.92 ..................
13.47 ................
0.48 ..................
17.91 ................
3.13 ..................
37.31 ................
24.19 ................
61.79 ................
9.84 ..................
56.15 ................
7.03 ..................
Yellowfin sole
31.72
30.16
65.91
23.71
47.70
TABLE 37 TO PART 679.—GOA AMENDMENT 80 SIDEBOARD LIMIT FOR GROUNDFISH FOR THE AMENDMENT 80 SECTOR
In the following management areas in
the GOA and in adjacent waters open
by the State of Alaska for which it
adopts a Federal fishing season . . .
Area 610 .................................................
Area 620 .................................................
Area 630 .................................................
Area 640 .................................................
West Yakutat District ..............................
Central GOA ...........................................
Western GOA ..........................................
The sideboard limit for . . .
Is . . .
Pollock ...................................................
Pollock ...................................................
Pollock ...................................................
Pollock ...................................................
Pacific cod .............................................
Pacific ocean perch ...............................
Pelagic shelf rockfish .............................
Pacific cod .............................................
Pacific ocean perch ...............................
Pelagic shelf rockfish .............................
Northern rockfish ...................................
Pacific cod .............................................
Pacific ocean perch ...............................
Pelagic shelf rockfish .............................
Northern rockfish ...................................
0.3 % of the TAC.
0.2 % of the TAC.
0.2 % of the TAC.
0.2 % of the TAC.
3.4 % of the TAC.
96.1 % of the TAC.
89.6 % of the TAC.
4.4 % of the TAC.
Subject to regulations in subpart G to this part.
Subject to regulations in subpart G to this part.
Subject to regulations in subpart G to this part.
2.0 % of the TAC.
99.4 % of the TAC.
76.4 % of the TAC.
100 % of the TAC.
TABLE 38 TO PART 679.—GOA AMENDMENT 80 SIDEBOARD LIMIT FOR HALIBUT PSC FOR THE AMENDMENT 80 SECTOR
The maximum percentage of the total GOA halibut PSC limit that may be used by
all Amendment 80 qualified vessels subject to the halibut PSC sideboard limit in
each season as those seasons are established in the annual harvest specifications is . . .
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
In the . . .
Season 1
Shallow-water
species
fishery
as
defined
in
§ 679.21(d)(3)(iii)(A) in the GOA or adjacent waters open
by the state of Alaska for which it adopts a Federal fishing season.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:07 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Season 2
Season 3
Season 4
0.48 ...............
1.89 ...............
1.46 ...............
0.74 ...............
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Season 5
2.27
30138
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 38 TO PART 679.—GOA AMENDMENT 80 SIDEBOARD LIMIT FOR HALIBUT PSC FOR THE AMENDMENT 80
SECTOR—Continued
The maximum percentage of the total GOA halibut PSC limit that may be used by
all Amendment 80 qualified vessels subject to the halibut PSC sideboard limit in
each season as those seasons are established in the annual harvest specifications is . . .
In the . . .
Season 1
Deep-water
species
fishery
as
defined
in
§ 679.21(d)(3)(iii)(B) in the GOA or adjacent waters open
by the state of Alaska for which it adopts a Federal fishing season.
Season 2
Season 3
Season 4
Season 5
1.15 ...............
10.72 .............
5.21 ...............
0.14 ...............
3.71
TABLE 39 TO PART 679.—AMENDMENT 80 VESSELS AND AMENDMENT 80 LLP LICENSES THAT MAY BE USED TO
DIRECTED FISH FOR FLATFISH IN THE GOA
Column B:
USCG
documentation
No.
Column A:
Name of Amendment 80 vessel
ALLIANCE ....................................................................................................................................................
AMERICAN NO I .........................................................................................................................................
DEFENDER .................................................................................................................................................
GOLDEN FLEECE .......................................................................................................................................
LEGACY ......................................................................................................................................................
OCEAN ALASKA .........................................................................................................................................
OCEAN PEACE ...........................................................................................................................................
SEAFREEZE ALASKA ................................................................................................................................
U.S. INTREPID ............................................................................................................................................
UNIMAK .......................................................................................................................................................
VAERDAL ....................................................................................................................................................
622750
610654
665983
609951
664882
623210
677399
517242
604439
637693
611225
Column C:
Amendment 80
LLP license No.
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
LLG
2905
2028
3217
2524
3714
4360
2138
4692
3662
3957
1402
TABLE 40 TO PART 679.—BSAI HALIBUT PSC SIDEBOARD LIMITS FOR AFA CATCHER/PROCESSORS AND AFA CATCHER
VESSELS
In the following target species categories as defined in § 679.21(e)(3)(iv) . . .
The AFA catcher/
processor halibut
PSC sideboard
limit in metric tons
is . . .
The AFA catcher
vessel halibut
PSC sideboard
limit in metric tons
is . . .
286
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
887
2
101
228
0
2
5
All target species categories .......................................................................................................................
Pacific cod trawl ...........................................................................................................................................
Pacific cod hook-and-line or pot ..................................................................................................................
Yellowfin sole ...............................................................................................................................................
Rock sole/flathead sole/other flatfish 1 ........................................................................................................
Turbot/Arrowtooth/Sablefish ........................................................................................................................
Rockfish 2 .....................................................................................................................................................
Pollock/Atka mackerel/other species ...........................................................................................................
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
1 ‘‘Other flatfish’’ for PSC monitoring includes all flatfish species, except for halibut (a prohibited species), Greenland turbot, rock sole, flathead
sole, yellowfin sole, and arrowtooth flounder.
2 Applicable from July 1 through December 31.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:31 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 / Proposed Rules
30139
TABLE 41 TO PART 679.—BSAI CRAB PSC SIDEBOARD LIMITS FOR AFA CATCHER/PROCESSORS AND AFA CATCHER
VESSELS
For the following crab species in the following
areas . . .
The AFA catcher/
processor crab
PSC sideboard
limit is equal to
the following
ratio . . .
The AFA catcher
vessel crab PSC
sideboard limit is
equal to the
following
ratio . . .
Red king crab Zone 1 .............................................
0.007
0.299
C. opilio crab (COBLZ) ...........................................
Zone 1 C. bairdi crab ..............................................
Zone 2 C. bairdi crab ..............................................
0.153
0.140
0.050
Multiplied by . . .
The PSC amount in number of animals available
to trawl vessels in the BSAI after allocation of
PSQ established in the annual harvest specifications for that calendar year.
0.168
0.330
0.186
[FR Doc. E7–9828 Filed 5–29–07; 8:45 am]
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with PROPOSALS2
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:31 May 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30MYP2.SGM
30MYP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 72, Number 103 (Wednesday, May 30, 2007)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 30052-30139]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E7-9828]
[[Page 30051]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 679
Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Allocating Bering
Sea/Aleutian Islands Fishery Resources; American Fisheries Act
Sideboards; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 72 , No. 103 / Wednesday, May 30, 2007 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 30052]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 679
[Docket No. 070430096-7096-01; I.D. 041307D]
RIN 0648-AU68
Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Allocating
Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands Fishery Resources; American Fisheries Act
Sideboards
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS issues a proposed rule to implement Amendment 80 to the
Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian
Islands Management Area (FMP). Amendment 80 (hereinafter the
``Program'') primarily would allocate several Bering Sea and Aleutian
Islands (BSAI) non-pollock trawl groundfish fisheries among fishing
sectors, and facilitate the formation of harvesting cooperatives in the
non-American Fisheries Act (AFA) trawl catcher/processor sector. The
Program would establish a limited access privilege program (LAPP) for
the non-AFA trawl catcher/processor sector. This proposed action is
necessary to increase resource conservation and improve economic
efficiency for harvesters who participate in the BSAI groundfish
fisheries. This action is intended to promote the goals and objectives
of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (MSA),
the FMP, and other applicable law.
DATES: Comments must be received no later than June 29, 2007.
ADDRESSES: Send comments to Sue Salveson, Assistant Regional
Administrator, Sustainable Fisheries Division, Alaska Region, NMFS,
Attn: Ellen Sebastian. Comments may be submitted by:
Mail: P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802.
Hand Delivery to the Federal Building: 709 West 9th
Street, Room 420A, Juneau, AK.
Fax: 907-586-7557.
E-mail: 0648-AU68PR80@noaa.gov. Include in the subject
line of the e-mail the following document identifier: ``Amendment 80
RIN 0648-AU68.'' E-mail comments, with or without attachments, are
limited to 5 megabytes.
Webform at the Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the instructions at that site for
submitting comments.
Written comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other
aspects of the collection-of-information requirements contained in this
proposed rule may be submitted to NMFS (see ADDRESSES) and by e-mail to
David--Rostker@omb.eop.gov or by fax to 202-395-7285.
Copies of Amendment 80 and the Environmental Assessment/Regulatory
Impact Review/Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (EA/RIR/IRFA) for
this action may be obtained from the NMFS Alaska Region at the address
above or from the Alaska Region Web site at https://www.fakr.noaa.gov/
sustainablefisheries.htm.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Glenn Merrill, 907-586-7228 or
glenn.merrill@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The North Pacific Fishery Management Council
(Council) has submitted Amendment 80 for review by the Secretary of
Commerce (Secretary), and a notice of availability of the FMP amendment
was published in the Federal Register on April 30, 2007 (72 FR 21198)
with comments on the FMP amendment invited through June 29, 2007.
Table of Contents
I. Development of the Program
A. History of Bycatch and Discard Reduction Efforts in the BSAI
B. The Non-Pollock Trawl Groundfish Fisheries
C. Limited Access Privilege Programs (LAPPs)
D. LAPPs, Groundfish Retention Standard (GRS), and Reduced
Prohibited Species Catch (PSC)
E. Overview of the Program
II. Legislation Affecting the Program
A. The Capacity Reduction Program (CRP)
B. The Coast Guard Act
C. The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management
Reauthorization Act of 2006 (MSRA)
III. Nonspecified Reserve and the Community Development Quota (CDQ)
Program
A. Nonspecified Reserve
B. CDQ Reserves
C. Prohibited Species Quota (PSQ) Allocations
D. Monitoring and Enforcement (M&E)
E. Other Revisions
IV. Allocations of Initial Total Allowable Catch (ITAC) and PSC
A. Apportionment of ITAC Between the Sectors
B. PSC Apportionment to the CDQ Program and Between the Sectors
C. Rationale for Allocations
D. Integrating Amendment 85 and the Program
V. BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector
A. Allocations to the BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector
B. Calculation of AFA Groundfish Sideboard Limits in the BSAI
C. AFA Sideboard Limits for Halibut and Crab PSC in the BSAI
D. AFA Yellowfin Sole Sideboard Limit in the BSAI
E. Reallocating Pacific Cod Among the Trawl Sectors
F. Calculation of the Crab PSC Limit in the Red King Crab
Savings Subarea (RKCSS)
G. Effects on Non-AFA Trawl Catcher Vessels
H. Processing and Receiving Catch
VI. Amendment 80 Quota Share (QS)
A. Eligibility to Receive Amendment 80 QS
B. Method for Allocating Amendment 80 QS--General Provisions
C. Application for Amendment 80 QS
D. Reviewing and Appealing a QS Application
E. Assigning Amendment 80 QS Permit to an Amendment 80 Vessel
Owner
F. Assigning an Amendment 80 QS Permit to an Amendment 80
License Limitation Program (LLP) License for Lost or Ineligible
Vessels
G. Transferring QS
H. Issuance of QS After the Fishing Year Begins
I. Method for Allocating QS--Specific Provisions
VII. Amendment 80 Cooperatives
A. Requirements for Forming an Amendment 80 Cooperative
B. Application for Cooperative Quota (CQ)
C. Economic Data Report (EDR) Submission and CQ
D. Issuing Amendment 80 Species CQ
E. Issuing PSC CQ
F. Restrictions While Fishing for Amendment 80 Cooperatives
G. Joint and Several Liability
H. Rollover of ITAC, Incidental Catch Allowance (ICA), and PSC
from the BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector
I. CQ Transfers
J. Fishing Non-Allocated Groundfish Species
VIII. Amendment 80 Limited Access Fishery
A. Membership in the Amendment 80 Limited Access Fishery
B. Application for the Amendment 80 Limited Access Fishery
C. Management of the Amendment 80 Limited Access Fishery
D. ITAC and PSC Assigned to the Amendment 80 Limited Access
Fishery
E. Fishing Non-Allocated Groundfish Species
IX. Use Caps
A. LAPPs and Use Caps
B. Person Use Caps
C. Vessel Use Cap
D. Transfer Limitations
X. Gulf of Alaska (GOA) Sideboard Limits
A. Need for GOA Sideboard Limits
B. GOA Sideboard Management
C. GOA Groundfish Sideboard Limits
D. GOA Halibut PSC Sideboard Limits
E. GOA Flatfish Fisheries Prohibition
F. Provisions for the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE
XI. Example of Allocations Under the Program
A. Example of Annual TAC and PSC Allocations
[[Page 30053]]
B. Example of Amendment 80 QS Allocations
C. Example of Allocations to an Amendment 80 Cooperative and the
Amendment 80 Limited Access Fishery
D. Example of AFA Sideboard Limits
XII. Monitoring and Enforcement (M&E)
A. Observers
B. Flow Scales
C. Observer Sampling Station
D. Special Catch Handling Requirements for Non-AFA Trawl
Catcher/Processors
E. M&E Requirements for Amendment 80 Vessels in the GOA
F. M&E Requirements for the F/V GOLDEN FLEECE in the GOA
G. Consistency with Central GOA Rockfish Program M&E
Requirements
H. Summary Table
XIII. Economic Data Report
A. Background
B. Information Collected
C. Who Must Provide an EDR
D. Submission Deadlines for EDRs
E. Verification of Data
XIV. Classification
I. Development of the Program
A. History of Bycatch and Discard Reduction Efforts in the BSAI
The Council has long recognized the need to reduce bycatch,
minimize waste, and improve utilization of fish resources to the extent
practicable in order to provide the maximum benefit to present and
future generations of fishermen, associated fishing industry sectors,
communities, and the Nation as a whole. The Council has recommended,
and NMFS has approved numerous measures to reduce discards and bycatch
of groundfish species over the past several years.
The Council recommended and NMFS implemented management measures to
establish retention and utilization standards for pollock and Pacific
cod under Amendment 49 to the FMP (62 FR 63880; January 3, 1998). More
recently, in June 2003, the Council recommended Amendment 79 to the FMP
to improve retention of groundfish species by implementing a GRS. The
GRS applies to catcher/processor vessels using trawl gear that are
greater than or equal to 125 ft. (38.1 m) and not specifically defined
as catcher/processors listed as eligible to participate in the directed
pollock fishery under section 208(e) of the AFA. These catcher/
processors are commonly referred to as non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors.
The Council's analysis of groundfish retention rates in the BSAI
groundfish fishery revealed that vessels in the non-AFA trawl catcher/
processor sector had the lowest retained catch rates of any groundfish
trawl fishery in the BSAI. This analysis also noted that non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors equal to or greater than 125 ft (38.1 m) in length
overall (LOA) contributed the majority of the harvest and discarded
catch by the non-AFA trawl catcher/processor fleet. Given the smaller,
but still considerable, proportion of overall bycatch and discard of
groundfish by non-AFA trawl catcher/processors less than 125 ft (38.1
m) LOA to the overall bycatch and discard of groundfish by all non-AFA
trawl catcher/processors, and recognizing that compliance costs
associated with observers and scale monitoring requirements would be
relatively higher for vessels less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA, non-AFA
trawl catcher/processor vessels that are less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA
were excluded from the GRS. The GRS requires each non-AFA trawl
catcher/processor greater than or equal to125 ft (38.1 m) LOA to retain
specific groundfish species at a specified minimum rate. The minimum
retention rate is lower for the first year the GRS is effective in 2008
and is gradually increased to a maximum retention rate for 2011 and in
all years thereafter. This graduated approach to increasing the minimum
GRS rate was designed to facilitate industry compliance with the GRS by
providing vessel operators several years to modify and adapt fishing
operations.
Amendment 79 was approved by the Secretary on August 31, 2005, and
NMFS published regulations to implement the GRS on April 6, 2006 (71 FR
17362). Those regulations will be effective on January 20, 2008.
Amendment 79 authorizes groundfish retention standards as a tool for
further increasing the retention and utilization of groundfish and
responding to bycatch reduction goals described in National Standard 9
of the MSA. The GRS balanced the requirements for conservation and
management of the groundfish fisheries under the MSA with the
requirements to minimize bycatch under National Standard 9 and minimize
economic burdens under National Standard 7 (minimize costs and avoid
unnecessary duplication) of the MSA.
The Council took final action to recommend Amendment 80 on June 9,
2006. Amendment 80 and the implementing Program would continue
initiatives by the Council and NMFS to reduce bycatch and discard of
fish species in the BSAI non-pollock trawl groundfish fisheries. The
Program would (1) Extend the application of the GRS to non-AFA trawl
catcher/processor vessels of all sizes by including catcher/processor
vessels under 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA; and (2) reduce the amount of halibut
and crab bycatch known as prohibited species catch (PSC) that may be
taken while non-AFA trawl catcher/processors are groundfish fishing in
the BSAI. These measures would consider efficiency in utilization of
fishery resources, minimize costs, and further minimize bycatch to the
extent practicable, thereby meeting the objectives of National
Standards 5, 7, and 9 of the MSA.
The Program would facilitate this improved retention and
utilization of groundfish resources through specific economic
incentives provided by a LAPP. It is anticipated that LAPPs would
encourage improved retention and utilization of fishery resources by
allocating specific amounts of certain non-pollock groundfish species,
halibut PSC, and crab PSC to non-AFA trawl catcher processors; and
permit the formation of cooperatives that would receive exclusive
harvest privileges for a portion of these fishery resources. The ways
in which the use of exclusive harvest privileges would improve the
retention and utilization of fishery resources by non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors are described in Parts B and C of Section I below.
B. The Non-Pollock Trawl Groundfish Fisheries
One of the primary reasons for the relatively high discard rates of
groundfish by non-AFA trawl catcher/processors is the nature of the
fisheries in which those vessels participate. The non-AFA trawl
catcher/processor sector primarily participates in non-pollock
groundfish fisheries. The non-pollock groundfish fisheries are
primarily comprised of groups of species that share similar habitat
(e.g., flatfish fisheries such as rock sole, flathead sole, and
yellowfin sole). Because these species occur together, they are
typically harvested together. When a non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
retrieves its net, very often multiple species of fish are present. If
a vessel operator is targeting only one species of fish, and other
species are retrieved along with the desired catch, the vessel operator
may have an incentive to discard the less valuable species and retain
only the higher value species. The multi-species nature of these
fisheries makes it difficult for vessel operators to target only one
species, and an economic incentive is created to discard fish.
NMFS establishes a total allowable catch (TAC) for each of the non-
pollock groundfish fisheries based on the species's annual biomass with
the goal of providing a conservatively managed sustainable yield.
Harvesters compete for the TAC, resulting in a ``race for
[[Page 30054]]
fish,'' wherein vessels attempt to maximize their harvest in as little
time as possible, in order to claim a larger share of the available
TAC. This race for fish only increases the economic incentive to
discard less valuable species in a multi-species harvest, and
accelerates the harvest rate for the more valuable species.
Because vessel operators are competing with each other for shares
of a common TAC, a vessel operator has little economic incentive to
undertake actions to reduce unwanted incidental catch, such as
searching for fishing grounds with lower bycatch rates, or using gear
modifications that may reduce bycatch but have lower harvest rates, if
those actions would limit the ability of that vessel to effectively
compete with other vessels. Additionally, a vessel operator has little
incentive to process and store less valuable species if by doing so, he
loses an opportunity to use that processing or storage capacity for
more valuable catch. Therefore, an individual vessel operator has
strong incentives to harvest fish as quickly as possible, and discard
less valuable species before the TAC limit is reached because all
vessel operators are competing for a limited TAC.
Additionally, non-pollock groundfish fisheries are constrained by
catch limits for non-target species, such as halibut, red king crab,
Chinocetes bairdi crab, and C. opilio crab. Halibut and crab are
harvested in other fisheries and cannot be retained by vessels using
trawl gear. NMFS establishes PSC limits for halibut in the entire BSAI,
and red king crab, C. opilio crab, and C. bairdi crab in specific areas
of the BSAI to limit the adverse impact of harvesting operations on the
long-term productivity of those species. NMFS monitors these PSC
limits, and may close or otherwise restrict trawl harvests if PSC
limits are projected to be reached. Fishery closures due to reaching
PSC limits can limit harvest of the groundfish TAC and reduce overall
revenue to vessel operators and crew. As vessel operators seek to
maximize harvest of TAC, they may accelerate fishing operations to
maximize harvest before a crab or halibut PSC limit is reached. A
``race for PSC'' further exacerbates competition and the incentives to
harvest rapidly, resulting in greater potential waste and higher
discard rates of less valuable groundfish species.
The multi-species nature of non-pollock groundfish fisheries
further limits the ability of a fisherman to specifically target
valuable groundfish species as they race with their competitors. Vessel
operators may discard considerable portions of their catch to maximize
harvests of more valuable species even though the discarded species may
have considerable market value.
C. LAPPs
The primary method to offset the economic incentives that lead to a
race for fish and relatively high discard rates is to reduce the impact
of those incentives through a LAPP. LAPPs have been used extensively in
the North Pacific as a means to encourage economic efficiency and less
wasteful harvest methods, and to resolve allocation disputes among
harvesters by providing a group of harvesters with exclusive harvest
privileges that can be traded. North Pacific LAPPs include (1) The
halibut and sablefish individual fishing quota (IFQ) Program (November
9, 1993, 58 FR 59375); (2) the AFA (December 30, 2002; 67 FR 69692);
(3) the BSAI Crab Rationalization Program (March 2, 2005; 70 FR 10174);
and (4) the Central GOA Rockfish Program (November 20, 2006; 71 FR
67210). An extensive discussion of LAPPs can be found in the EA/RIR/
IRFA prepared for this action and in the National Research Council's
publication Sharing the Fish which was consulted and considered during
the development of the Program.
A LAPP allows vessel operators to make operational choices to
reduce discard of fish because the strong incentive to maximize catch
in the minimum amount of time has been reduced. If a vessel operator
receives an exclusive portion of the TAC for non-pollock groundfish
species and the associated halibut and crab PSC, he knows that he need
not compete with other harvesters. That vessel operator can then choose
to fish in a slower, less wasteful fashion, use modified gear with a
lower harvest rate but which reduces bycatch, coordinate with other
vessel operators to avoid areas of high bycatch, process fish in ways
that yield increased value but which are possible only by slowing the
processing rate, or otherwise operate in ways that limit bycatch. The
examples cited in this paragraph have been used by vessel operators in
other LAPPs in the North Pacific, and NMFS anticipates non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors would use similar techniques to reduce bycatch.
LAPPs can improve the profitability of fishing operators holding
the exclusive harvest privilege. In most cases, LAPPs provide
harvesters greater flexibility in tailoring their fishing operations to
specific fisheries which can reduce operational costs. Additionally,
vessel operators may reduce costs by avoiding costly improvements in
vessel size or fishing power designed to outcompete other harvesters.
Slower fishing rates can improve product handling and quality and
increase the exvessel price of product. Vessel operators can also
choose to consolidate less profitable fishing operations onto one
vessel. Other potential advantages to the holders of exclusive harvest
privileges have been analyzed during the development of past LAPPs.
LAPPs can increase the costs of entering the fishery substantially
because the permits acquire value and must be purchased prior to entry.
Consolidation can limit employment opportunities as well. Compliance
costs can also increase to ensure that NMFS can monitor the harvesting
and processing of fish. Administration of LAPPs typically require
greater effort and cost than non-LAPP fisheries due to the greater
precision in catch accounting required to track the harvest of fish and
proper debiting of accounts. Participants in LAPPs may also use their
excess fishing capacity to expand operations into other fisheries that
are not managed by LAPPs and increase the race for fish in those
fisheries unless they are constrained. These effects and others have
been addressed in the design of previous LAPPs by limiting the amount
of consolidation in the fishery. Entry costs for any LAPP are likely to
be higher than in other non-LAPP fisheries, and those costs limit the
ability of those operators without the financial wherewithal to
participate in these fisheries. A loan program for entry level
participants has been established in the Halibut and Sablefish IFQ
Program to assist entry into that LAPP, but fishery participants in
other LAPPs must rely on other sources of financing.
Based on extensive experience with past LAPPs, and after weighing
potential advantages and disadvantages, the Council recommended the
Program to create economic incentives that provide additional
opportunities to reduce bycatch while increasing the potential for
greater economic returns to those holding the harvest privileges. The
Program would provide an incentive for non-AFA trawl catcher/processors
to harvest certain species of non-pollock groundfish in a less wasteful
manner by granting an exclusive harvest privilege to a limited number
of harvesters. The Program would encourage participants to harvest more
efficiently and less wastefully by allowing them to choose to (1) Form
harvesting cooperatives with other harvesters that would receive an
exclusive annual harvest privilege of specific groundfish species; or
(2) fish in a limited access fishery comprised of
[[Page 30055]]
fishery participants that choose not to join a cooperative. The
principal benefits from the Program would be realized by harvesters
that choose to join a cooperative.
D. LAPPs, GRS, and Reduced PSC
The Council also recognized that some of the compliance costs
associated with the GRS, particularly for non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA could be reduced under LAPP
management. The Council recognized that if harvesters could apply the
GRS to a cooperative in the aggregate, by aggregating retention rates
by all vessels in a cooperative, owners of non-AFA trawl catcher/
processors less than 125 ft (38.1 m) could choose to join a
cooperative, assign their harvest privilege to the cooperative, and
allow other larger vessels to harvest the cooperative's exclusive
allocation of fish without incurring the compliance costs associated
with monitoring the GRS. Non-AFA trawl catcher/vessels less than 125 ft
(38.1 m) LOA would still receive economic benefits from their harvests
but would not need to refit their vessels to meet the additional M&E
requirements and pay the additional costs to fish in the BSAI. Those
vessels could continue to participate in other fisheries in the GOA.
Furthermore, the catch associated with smaller catcher/processor
vessels would be subject to the GRS, thereby further improving
retention of groundfish and reducing discards of fish.
Additionally, for those non-AFA trawl catcher/processor vessels
that do fish under a cooperative's exclusive harvest privilege, the
costs associated with retaining less valuable fish required under the
GRS may be offset by increased profitability from those vessels because
they are no longer operating in a race for fish. The Council considered
these factors in recommending that the GRS be extended to all non-AFA
trawl catcher/processors under the Program.
The Council also recognized that LAPP management under a
cooperative allocation can encourage lower bycatch as described in Part
D of Section I above. Because vessel operators in cooperatives are
better able to target catch and can engage in voluntary agreements to
avoid areas with higher PSC, the Council recommended an overall
reduction in the amount of halibut and crab PSC that may be used by the
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor sector. The Program would incorporate
this recommendation, furthering the Council's goals to reduce bycatch
and discard of fishery species.
E. Overview of the Program
The rationale behind specific aspects of the Program are provided
in greater detail later in this preamble. The Council adopted the
Program to meet the broad goals of (1) Improving retention and
utilization of fishery resources by the non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
fleet by extending the GRS to non-AFA trawl catcher/processor vessels
of all lengths in that sector; (2) allocating fishery resources among
BSAI trawl harvesters in consideration of historic and present harvest
patterns and future harvest needs; (3) authorizing the allocation of
groundfish species to harvesting cooperatives and establishing a LAPP
for the non-AFA trawl catcher/processors to encourage fishing practices
with lower discard rates, and improve the opportunity for increasing
the value of harvested species while lowering potential costs; and (4)
limiting the ability of non-AFA trawl catcher/processors to expand
their harvesting capacity into other fisheries not managed under a
LAPP.
As with all other LAPPs in the North Pacific, the extensive changes
to existing management of BSAI non-pollock trawl fisheries proposed by
the Program would affect a wide range of fishing practices and
regulations. The Program would affect management of the non-AFA trawl
catcher/processors, other BSAI trawl fishery participants, and other
harvesters in the North Pacific. As such, the Program proposes a
complex suite of measures to ensure the goals of the Program are met
and minimize potential adverse impacts on affected fishery
participants.
The following section provides an overview of the suite of measures
the Program proposes to implement. Each Program element will be
addressed in detail in subsequent sections of this preamble.
1. Community Development Quota (CDQ) Program Changes
The Program would incorporate statutory mandates in the MSA as
amended by Section 416 of the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation
Act of 2006 (Pub. L. 109-241; July 11, 2006), and the Magnuson-Stevens
Fishery Conservation and Management Reauthorization Act (Pub. L. 109-
479, January 12, 2007). The proposed rule would modify the percentage
of TAC for directed fisheries that are allocated to the CDQ Program,
and the percentage of halibut, crab, and non-Chinook salmon PSC
allocated to the CDQ Program as prohibited species quota (PSQ). The
proposed rule includes other provisions necessary to bring Amendment 80
and the CDQ Program into compliance with applicable law as described in
Section II of this preamble.
2. Amendment 80 Sector and Amendment 80 Vessels
Eligible Program participants would be defined by applicable
legislation and the Program. Applicable legislation is described in
greater detail in Section II of this preamble. The Program would
incorporate statutory mandates in section 219 of the Consolidated
Appropriations Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 108-447; December 8, 2004) which
defines who is eligible to harvest fish in the non-AFA catcher/
processor sector for a defined list of non-pollock groundfish species.
The Program would define the ``Amendment 80 sector'' as non-AFA trawl
catcher/processor harvesters eligible to fish under this statutory
mandate. The defined list of non-AFA trawl catcher/processor vessels
that may be used to fish in the Amendment 80 sector are ``Amendment 80
vessels.''
3. Amendment 80 Species
The Program would allocate a specific portion of six non-pollock
groundfish species among trawl fishery sectors. These six species would
be the ``Amendment 80 species,'' and include Aleutian Islands (AI)
Pacific ocean perch (POP), BSAI Atka mackerel, BSAI flathead sole, BSAI
Pacific cod, BSAI rock sole, and BSAI yellowfin sole. These Amendment
80 species would be allocated between the Amendment 80 sector and all
other BSAI trawl fishery participants not in the Amendment 80 sector.
These other trawl fishery participants include AFA catcher/processors,
AFA catcher vessels, and non-AFA catcher vessels. Collectively, this
group of trawl fishery participants comprises the ``BSAI trawl limited
access sector.''
These six species are economically valuable and have historically
been targeted by non-AFA trawl catcher/processors, but fisheries
associated with these species have high rates of discard or waste
relative to other groundfish fisheries. Other species, such as Alaska
plaice, are occasionally harvested in the BSAI trawl fisheries, but
these other species are a minor component of the overall biomass and
value of non-pollock groundfish harvested, less subject to an intense
race for fish, and would not be allocated under the Program.
4. Allocations of TAC and PSC in the BSAI Trawl Fisheries
Each year, the Program would allocate an amount of Amendment 80
species
[[Page 30056]]
available for harvest, called the initial total allowable catch (ITAC),
and crab and halibut PSC to two defined groups of trawl fishery
participants: (1) The Amendment 80 sector; and (2) the BSAI trawl
limited access sector. Allocations made to one sector would not be
subject to harvest by participants in the other fishery sector except
under a specific condition. Fish that are allocated to the BSAI trawl
limited access sector and projected to be unharvested could be
reallocated to Amendment 80 cooperatives.
The ITAC represents an amount of the TAC for each Amendment 80
species that is available for harvest, after accounting for allocations
to the CDQ Program and the incidental catch allowance (ICA). The ICA is
set aside for the incidental harvest of an Amendment 80 species while
targeting other groundfish species in non-trawl fisheries (e.g.,
yellowfin sole incidental harvests in the hook-and-line Pacific cod
fishery) and in the BSAI trawl limited access sector fisheries (e.g.,
rock sole incidentally harvested by AFA trawl catcher vessels in the
Pacific cod fishery).
The Program would allocate crab and halibut PSC to the Amendment 80
and BSAI trawl limited access sectors to accommodate PSC use by these
sectors based on past PSC use with specific consideration given to
possible future requirements. The Program would further address the
Council's goals of reducing bycatch and discard of groundfish species
by reducing the total amount of crab and halibut PSC assigned to the
Amendment 80 sector.
5. BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector
The Program would provide a specific allocation of Amendment 80
species and crab and halibut PSC to this sector. The Program would
modify the calculation of AFA sideboard limits for Amendment 80 species
and crab and halibut PSC limits necessary to allow the efficient
operation of AFA vessels. The Program would adjust the maximum limit
for red king crab bycatch in the Red King Crab Savings Subarea (RKCSS).
6. Amendment 80 Quota Share
The Program would assign Amendment 80 quota share (QS) for
Amendment 80 species to the owners of Amendment 80 vessels. The
Amendment 80 QS could be used to yield an exclusive harvest privilege
for a portion of the Amendment 80 sector ITAC. The Program would
establish criteria for harvesters in the Amendment 80 sector to apply
for and receive QS, criteria for initially allocating QS, and criteria
for the transfer of QS.
The Program would assign Amendment 80 QS based on historic catch
patterns of an Amendment 80 vessel during 1998 through 2004. The
Program would assign QS based on the relative proportion of an
Amendment 80 species harvested by an Amendment 80 vessel compared to
all other Amendment 80 vessels.
The Program would assign Amendment 80 QS only to persons who submit
a timely and complete application for Amendment 80 QS. In most cases,
the Program would assign the Amendment 80 QS to the Amendment 80 vessel
owner. In specific cases where an Amendment 80 vessel has been lost or
is otherwise permanently ineligible to fish in U.S. waters, the Program
would assign the Amendment 80 QS to the holder of the license
limitation program (LLP) license originally assigned to that Amendment
80 vessel. Once Amendment 80 QS is assigned based on the historic catch
patterns of an Amendment 80 vessel, it could not be divided or
transferred separately from that Amendment 80 vessel. If the Amendment
80 QS is assigned to the LLP license originally issued for that
Amendment 80 vessel, it could not be transferred separately from that
LLP license.
7. Amendment 80 Cooperatives
Persons that receive Amendment 80 QS would be able to join a
cooperative to receive an exclusive harvest privilege for a portion of
the ITAC. Amendment 80 QS holders would be able to form a cooperative
with other Amendment 80 QS holders on an annual basis, provided they
meet specific criteria. Each Amendment 80 cooperative would receive an
annual cooperative quota (CQ), an amount of Amendment 80 species ITAC
that would be for the exclusive use by that cooperative for harvest in
a given year. The Program would establish requirements for forming an
Amendment 80 cooperative with other Amendment 80 QS holders, the
allocation of annual CQ to a cooperative, and transfers of CQ among
cooperatives. A cooperative would receive an amount of CQ equivalent to
the proportion of QS held by all of the members of the cooperative
relative to the total QS held by all Amendment 80 QS holders.
Each Amendment 80 cooperative would receive an annual CQ with an
exclusive limit on the amount of crab and halibut PSC the cooperative
can use while harvesting in the BSAI. This halibut and crab PSC CQ
would be assigned to a cooperative proportional to the amount of
Amendment 80 QS held by the members, and would not be based on the
amount of crab or halibut PSC historically used by the cooperative
members. This provision would not reward harvesters with high PSC rates
with large amounts of PSC. Instead, PSC would be issued in proportion
to the amount of Amendment 80 species that are assigned for harvest to
a cooperative.
The Program would provide opportunities for Amendment 80 sector
participants to trade harvest privileges among cooperatives to further
encourage economically efficient fishing operations. An Amendment 80
cooperative would not be able to transfer CQ to the Amendment 80
limited access fishery, or to the BSAI trawl limited access sector.
A cooperative structure may allow Amendment 80 vessel operators to
manage PSC rates more efficiently. By reducing PSC through more
efficient cooperative operations, such as through gear modifications,
Amendment 80 vessel operators may also increase the harvest of valuable
targeted groundfish species and improve revenues that would otherwise
be foregone if a fishery were closed due to reaching PSC limits.
The Program would allow Amendment 80 cooperatives to receive a
rollover of an additional amount of CQ, if a portion of the Amendment
80 species or crab or halibut PSC allocated to the BSAI trawl limited
access sector is projected to go unharvested. This rollover to the
Amendment 80 cooperatives would be at the discretion of NMFS based on
projected harvest rates in the BSAI trawl limited access sector and
other criteria. Each Amendment 80 cooperative would receive an
additional amount of CQ that is based on the proportion of the
Amendment 80 QS held by that Amendment 80 cooperative as compared with
all other Amendment 80 cooperatives.
Fishery participants in a cooperative could consolidate fishing
operations on a specific Amendment 80 vessel or subset of Amendment 80
vessels, thereby reducing M&E and other operational costs, and harvest
fish in a manner more likely to be economically efficient and less
wasteful.
8. Amendment 80 Limited Access Fishery
Amendment 80 QS holders that choose not to join an Amendment 80
cooperative would be able to participate in the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery. The Program would assign the Amendment 80 limited
access fishery the amount of the Amendment 80 sector's allocation of
Amendment 80
[[Page 30057]]
species ITAC and halibut and crab PSC that remains after allocation to
all of the Amendment 80 cooperatives. Participants fishing in the
Amendment 80 limited access fishery would continue to compete with each
other; would not realize the same potential benefits from consolidation
and coordination; and would not receive an exclusive harvest privilege
that accrues to members of an Amendment 80 cooperative.
9. Use Caps
The Council considered the effect of consolidation with the
allocation of an excessive share of harvest privileges to Amendment 80
cooperatives. In response, the Program would implement use caps to
limit the amount of Amendment 80 QS a person could hold, the amount of
CQ they could use, and the amount of ITAC an Amendment 80 vessel could
harvest. These use caps would moderate some of the potentially adverse
effects of excessive consolidation of fishing operations on fishery
participants, such as lost employment opportunities for fishing crew
while recognizing the desire to provide economic efficiencies to
Amendment 80 QS holders.
10. Gulf of Alaska (GOA) Sideboard Limits
Catch limits, commonly known as sideboards, would limit the ability
of participants eligible for this Program to expand their harvest
efforts in the GOA. The Program is designed to provide certain economic
advantages to participants. Program participants could use this
economic advantage to increase their participation in other fisheries,
primarily in the GOA fisheries, adversely affecting the participants in
those fisheries. GOA groundfish and halibut PSC sideboards would limit
the catch by Amendment 80 vessels to historic levels in the GOA. The
Program would limit the total amount of catch in other groundfish
fisheries that could be taken by Amendment 80 vessels, including
harvests made in the State of Alaska (State) waters which are open
during Federal fishing seasons to allow the harvest of fish assigned to
the Federal TAC--the ``parallel'' groundfish fisheries.
Sideboards would limit harvest of Pacific cod, pollock, and
rockfish fisheries in the GOA, the eligibility of Amendment 80 vessels
to participate in GOA flatfish fisheries, and the amount of halibut PSC
that Amendment 80 vessels could catch when harvesting groundfish in the
GOA. Sideboards would apply to all Amendment 80 vessels and all LLP
licenses that can be used on an Amendment 80 vessel.
11. Monitoring and Enforcement (M&E)
M&E provisions are necessary for accurate catch accounting and
compliance with the Program to ensure that Amendment 80 QS holders
maintain catches within annual CQ and ITAC allocations in the BSAI and
do not exceed sideboard limits in the GOA. The M&E measures proposed
for the Program are similar to those currently required for compliance
with Amendment 79, and mirror those in place for catcher/processor
vessels participating in the Central GOA Rockfish Program (see
regulations in Sec. 679.84 for additional detail).
12. GRS Requirements
Under the Program, all non-AFA trawl catcher/processor vessels,
which includes all Amendment 80 vessels, regardless of size, would be
required to meet GRS requirements in the BSAI. For Amendment 80 vessels
harvesting in the BSAI under the authority of an Amendment 80
cooperative, GRS requirements would apply collectively to all vessels
harvesting under the authority of the cooperative rather than on a
vessel-specific basis. An Amendment 80 cooperative would be required to
meet the GRS on an aggregate basis for all vessels in the Amendment 80
cooperative. The Program would modify some of the GRS provisions
scheduled for implementation on January 20, 2008 (April 6, 2006; 71 FR
17362). Specifically, the Program would modify the GRS by extending the
GRS to all non-AFA trawl catcher/processor vessel sizes and calculate
the GRS for Amendment 80 vessels assigned to an Amendment 80
cooperative on an aggregate basis.
13. Economic Data Report (EDR)
The Program would implement an economic data collection program to
assess the impacts of Amendment 80 on various components of the
fishery, including skippers and crew. The Program would establish a
process for collecting and reviewing economic data generated under
Amendment 80 by requiring the annual submission of an EDR from each
Amendment 80 QS holder.
II. Legislation Affecting the Program
Eligibility to participate in the Program and ITAC allocation under
the Program are affected by several pieces of recent legislation:
Section 219 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2005
(Pub. L. 108-447; December 8, 2004), referred to in this proposed rule
as the Capacity Reduction Program (CRP), which defined the Amendment 80
sector and implemented a capacity reduction program for several
catcher/processor sectors;
Section 416 of the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation
Act of 2006 (Pub. L. 109-241; July 11, 2006), referred to in this
proposed rule as the Coast Guard Act, which amended provisions of the
CDQ Program in the MSA; and
The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management
Reauthorization Act (Pub. L. 109-479, January 12, 2007), referred to in
this proposed rule as the MSRA, which modified provisions related to
the CDQ Program and instituted other measures applicable to LAPPs.
The following sections detail the effects of the CRP, Coast Guard
Act, and MSRA on the development of the Program and this proposed rule.
These pieces of legislation directly dictate specific elements of the
Program.
A. The Capacity Reduction Program (CRP)
Among other things, the CRP legislates who may participate in the
non-AFA trawl catcher/processor sector in the BSAI for ``non-pollock
groundfish fisheries;'' and defines the non-pollock groundfish
fisheries in the BSAI as ``target species of Atka mackerel, flathead
sole, Pacific cod, Pacific ocean perch, rock sole, turbot, or yellowfin
sole harvested in the BSAI.'' Because all of the Amendment 80 species
are included in the CRP's definition of non-pollock groundfish fishery,
the CRP's eligibility requirements for the non-AFA trawl catcher/
processor sector apply to the Program's eligibility criteria for the
Amendment 80 sector. Therefore, the Program would incorporate the CRP's
definition of a non-AFA trawl catcher/processor.
1. Eligibility To Participate in the Non-AFA Trawl Catcher/Processor
Sector (Amendment 80 Sector)
The CRP defines the non-AFA trawl catcher/processor sector as the
owner of each trawl catcher/processor that
Is not an AFA trawl catcher/processor listed in paragraphs
(1) through (20) of section 208(e) of the AFA;
Was issued a valid LLP license endorsed for Bering Sea or
Aleutian Islands trawl catcher/processor fishing activity; and
The Secretary determines has harvested with trawl gear and
processed not less than a total of 150 mt of non-
[[Page 30058]]
pollock groundfish during the period January 1, 1997, through December
31, 2002.
Based on a review of harvest data from 1997 through 2002, NMFS has
identified 28 vessels that appear to meet the requirements of the CRP
listed above. Those 28 vessels are identified in the following Table 1.
Table 1.--List of Amendment 80 Vessels
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Amendment 80 vessel USCG documentation number
------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALASKA JURIS.............................. 569276
ALASKA RANGER............................. 550138
ALASKA SPIRIT............................. 554913
ALASKA VICTORY............................ 569752
ALASKA VOYAGER............................ 536484
ALASKA WARRIOR............................ 590350
ALLIANCE.................................. 622750
AMERICAN NO I............................. 610654
ARCTIC ROSE............................... 931446
ARICA..................................... 550139
BERING ENTERPRISE......................... 610869
CAPE HORN................................. 653806
CONSTELLATION............................. 640364
DEFENDER.................................. 665983
ENTERPRISE................................ 657383
GOLDEN FLEECE............................. 609951
HARVESTER ENTERPRISE...................... 584902
LEGACY.................................... 664882
OCEAN ALASKA.............................. 623210
OCEAN PEACE............................... 677399
PROSPERITY................................ 615485
REBECCA IRENE............................. 697637
SEAFISHER................................. 575587
SEAFREEZE ALASKA.......................... 517242
TREMONT................................... 529154
U.S. INTREPID............................. 604439
UNIMAK.................................... 637693
VAERDAL................................... 611225
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Program would define ``Amendment 80 vessel'' as the vessels
listed in this table, or because there may be additional eligible
vessels that NMFS is unaware of at this time, any vessel that meets the
CRP's eligibility criteria for the non-AFA trawl catcher/processor
sector. NMFS welcomes comment from members on the accuracy of this list
of Amendment 80 vessels.
2. Cooperatives and ITAC Assigned to the Amendment 80 Sector
The CRP does not limit the ability for the Council to recommend,
nor the Secretary to approve and implement, management measures that
define the amount of ITAC assigned to the Amendment 80 sector, or other
management measures for the Amendment 80 sector not in conflict with
the CRP or other law. Any such management measures would include:
Establishing Amendment 80 cooperatives; allocating only some of the
``non-pollock groundfish species'' to the Amendment 80 sector; or
otherwise proposing measures to manage the Amendment 80 sector, or
other non-Amendment 80 sector participating in the BSAI trawl
fisheries.
B. The Coast Guard Act
The Coast Guard Act amended section 305(i)(1) of the MSA by
removing all of the CDQ Program-related requirements in effect at the
time the legislation was enacted and replacing them with new
requirements. The amendments to section 305(i)(1) addressed all aspects
of management and oversight of the CDQ Program including the purpose of
the CDQ Program; allocations of groundfish, halibut, and crab to the
CDQ Program; allocations of quota among the CDQ groups; management of
the CDQ fisheries; eligibility criteria for participation in the CDQ
Program; limits on allowable investments; the creation of a CDQ
administrative panel; compliance with State reporting requirements; a
decennial review and allocation adjustment process; and other aspects
of program administration and oversight by the State and NMFS, on
behalf of the Secretary.
The elements of the Coast Guard Act relevant to the Program are the
species or species groups allocated to the CDQ Program under section
305(i)(1)(B)(i) and the regulation of harvest of these allocations
under section 305(i)(1)(B)(iv). Section 305(i)(1)(B)(ii) affects the
percentage allocations of all of the groundfish species allocated to
the CDQ Program, except pollock and sablefish. Because this section was
further amended under the MSRA, it is discussed in more detail in Part
C of this section below.
1. Groundfish Species or Species Groups Allocated to the CDQ Program
The first provision from the Coast Guard Act that affects the CDQ
Program and the Program is section 305(i)(1)(B)(i), which requires that
``the annual percentage of the total allowable catch, guideline harvest
level, or other annual catch limit allocated to the program in each
directed fishery of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands shall be the
percentage approved by the Secretary, or established by Federal law, as
of March 1, 2006.'' Prior to this amendment, the MSA stated that ``a
percentage of the total allowable catch of any Bering Sea fishery is
allocated to the program.'' Since 1998, NMFS has allocated to the CDQ
Program a percentage of each groundfish TAC category, except squid. The
amended language in the MSA requires that only those species or species
groups with a directed fishery in the BSAI be allocated to the CDQ
Program. This is a more limited list of species or species groups than
has been allocated to the CDQ Program in the past.
Congress did not define the phrase ``directed fishery'' in the
Coast Guard Act. However, based on the statutory language and the
legislative history, NMFS determined that the phrase directed fishery
for purposes of section 305(i)(1) of the MSA means a fishery for which
sufficient TAC exists to open a directed fishery, and the species or
species group is economically valuable enough for vessel operators to
conduct directed fishing for that species or species group. NMFS
applied this interpretation in the 2007 and 2008 final harvest
specifications for the groundfish of the BSAI (March 2, 2007; 72 FR
9451).
The groundfish species and species groups that meet this definition
and those that do not are shown in Table 2.
Table 2.--Groundfish Species and Species Groups Allocated and Not
Allocated to the CDQ Program
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species and species groups allocated to the CDQ Program
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management area or subarea Species or species group
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bering Sea (BS) and AI................. Pollock.
BSAI................................... Pacific cod.
BS and AI.............................. Sablefish (from both the hook-
and-line and pot gear
allocation and the trawl
allocation of the sablefish
TAC).
Eastern Aleutian Islands/Bering Sea Atka mackerel.
(EAI/BS), Central Aleutian Islands
(CAI), Western Aleutian Islands (WAI).
EAI, CAI, WAI.......................... Pacific ocean perch.
BSAI................................... Flathead sole.
BSAI................................... Rock sole.
[[Page 30059]]
BSAI................................... Yellowfin sole.
BSAI................................... Arrowtooth flounder.
BS..................................... Greenland turbot.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species and species groups not allocated to the CDQ Program
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management area or subarea Species or species group
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bogoslof............................... Pollock.
BSAI................................... Alaska plaice.
BSAI................................... Other flatfish.
AI..................................... Greenland turbot.
BS..................................... Pacific ocean perch.
BSAI................................... Northern rockfish.
BSAI................................... Shortraker rockfish.
BSAI................................... Rougheye rockfish.
BS and AI.............................. Other rockfish.
BSAI................................... Other species.
BSAI................................... Squid.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
As described in the 2007 and 2008 final harvest specifications, and
proposed under the Program, catch of species and species groups that
are not allocated to the CDQ Program would be managed under the
regulations and fishery status that applies to that species or species
group in the non-CDQ groundfish fisheries. Retention of non-allocated
species that are closed to directed fishing would either be limited to
maximum retainable amounts or all catch of the species will be required
to be discarded. Notices of closures to directed fishing and retention
requirements for these species would apply equally to both the CDQ and
non-CDQ sectors.
The Program would revise regulations at Sec. 679.20 that govern
the annual specifications process for the CDQ Program. The list of
species or species groups allocated to the CDQ Program in Sec. 679.20
must be consistent with the definition of directed fishery for purposes
of section 305(i)(1) of the MSA. This proposed rule would establish the
list of species and species groups allocated to the CDQ Program in
regulation. The allocated species or species groups could be revised in
the future through rulemaking if circumstances change so that (1) a
species or species group that currently is not allocated to the CDQ
Program becomes a ``directed fishery'' in the future, or (2) a species
or species group currently allocated to the CDQ Program is no longer a
``directed fishery'' in the future.
In addition to the species and species groups allocated to the CDQ
Program, the percentage allocation of the TAC for each species or
species group in Sec. 679.20 also must be consistent with the MSA. The
percentage allocations of pollock and sablefish to the CDQ Program are
governed by section 305(i)(1)(B)(i) which was implemented through the
Coast Guard Act. Because section 305(i)(1)(B)(i) maintains current
percentage allocations of pollock and sablefish to the CDQ Program, the
percentage allocations for these species will continue to be those
percentage allocations in effect on March 1, 2006. Ten percent of the
Bering Sea subarea and Aleutian Islands subarea pollock TACs will
continue to be allocated to the CDQ Program as directed fishing
allowances. Twenty percent of the hook-and-line and pot gear (fixed
gear) allocation of sablefish and 7.5 percent of the trawl allocation
of sablefish will continue to be allocated to the CDQ Program. The
percentage allocations of all of the other groundfish species allocated
to the CDQ Program are addressed under section 305(i)(1)(B)(ii) of the
MSA, which was last amended through the MSRA. These allocations are
discussed in more detail in The MSRA below.
2. Regulation of CDQ Program Harvests
The Coast Guard Act created a new section 305(i)(1)(B)(iv) of the
MSA that requires that ``the harvest of allocations under the [CDQ]
program for fisheries with individual quotas or fishing cooperatives
shall be regulated by the Secretary in a manner no more restrictive
than for other participants in the applicable sector, including with
respect to the harvest of nontarget species.'' If Amendment 80 is
approved, the authorization for allocations of Amendment 80 species to
fishing cooperatives triggers the requirements of section
305(i)(1)(B)(iv).
Therefore, the regulation of harvest in a CDQ fishery may be no
more restrictive than the regulation of the harvest in the fisheries in
which the Amendment 80 cooperatives participate. Consistent with the
requirements of section 305(i)(1)(B)(iv), NMFS proposes to apply to any
non-AFA trawl catcher/processors harvesting groundfish in the CDQ
Program the same M&E and GRS requirements that would apply to Amendment
80 vessels harvesting groundfish in the BSAI. The proposed regulations
for harvest by non-AFA trawl catcher/processor vessels in the CDQ
Program are detailed in Sections III and XII of this preamble.
C. The MSRA
The MSRA substantially amends the MSA. Pertinent to the Program,
the MSRA includes amendments relating to LAPPs, the CDQ Program, and
cost recovery and fee collection provisions.
The MSRA includes provisions that affect the Program primarily by
(1) adding definitions of a limited access privilege, limited access
system, and a new section, 303A--Limited Access Privilege Programs, to
the MSRA; (2) specifying the percentage of each TAC, except pollock and
sablefish, that will be allocated to the CDQ Program starting January
1, 2008; (3) extending the management costs for which NMFS may collect
fees to recover costs related to LAPPs; and (4) expanding the authority
and requirements to collect economic data from fishery participants.
[[Page 30060]]
1. LAPP Provisions
The MSRA amended the MSA under section 3(26) to define a ``limited
access privilege'' as ``a Federal permit, issued as part of a limited
access system under section 303A to harvest a quantity of fish
expressed by a unit or units representing a portion of the total
allowable catch of the fishery that may be received or held for
exclusive use by a person; and includes an individual fishing quota;
but does not include community development quotas as described in
section 305(i).''
The MSRA amended the MSA under section 3(27) to define a ``limited
access system'' as ``a system that limits participation in a fishery to
those satisfying certain eligibility criteria of requirements contained
in a fishery management plan or associated regulation.''
The Program is specifically included as a LAPP under section 303A
under the provisions of section 303A(i) which reads as follows:
(i) TRANSITION RULES.--(1) IN GENERAL.--The requirements of this
section shall not apply to any quota program, including any
individual fishing quota program, cooperative program, or sector
allocation for which a Council has taken final action or which has
been submitted by a Council to the Secretary, or approved by the
Secretary, within 6 months after the enactment of the [MSRA] except
that--
(A) The requirements of section 303(d) of this Act [the MSA] in
effect on the day before the date of enactment of that Act [the
MSRA] shall apply to any such program;
(B) The program shall be subject to review under subsection
(c)(1)(G) of this section not later than 5 years after the program
implementation; and
(C) Nothing in this subsection precludes a Council from
incorporating criteria in this section into any such plans.
The Council took final action to recommend Amendment 80 to the FMP
on June 9, 2006. Therefore, section 303(i)(1) would not require the
Program to comply with the provisions of section 303A of the MSA, other
than a review of the Program five years after implementation under
section 303A(i)(1)(B). The review process required under section
303A(i)(1)(B) does not require immediate action by the Council or
implementing regulations by the Secretary to ensure compliance with the
MSA and those provisions are not incorporated in this proposed rule.
Section 303A(i)(1)(C) would permit the Council to recommend
incorporating other provisions of section 303A into the Program. Any
such recommendations would be developed through a separate FMP
amendment and subject to a separate rule making process in the future.
2. CDQ Provisions
The MSRA amended section 305(i)(1)(B)(ii)(I) of the MSA to require
that the allocation of TAC to the CDQ Program ``for each directed
fishery of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands (other than a fishery
for halibut, sablefish, pollock, and crab) shall be a total allocation
of 10.7 percent effective January 1, 2008.'' The term ``directed
fishery'' for purposes of this requirement is interpreted as described
under Part B of this section above. Therefore, this requirement means
that 10.7 percent of the TAC for Pacific cod, Atka mackerel, yellowfin
sole, rock sole, Bering Sea Greenland turbot, arrowtooth flounder,
flathead sole, and AI Pacific ocean perch will be allocated to the CDQ
Program annually.
Allocations of these species to the CDQ Program are known as ``CDQ
reserves.'' As required by section 305(i)(1)(C) of the MSA, each of
these allocations to the CDQ Program are further allocated among the
CDQ groups based on the percentage allocations that were in effect on
March 1, 2006. A table listing the percentage allocations among the CDQ
groups was published in the Federal Register on August 31, 2006 (71 FR
51804). All catch of each groundfish species allocated to the CDQ
Program will continue to accrue against the CDQ group's allocation
regardless of whether that fish was caught while directed fishing for
that species or is incidentally caught while fishing for another
species.
Current regulations at Sec. 679.7(d)(5) prohibit each CDQ group
from exceeding its allocation of any groundfish CDQ species, crab,
halibut, or salmon PSQ. Exceeding an allocation of any groundfish CDQ
or PSQ is a violation of 50 CFR part 679 and can result in enforcement
action. These regulations create what is known as ``hard cap''
management for the groundfish CDQ species allocated under section
305(i)(1)(B)(ii)(I) and (II) of the MSA. Each CDQ group must manage all
of their CDQ fisheries to maintain catch within all of these CDQ
groundfish and PSQ allocations. Reaching an allocation of one
groundfish species limits further CDQ fishing because such fishing
likely will result in additional catch of the groundfish species for
which the allocation has already been reached.
Section 305(i)(B)(ii) of the MSA was amended by the MSRA to require
that the CDQ allocations of the species allocated under section
305(i)(1)(B)(ii)(I) and (II) may not be exceeded. This requirement
maintains the existing ``hard cap'' management for these CDQ
allocations. NMFS would continue to allocate these CDQ reserves among
the CDQ groups based on the percentage allocations required by the MSA.
All catch by vessels fishing on behalf of a CDQ group would accrue
against that CDQ group's allocation. Each CDQ group would continue to
be prohibited from exceeding the amount of each CDQ reserve allocated
to it annually. Therefore, no changes to regulations are needed to
implement this provision of the MSRA.
Section 305(i)(1)(C) was amended by the MSRA to require that 0.7
percent of the 10.7 percent allocated to the CDQ Program for all of the
groundfish species, except pollock and sablefish, shall be allocated
among the CDQ groups by the CDQ administrative panel (CDQ Panel). The
CDQ Panel was created under the Coast Guard Act in section 305(i)(1)(G)
of the MSA. Each CDQ group has a representative on the CDQ Panel and
the panel may only make decisions by unanimous vote of all six members.
NMFS anticipates that the CDQ Panel will submit its decision about how
to allocate the 0.7 percent of each groundfish CDQ reserve, except
pollock and sablefish, to NMFS prior to January 1, 2008, so that NMFS
can establish quota account balances for each of the CDQ groups.
However, if the CDQ Panel does not submit its percentage allocations to
NMFS, the MSA requires the Secretary to allocate this portion of the
CDQ reserves based on the nontarget needs of the CDQ groups.
Regulations to implement this provision of the MSA are not included in
this proposed rule because they are outside of the scope of MSA
requirements directly necessary to implement Amendment 80.
3. Cost Recovery
The MSRA amended several provisions in the MSA concerning the
collection of fees for LAPPs. Section 304(d)(2)(A) of the MSA as
amended by the MSRA reads as follows:
(2)(A) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Secretary is
authorized and shall collect a fee to recover the actual costs
directly related to the management, data collection, and enforcement
of any--
(i) limited access privilege program; and
(ii) community development quota program that allocates a
percentage of the to